The treasury of languages
Author: Unknown
Date: 2023-06-10T00:00:00+00:00
Keywords: Language and languages -- Dictionaries

The Project Gutenberg eBook of The treasury of languages

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

Title: The treasury of languages

A rudimentary dictionary of universal philology

Compiler: James Bonwick

Release date: June 10, 2023 [eBook #70957]

Language: English

Original publication: United Kingdom: Hall & Co, 1873

Other information and formats: www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/70957

Credits: Brian Coe, John Campbell and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive)

*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TREASURY OF LANGUAGES ***

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE

All changes noted in the ERRATA on page 303 have been applied to the etext.

New original cover art included with this eBook is granted to the public domain.

As well as several words in Greek, Hebrew and Sanskrit, some unusual characters are used in this book. These will display on this device as

►  (black right-pointing pointer, or wedge)
☞  (white right-pointing index)
⁂  (asterism) (the original book used inverted asterisms.)

The ☞ symbol was used extensively to indicate that more information could be found in the Appendix. However, as the publisher notes at the end of the book, the Appendix was not in fact included in this volume. A second volume was planned but was never published.

The initials of a contributor of an entry, when present, have been consistently placed at the end of the entry text. They were sometimes right-aligned or placed on a separate line in the original book. A list of the names of the contributors can be found on page 302 at the end of this book.

The pointer ☞ to the (non-existent) Appendix, when present, has been consistently placed at the end of the entry. It was almost always right-aligned or placed on a separate line in the original book.

Some changes to the text are noted at the end of the book.

The Treasury of Languages.

A

RUDIMENTARY DICTIONARY

OF

UNIVERSAL PHILOLOGY.

Daniel iii. 4.

עממיא אמיא ולשניא

HALL AND Co., 25, PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON.

[ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.]

ADVERTISEMENT.

The following compilation presents the mere skeleton outline of a great subject; and, in submitting it to public notice, acknowledgment is most justly due to Messrs. Bagster and Sons, for permission to use the literary matter of their interesting and instructive volume, the “Bible in Every Land;” and to Messrs. Longmans & Co., for a like favour with regard to Dr. Latham’s “Elements of Comparative Philology,” a laborious, learned, and useful book, without which the present volume could not have been produced.

The compiler readily apologises for any defects in his matter and manner; and takes this opportunity to thank his respected contributors, hereby exonerating them from any responsibility except for their own signed articles.

A list of signatures and writers will be found in the Appendix.

25, Paternoster Row,
February 7th, 1873.

INTRODUCTION

ON

THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF LANGUAGES,

Chiefly from Dr. Latham.

African.—The best way to study the wide and complex philology of Africa is to begin with the frontier of the Semitic languages, remembering that the Ethiopic branch of them is, to all appearance, indigenous to Africa; then to bear in mind that the Arabic, by intrusion and extension, is spread over a great part of Northern and Eastern Africa. The Eastern frontier, however, of the Arabic and the Syriac is in Asia, and in Asia it begins where the Persian and Turk areas end. For the philological geography of Africa it will be found useful to divide the continent into the following sections, regions, or areas: (1) The first division as North-Eastern until it approaches the Equator, and the parts between it and the Red Sea—in geography, Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, in philology the Coptic, Beja, Nubian, and (in its geographical sense) the Abyssinian regions. (2) The Barbary States and Canary Islands. (3) The Desert, divided into the Western or Great (the Sahara), and the Eastern (or Libyan) Desert. (4) Senegambia, or the drainages of the Senegal and Gambia. (5) Sudania. This gives us what we get nowhere else in Africa, a continuous belt or zone of languages, with fairly determined boundaries from Senegambia to Abyssinia, i.e., across the whole continent in its broadest part. Within the limits of this zone lie the fundamental materials for the study of African philology and ethnology. It is only, however, between the parallels of 10° and 15° N.L. that it is continuous, and this only approximately. (6) The Coast line. This means the sea-board of the Grain, Ivory, Gold, and Slave Coasts. (7) The Delta (of the Niger). This brings us within the Equator, but only on the side of the Atlantic. The Abyssinian extends to (there or thereabouts) the same parallels on the side of the Indian Ocean. Neither, however, carries us beyond a limited area inland. Where these two limits, East and West, end, South Africa begins. It is, with the exception of the few degrees of latitude just indicated, either equatorial or belonging to the Southern tropic; it falls into two divisions. (8) The Inter-Tropical, or Kaffir. (9) The Extra-Tropical, or Hottentot. All these divisions are simply what their names imply, except only that Senegambia is made to reach as far as Cape Mesurado, so as to include the parts about Sierra Leone and Cape Mount.

American.—The primary division is that between North and South. (1) In North America the connection with Asia is decided. Through the Aleutian dialect of the Eskimo and the Kamtschatkan it is direct; through the Yukahiri and other tongues it is indirect. The Eskimo is a definite class; the Athabascan is also a definite class when compared with the Algonkin. The Chemmesyan, Hailtsa, Wakash, and Chinook are connected. The Jakon and Kallapuiah lead to the languages of the Sahaptin and Shoshoni class, among the congeners of which the sound of “tl” appears. In the Mexican it becomes prominent. Between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific the Algonkin appears to have spread from West to East, and the result has told most on the Iroquois family. The South Oregon languages graduate into the Californian, the Californian into those of the Paduca class and those of Sonora, till we come to two great divisions, the Mexican and the Maya. (2) In South America there is a reappearance of the phenomena of the North: what the Athabascan and Algonkin are in the one peninsula, the Quichua, the Carib, and, above all, the Guarani are in the other. With any South American vocabulary of adequate length, some North American root presents itself; some even from the extreme North, viz., the Eskimo area, which, along with the phenomena of transition, is the chief argument in favour of the fundamental unity of the two classes. The student from Peru finds Quichua words in every vocabulary he lights upon, whilst the student from Brazil finds Guarani words.

Asian.—Asia and Europe, though different quarters of the globe, form but a single continent, and as such have characteristics of their own. One great class of languages is absolutely common to the two—the great Ugrian or Fin family. We miss, no doubt, in Europe such districts as those of Caucasus, and the parts to the North of the Burmese Empire, where numerous mutually unintelligible languages are pressed together within a small area. Again, the inflected languages have their seat in Europe; the monosyllabic in Asia. On the other hand, it is only in the great central continent that Language can be studied in all its stages: the Monosyllabic stage in the South-East of Asia, and the Inflectional in Western and Southern Europe. This makes Asia and Europe the only region in which the whole (or nearly the whole) history of Language can be studied. Besides this, in Europe and Asia we have a history. We can see how languages like the English and Russian are extending themselves; how the German has extended itself; how the Latin had previously extended itself. We can see how languages like the Keltic, the Lithuanic, and the Fin recede. (1) The Western division is the one with which we are most familiar; it includes Great Britain, France, Spain, Italy, Germany, the Valley of the Danube, and Greece; allowance being made for the Turk and Hungarian, which are intrusive. (2) The great Northern area is in Russia conterminous with the Western, which means, roughly speaking, Northern Asia with a large part of Europe; the chief displacements having been effected by the great spread of the Turk language. (3) The South-Eastern area begins with the North frontier of China, and includes Thibet, Nipal, the Transgangetic peninsula, Assam, Siam, Pegu, Cambogia, Cochin-China, and China. (4) The South-Western area contains India, Persia, and the Caucasus; here the displacing languages are Indian, Persian, and Arabic, which last is treated as African.

Oceanic.—The first thing which commands attention is its thorough insular or oceanic character; subordinate to this is the remarkable distribution of its members. In one great division, viz., the Polynesian, the diffusion has been decidedly recent. The first primary division contains the Malay; the second has been called Micronesian; the third division is Polynesia proper. The second group is called Kelenonesian or Melanesian, including Papuan, Australian, and Tasmanian (“Elements,” p. 377). Australian languages are all upon the same general grammatical construction. Mr. Moorhouse says that “not one-twentieth part of the words agree in root, and yet there is evidence sufficient to satisfy any one that they belong to the same family.” All have suffixes to show relation; a dual in substantives, adjectives, and pronouns; no sibilant sounds, no auxiliary verb, no passive voice, no “h,” they abound in the pleonastic, and distinguish genders by postfixes. The only point of agreement is in the first personal pronoun, “I”; this is “nga-nga” on the Swan River; “nga-toa” in New South Wales; “nga-ti,” Adelaide; “ngai-tyo,” Mount Barker; “gni,” Murchison River; “nga-pe,” Encounter Bay; “ngai,” Port Lincoln; “nga-ppo,” Murray River; “naddo,” Murrumbidgee River; “nga-pe,” Lower Murray; “noga-toa,” Hunter River. At the same time, the Malayan is “nga-n”; the Sumba, “nga-nga”; the Thibetian, “nga”; the Corean, “nai”; and the Burmese, “ngai.” Yet Dr. Latham finds no Australian dialects resemble those of the Asiatic Isles. Mr. Norris first detected similarity of the grammar between the Australian and the South Dravidian languages of India, spoken before the Aryan migration to the Ganges. Mr. J. R. Logan, of Singapore, thinks the Australian the most ancient of the Indo-Australian tongues. He says they are “a remnant of the Proto-Scythic era of the harmonic development, and between Chinese and American.” He regards them, with the other kindred dialects of South-Eastern Asia, as in existence “before the expansion of the numerals one, two, and three into higher binary and ternary terms.” According to him, “the pronominal roots are compounded with definitives, singular and plural, with the numeral two to form duals, with masculine and feminine definitives in the third person, and in all the three persons with each other; thus producing not only absolute and relative plurals of the first person, but several other complex plurals.”

J. B.

October 31st, 1873.

DICTIONARY OF LANGUAGES.

☞ For Additions see Appendix. ☞

A.

Aachen.

A sub-dialect of low-German or Platt-Deutsch, vernacular at Aix-la-Chapelle, Lower Rhine. See Müller and Weitz’s “Idiomatikon,” Leipsig, 1836.

Ababdeh or Abadeh.

Semitic: a different form of speech was formerly vernacular at Sheikh Abade, in Upper Egypt; the site of some ancient ruins on the banks of the Nile. Since superseded by Arabic. Adelung: “Mithridates,” iv., p. 502.

⁂ A division of the Beja, Bejawi, or Bishari family; they are the most northerly members of this class, which occupies the desert between the Nile and Red Sea from Cosseir to Suakim.     R. G. L.

Abadja.

African: a sub-dialect of the Otam.

Abak.

A dialect of the Philippine Islands, closely allied to Bissayan and Tagala. See Jülg’s “Vater,” p. 1.

Abantes.

An extinct form of speech, classed as Thraco-Illyrian, formerly vernacular in the I. of Eubœa, now called Negropont or Egripos, in the Grecian Archipelago. Adelung: “Mithridates,” ii., p. 362.

Abasci or Abassian, see Absne.

Abbeville.

A sub-dialect of French, vernacular in Picardy. See De Soilly’s “Idiome Picard,” Abbeville, 1833.

Abbitibbe.

American: dialect of the Christinos or Cree Indians; classed as Algonkin. See Jülg’s “Vater,” p. 204.

Abenaki or Abenaqui.

A dialect of the Algonkin race of N. American Indians, spoken in Lower Canada and the State of Maine. The tribe once occupied the valley of the R. Kennebeck; but the name also includes the Etchemins, Micmacs, and others. See Rasles. Dict., 1833; Vocabulary in Amer. Ethnol. Trans, ii., p. 109.

Abiponian.

A name given by the early Spaniards to the language spoken on the western bank of the Parana in S. America; although on the borders of the Gran Chaco it differs considerably from the dialects spoken in that district. See Dobrizhoffer’s “Geschichte,” 3 vols., 8vo, Vienna, 1784.     D. F.

Abor.

A dialect of Assamese, spoken by a hill tribe on the north-western extremity of Assam. Logan, Jnl. Indian Archipelago, 1853, p. 190. See Aka.

Absne or Abkhazian.

A name for the ancient Abasci, now represented by Abascia or Abgah (Abkasia), a country of Asiatic Russia, lying between the Caspian and Black Seas. The modern word Absné is called Abkhazi by the Georgians; with the terminal “eti” for “land,” it is Abkhazeti, and extends from Soukum-kale to Jenikale. The affinities of the Absné language are very uncertain; a large number of its words are similar to Circassian, but a larger proportion apparently not so. See Vocabularies in Güldenstädt’s “Reisen;” Klaproth’s “Reise;” “Asia Polyglotta,” &c.     H. H. H.

Abyssinian, see Agau, Amharic, Galla, Tigre, &c. ☞

Acadian.

American: That division of the Algonkin family containing the languages of Lower Canada and Nova Scotia.

Acaxe.

American: a doubtful name for a probable dialect of the Tubar.

Accad.

The oldest known language before the Semitic population settled in Mesopotamia.     W. S. W. V.   See Akkadian.

Accaway.

A dialect of native S. American, belonging to the Carib, or Karib group. Vernacular in the Highlands of British Guiana.

⁂ Carib of Demerara, closely allied to the Carabisi. See Hilhouse, Schomburgk, &c.

Accra or Accarah.

A language of the Mandingo branch of native African, spoken by a small nation on the Gold-coast, about lat. 5° 35′ N., long. 0° 12′ W.; it is sometimes designated the Ghah or Ga, and the people are supposed to have been removed by emigration from the interior. Ghana or Gana is a city, governed by a Sultaun, near the upper course of the Niger. Rask’s “Vejledning,” 8vo, Copenhagen, 1828. See Aquapim.

Achæmenian Persian.

The name of that form of the Old Persian language which is used in the inscriptions of the Achæmenian kings, or the line of native monarchs which commenced with Cyrus the Great and terminated with Darius Codomannus, the antagonist of Alexander. The language is written in an arrow-headed or cuneiform character of a simple kind, and is closely akin to the Zend, Pazend, and the modern Persian. The best work on the language is that of Spiegel, “Altpersische Keilinschriften.”     G. R.

Achagua.

A dialect of native S. American, vernacular on the R. Casanare, a tributary of the R. Orinoco; and closely allied to Maipur. “Mithridates,” iii., p. 631.

Achastli.

American: spoken on the coast of California between San Francisco and St. Diego.

Achinese.

A language of the Malayan family, spoken in the kingdom of Ache or Achin, the northernmost part of Sumatra. It is distinguished from all other Malay languages by having the accent on the terminal instead of the penultimate syllable, and by a good deal of monosyllables. It is at present very little known, but its presumed affinity to the monosyllabic languages of Asia renders its study highly interesting for investigating the origin of the Malay race.     P. J. V.

Acoma.

A dialect of native American, vernacular in New Mexico. It is one of the dialects spoken by the Pueblo Indians on the R. Grande. It is also called Laguna.

Acroa-Merim.

American: a dialect of the Gez class, vernacular in Brazil. See Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 144.

Adaihe or Adaihi.

A very isolated language of N. American. Spoken in Louisiana, in 1805, by forty individuals only. Vocabulary in “Archæologia Americana.” It is also called Atayo. Vocabulary Amer. Ethn. Trans., vol. ii., p. 95.

Adali (pl. Adaiel or Adal.)

Largely Semitic. An Abyssinian dialect, spoken by the tribes between the Highlands and the sea-coast. See Salt’s “Voyage,” Appdx. i., p. 6.     C. T. B.

Adampi.

A native African dialect, closely resembling Accra and Krepee, vernacular on the Gold-coast, W. Africa.

Adareb, see Beja.

Adelaide.

A variety of native Australian, formerly vernacular at Adelaide, S. Australia; it differs but little from other dialects of the Gulf St. Vincent.

Adige.

A name for the Circassian proper, as opposed to the Apkhaz.

Adiyah.

Otherwise Fernandian: the language of Fernando Po, an island on the W. coast of Africa, near the mouths of the Niger.

Æolic.

A dialect of ancient Greek spoken in Bœotia, Thessaly, Ætolia, Elis, Lesbos, Chios and the N.W. part of Asia Minor. Pindar, Sappho, and Alcæus wrote in it.     G. R.

Æthiopic, under E.

Afer.

Native name of the Danakil.

Affadeh.

African: a dialect of the Bornu.

Affar, see Adali.

Afghan, see Pushtoo.

Afnu.

African: a dialect of the Haussa.

African.

A name for all native dialects of Africa, not directly Semitic. Works by Borth, Kölle, Bleek, Beke, Sir G. Grey, Clarke’s “Dialects of Africa.” See Introduction.

Afudu.

A native African dialect of the Otam, vernacular on the coast of W. Africa, about 4° N.L.

Agau or Agaw.

A language of Abyssinia, spoken in three dialects; 1. The Hhámara, or Agau of Lasta, the Tcheratz Agows of Bruce; 2. The Agáwi or Aghagha of Agaumider, i.e. Agau-land; 3. The Falasha spoken by the Israelitish people scattered over the northern and western parts of the country. Salt’s “Voyage,” Appdx. i., p. 6.     C. T. B.

Agglutinative.

A name applied to certain languages, when “two unaltered roots combine to form words;” and words brought into mutual relation by syntax undergo a change of form, accent, or meaning; the Coptic, for example, is considered as essentially agglutinative. The American agglutinative languages are called polysynthetic or incorporating. These languages have generally little or no literature.

Agolelegmüt.

The Eskimo of N. America and Behring’s Straits, especially the island of Nunivok. The terminal “müt,” which is common from Behring’s Straits to the parts about Mount St. Elias, is derived from the Eskimo. See Chromtschenko’s “Reise-Journal,” 8vo, St. Petersburgh, 1824.     R. G. L.

Ahom.

A nearly extinct language formerly spoken in Assam, a province of British India; it is a dialect of Siamese, monosyllabic in form, and appears to have been transported by emigration from the borders of China.

Aht, The.

American: dialect of Van Couver Island; spoken by all the W. coast tribes, from S. of Quatseeno to Port San Juan on De Fucas Straits. See Sproat: “Scenes of Savage Life.” All the tribes speaking it end in “aht.”     R. B.

Ahtiago.

A dialect of Malay, vernacular in Ceram, closely allied to Teluti and Alfuros.

⁂ The more correct form would be Atiahu, the name of a village on the S. coast, with a mixed population. The vocabulary quoted by Mr. Wallace does not constitute a distinct dialect.     P. J. V.

Aiawong.

A dialect of native Australian, belonging to the W. coast.

Aimara.

A dialect of the Indians of S. America, largely augmented by Spanish. The natives were subject to the Incas of Peru, at the conquest, and now inhabit the high ground near Lake Titicaca or Chucuito. They are closely allied to the Quichua or native Peruvians. See Aymara.

Aimauk.

A dialect of Moghol, spoken by the Tshehar-Aimauk, N. W. Afghanistan, in the neighbourhood of Herat.

Aino.

The native name for the language of the Curile Islands, meaning “man.” ☞

Airica.

American: a dialect of the Betoi.

Aitutakìan.

A mixed form of the Tahitian and the Rarotongan dialects. An island in the Hervey group, S. Pacific. Example, “mau-tangata” = “men.”     W. G.

Aka (1).

A dialect spoken by a hill-tribe to the N. of Assam. It is almost identical with Abor. See Brown’s Table: “Transactions of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,” 1837.

Aka (2).

African: sometimes used for the Yoruba, of which it is a sub-dialect.

Akabi, see Ukuafi.

Akkadian.

A name sometimes given to the language used on the earliest Babylonian bricks, especially those found at Mugheir (Ur), Warka (Erech), Senkareh, Niffer, and other very ancient Mesopotamian cities. The general character of the language is Turanian; but its vocabulary connects it with the dialects of Southern Arabia and Abyssinia, more especially with the Mahra, Galla, and Wolaitsa. The writing is a rude and very complicated cuneiform. It is supposed that the language was spoken in Babylonia from a very early age (B.C. 2500?) to the date of the Assyrian conquest, about B.C. 1300. By that time it had become the language of an extensive literature, and as such, continued to be studied by the more learned Assyrians down to the close of the Empire, B.C. 624. The later Assyrian tablets are to a great extent translations from it. See Rawlinson’s “Ancient Monarchies,” vol. i., pp. 61-69, 2nd ed.     G. R.

Akkim.

African: a sub-dialect of Fanti.

Ako.

An African dialect, somewhat allied to Afudu.

Akra.

African. Language of the Gold-coast, for the parts about Cape Castle. See Aquapim.

Akripon.

African: a sub-dialect of Fanti.

Akush.

A dialect of Lesgian, spoken in Daghestan (the ancient Albania), a district situated between the Caspian and the Black Sea.

Akwambu, see Aquapim.

Alabama.

American. Derived from “Alibamon,” the original occupants of the modern State so called.

Alani.

A people originally settled in Eastern Europe and Western Asia, very powerful from about A.D. 75 to A.D. 461. They are now generally considered to have been of the Finnish stock, akin to the Ostiaks, Samoeids, and other races of Northern Asia.     G. R.

Alarodii, see Urarda.

Alatyan.

A name used by Prof. Steinthal for the Ural-Altaic or Turanian languages.

Albanian.

The vernacular tongue of modern Albania, a maritime province of European Turkey, which answers to the ancient Epirus; the inhabitants are a mixed race, including Arnauts, who are probably descended from the ancient Illyrians, Greeks, and Turks. The ancient language, called old Illyrian, and closely allied to Greek, has become mingled with Slavonic, written in Greek characters. The native name of the Albanian dialect is Skipetar. Both terms mean “mountaineers.” The modern language is sub-divided into the Ghegh and the Toski. See Hahn: “Albanische Studien,” Jena, 1854.

Alemannic or Allemanian.

The oldest form of Teutonic or High-German with which we are acquainted; it is the language attributed to the Suevi or Swabians, who, emigrating to the S., formed with other tribes a great confederation on the Rs. Maine, Rhine, and Danube.

⁂ See Bosworth’s “Dict. of the Anglo-Saxon Language,” ed. 1838, p. 120.     W. W. S.

Aleutian or Aliout-Liseyeff.

The dialect of the Aleutian or Fox Islands, in the N. Pacific, between Asia and America. The inhabitants resemble the Moghols in physical peculiarities, but their language is allied to the Esquimaux. Vocab. Amer. Ethn. Trans., vol. ii., p. 130. ☞

Alfuros.

Dialects of Malay, spoken by uncivilized tribes of the Indian Ocean. Adelung calls them “Harafora auch Alfurier” in the Moluccas. “Mithridates,” i., p. 585. Wallace calls them the true indigines of Gilolo, and the predominant type of Ceram. “Malay Archipelago,” ii., pp. 16, 19, 96. It is the same word as in the Arafura Seas, W. of N. Guinea. ☞

Algierian.

A form of Arabic vernacular in N. Africa.

Algonkin or Algonquin.

A very large class of native N. American dialects, including the Chippewas, Blackfoot, Ogibeway, Ottawa, Mohican, Shawnees, and other principal eastern tribes of red Indians. Vocab. Amer. Ethn. Trans., vol. ii., pp. 78, 106.

Alieh, see Eyish.

Alikhulip.

A dialect of Fuegian, spoken in Terra del Fuego, S. America. Described in Darwin’s “The Voyage of the Beagle.” See also Tekeenica and Tsoneca.

Alleutiac, see Milcocayac.

Allophylian.

A name for the American and certain unclassified languages; generally used for all languages which philologists have not yet defined.

Allor.

A dialect of insular Malay, vernacular in the Indian Ocean. This island belongs to the Timor group; its inhabitants are of the dark Papuan type. The language is said to differ but little from that of the neighbouring island of Solor.     P. J. V.

Almeida.

A dialect of S. American, belonging to the Tupi or Guarini family, spoken in Brazil, and allied to Carib. See Omagua.

Alphabet.

The English name for the collection of letters or written characters in our language, and derived from their Greek synonyms—viz., Alpha (A) + Beta (B), as in the line from Juvenal—

“Hoc discunt omnes ante alpha et beta puellæ.”
—Sat. xiv., l. 209.

These letters or characters are the representatives of certain sounds or utterances; and their numbers, forms, names, and equivalents differ very materially in different countries and in different districts. Ballhorn’s “Alphabete or. und occ. Sprachen,” Leipsig, 1853; 2nd ed., London. See Letters.

Alpine.

A collective name for several local dialects derived from old Italic, but mingled with modern French.

Alsacian.

A sub-dialect of old High-German.

Altaic or Ural-Altaic.

Generic name for the Moghol, Tungus, Turk, Samoyed, and Ugrian languages. See Castrén’s “Altaischer Volker.”

Amakosa.

African. See Kaffir.

Amat.

A dialect of older Dravidian vernacular in Nepaul.

Amazig.

A name for the Berber of N. Africa. It is called Aquel Amarigor Amazig, i.e. “Noble tongue;” the native dialect of Berbers.

Amazons.

A class of native dialects spoken by tribes along the banks of the R. Amazon, S. America; more especially the Amazonas and Humanos, formerly of the lower Putumayo. Wallace, p. 250.

Amberbaki.

A dialect of Papuan, vernacular in a village so named on the N. W. coast of N. Guinea.

Amblau.

An island of the Amboyna group; the language, belonging to the Alfuru, or semi-Alfuru, dialects of the Moluccas, seems to differ very considerably from that of the neighbouring islands; judging from the vocabulary given in Mr. Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago.”     P. J. V.

Amboyna.

A dialect of the Molucca Islands, in the Indian Ocean; known as Amboynese Malay. The provincial dialect is termed Bahasa-tanah, the language of the Moluccan Alfuru. See Vocabularies by Wallace and Lüdeking.     P. J. V.

American.

A name for all dialects of the aborigines throughout N. and S. America. Trübner’s “Bibliotheca Glottica,” London, 1858. See Introduction.

Amharic.

The Court tongue of Abyssinia for many centuries. Amhara proper is that district lying between the Dender and Tacazze branches of the Nile. It closely resembles the Ethiopic, with alphabets that are nearly identical. The root word is probably identical with “Ham” or “Chem,” the poetical name for Egypt in the Psalms of David.

⁂ A Semitic dialect sprung from the ancient Ethiopic, which has gradually become the dominant language of Abyssinia. Its vocabulary and grammar still closely resemble the Ethiopic, but it has adopted a barbarous pronunciation, and the gutturals, which form so important a part of the Semitic alphabet, are no longer pronounced. The best memoir upon it is that by Gesenius in the Encyclopædia of Ersch and Grüber, under the heading “Amharische Sprache.” Other Abyssinian dialects are the Adari, the Afar, the Somauli, the Saho, the languages of Tigré, Danakil, Adaiel, and of Harar.     R. P. S.

Amour or Amur.

Dialects of Tungus, vernacular in E. Asia on the R. Amúr. See Latham, pp. 75, 76.

Amyrgii.

An ancient Scythic people, called “Humawarga,” by the Achæmenian Persians, and “Amyrgians” (Ἀμύργιοι) by the Greeks. They seem to have inhabited the high plateau between the Thian-Chan and the Hindu-Kush ranges. Most probably they were Turanians.     G. R.

Anadeer or Anadyr.

The upper and central parts of the R. Anadyr, on the north-eastern extremity of Asia, are occupied by the Tshuktshi, an Asiatic tribe. On the lower Anadyr, however, there is an Eskimo settlement. See Namollo.     R. G. L.

Anamite or Annamite.

A monosyllabic tongue, closely allied to Chinese. It is the dialect of Tonquin and Cochin-China, extensive tracts of land in S.E. Asia. Also called Annamese. See Dictionaries, A-Latin and Latin-A, by Taberd and Pigneaux, 2 vols., 1838; Marshman, Serampore; and Brown’s “Comparative Table,” vol. vii., Trans. As. Soc. of Bengal.

Andaman.

The dialect of the Mincopie or inhabitants of the Andaman Islands. It is considered to be allied to the Burmese.

Andaqui.

American. Dialect of New Grenada, vernacular on the eastern slope of the Andes, and upper part of the R. Putumayo. See “Los Indios del Andaqui,” pp. 27-29.     R. G. L.

Andarcos, see Texan.

Andi.

A dialect of Lesghian, allied to Akush; vernacular in the Caucasus.

Andian or Ando-Peruvian.

A collective name for certain native dialects of S. America, as Aimara, Araucanian, Quichua, &c.

Andoa.

American. Spoken on the frontiers of New Grenada, and on the head waters of the Rs. Tigre and Pastazza. It is bounded by the Shimigas and Zaparu. Small vocabulary by Spruce.     R. G. L.

Andreanowski Islands, see Aleutian.

Aneiteum or Annatom.

A Polynesian dialect, allied to Papuan, vernacular in Aneiteum, the easternmost island of the New Hebrides group, S. Pacific Ocean. The language began to be reduced to written form, by the use of Roman letters, by the London Missionary Society; subsequently completed in books, now used by natives, by the “U. P. R. C.” Mission of Scotland.     W. G.   ☞

Anfue.

A native dialect, allied to Adampi, from the Gold-coast, W. Africa.

Angami.

A dialect of Assamese, vernacular in central and lower Assam.

Anglian.

A name sometimes given to that dialect of the oldest English which was spoken in the north and east of England. It has been sub-divided into the Northumbrian and East-Anglian. It has also been called Dano-Saxon. See Bosworth’s “Dict. of the Anglo-Saxon Language,” ed. 1838, p. 21.     W. W. S.

Anglian, East, under E.

Anglo-Saxon.

A compound language formed by the union of several tribes of Teutonic origin, who conquered and settled in Britain, about A.D. 449, thence called England. The language is of cognate origin with the Alemannic and Gothic; but with accretions from the Scandinavian and Low-Dutch.

⁂ What is called Anglo-Saxon is really the oldest form of English. The Anglo-Saxon of the first period extends from A.D. 450 to A.D. 1100; that of the later period from A.D. 1100 to about A.D. 1250; after which date we arrive at early Middle English. The specimens of the literature are too numerous to require mention. See the dictionaries by Lye and Manning, Bosworth, Grein, Ettmüller, and the list of MSS. in Hickes’s “Thesaurus,” vol. iii.     W. W. S.

Angoane.

A dialect of Mozambique, vernacular on the E. coast of Africa.

Angola.

A dialect of Bantu, vernacular in S.E. Africa; classed by Bleek as Bunda.

Angus.

A dialect of the Lowlands of Scotland, frequently cited in Jamieson’s Scottish Dictionary.     W. W. S.

Ankaras.

An African dialect, almost identical with Wun.

Annamese, see Anamite.

Annatom, see Aneiteum.

Ansoes.

A Papuan dialect, spoken at Port Dorey, New Guinea.

Antes or Antis.

A native dialect of S. American, vernacular in Peru on the eastern slope of the Andes. The nearest affinities are to the Moxos. See D’Orbigny’s “L’homme Américain.”

Antonio, San.

Dialect of a mission, so called, current in California, N. America.

Antshukh.

A dialect of Lesghian, allied to Andi.

Anu.

Dialect of a tribe so named, in N. Arracan, in which are many words intelligible to the people of Munipoor.     A. C.

Apache or Apatsh.

A dialect of Athabascan, vernacular in New Mexico.

Apaing.

The same language as Arorae.     W. G.

Apatsh, see Apache.

Apiaca.

A dialect of Brazil, allied to Guarani, vernacular on the R. Arias, a tributary of the Upper Tapuyos. See Castelnau’s “Expedition,” &c., appdx.

Apinages.

American: a dialect of the Gez class, vernacular in Brazil. See Castelnau’s “Expedition,” &c., appdx.; Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 147.

Apkhaz.

The Georgian name for the tribes between Jenikale and Soukum-Kale, as distinguished from Circassians proper.

Apolonia.

African: a sub-dialect of Fanti, vernacular at Point Apollonia, on the frontier of the Gold and Ivory coasts.     R. G. L.

Aponegicrans.

American: a dialect of the Gez class, vernacular in Brazil. See Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 147.

Appa.

A dialect of S. Africa, allied to Nufi.

Aquapim.

African: collective name for certain dialects of the Gold-coast near Cape Castle; 1. The Akra. 2. The Krepee. 3. The Otshi. 4. The Adampi. See Rühs: “Elemente des Akwapim.”

Aquitanian.

The dialect of Aquitania or Aquitaine, a division of ancient Gaul, lying S.W., which included the provinces of Guyenne, Gascony, &c.

Ara.

A name for the Arini.

Arabic.

One of the three main branches of the Semitic family, spoken in the peninsula of Arabia. Unknown till the century before Mahomet, it suddenly then reached its highest perfection in the poems of the Moallakât. It is the richest, the most flexible, and most exact of all the Semitic tongues, and its grammar the most subtle and perfect, probably, of all known languages. The dialect of the tribe of Koreisch, adopted by Mahomet in the Koran, has been, since the seventh century, the classical language of large parts of Asia and Africa, and has greatly influenced the Turkish, Maltese, Persian, Hindi, and other tongues, owing to the wide range of Arabian conquest. Classical Arabic must be distinguished from Arabic as actually spoken. The “vulgar” Arabic makes scarcely any distinction of vowel-sounds, has a grammar simple to rudeness, and is destitute of the richness and versatility of the tongue as employed by its most famous scholars.     R. P. S.

Arago.

A dialect of Papuan, vernacular in New Guinea.

Araiacu.

American: a dialect of N. Brazil, to the W. of Fonteboa; it is allied to the Barré, Baniwa, Manoa, &c. See Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 133, who places it in his Cren or Guereno class.     R. G. L.

Arakanese or Arracanese.

A monosyllabic tongue closely allied to the Burmese, otherwise called the Reccan or Rukheng. The district in which it is spoken forms a narrow strip of sea-coast, about 500 miles long, extending from Cape Negrais in the S. towards Chittagong in the N., along the E. peninsula of S. Asia.

Aramaic.

Generic name of the languages spoken in the region extending from the Taurus and Lebanon to the R. Tigris. It is one of the main branches of the Semitic stem, and is itself divided into two dialects, East Aramaic, or Chaldean, and West Aramaic, or Syriac. The former became the medium of Jewish thought, and is the language of the Targums and the Talmud, and also of the Samaritan Pentateuch. The latter is Christian. A sub-dialect spoken by the heathen is called Sabaean, or Nabathean. The oldest remains of the Aramaic are found in the name given by Laban to the Hill of Witness between him and Jacob.     R. P. S.

The Aramaic alphabet was identical with, or derived from, the Phœnician.

Arapaho or Arrapaho.

The dialect of a native tribe of N. American Indians of the Algonkin family, vernacular on the R. Platte; originally on the Upper Saskatshewan. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iii., p. 446; Vocab. Amer. Ethn. Trans., vol. ii., p. 96.

Araquaju.

American: a dialect of the Brazilian class, vernacular on the Upper Amazons. See Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 17.

Araucanian.

Dialect spoken by the powerful independent Indian tribe inhabiting the western slope of the Andes, south of Chili proper.     D. F.

Arawack.

A dialect of Carib, spoken on the N. coast of S. America, in Surinam, Venezuela, and the Guianas (Berbice); supposed to have been introduced by aboriginal settlers from Hayti and other W. Indian islands.

Arayas, see Taino.

Archaic Greek.

A name for the original Cadmean alphabet of ancient Greece, it consisted of seventeen letters only, and was derived from the Phœnician.

Arda.

Spoken, according to Alcedo, on the Upper Napo, on the boundaries of New Grenada, Brazil, and Ecuador. A “Doctrina Christiana,” Madrid, 1658, and a “Paternoster” are the only recorded specimens of the Arda. No philologist seems to have examined them. The fragmentary languages with which they are the most likely to have been allied are the Andoa, the Shimigaes, and the Zapara. “Ludwig,” p. 12.     R. G. L.

Ardrah.

African: a dialect of the Slave-coast.

Argot.

French patois, applied to cant and slang dialects. See Jülg’s “Vater,” pp. 132, 485.

Argubba.

African: a dialect of Abyssinia.

Arecuna.

A dialect of the Carib of Demerara, allied to Macusi. See Schomburgk’s “British Guiana.”

Arfak.

A Papuan dialect vernacular among the mountaineers inland of Doreh, New Guinea.     P. J. V.

Arini or Arinzi.

A dialect of Yeniseian, spoken in Siberia. See Castrén’s “Versuch einer Ienissei Ostiakinen Sprachlehre.”     H. H. H.

Aripe.

American: dialect of Lower California.

Aris.

A dialect of Toumbulu.

Arkiko.

A dialect of Ethiopic allied to Adaiel; otherwise classed as a sub-dialect of Amharic.

Armenian.

The vernacular speech of Armenia, a mountainous country of Asiatic Turkey, bordering on the S.E. extremity of the Black Sea, including Mt. Ararat. Armenian is written from left to right, and has an alphabet peculiar to itself, which has been modernized from an older original, attributed to Miesrob, A.D. 406.

⁂ The language is essentially an Aryan dialect, akin to Achæmenian Persian and Zend, but still distinct from either: into which have been absorbed a large number of Turanian roots.     G. R.

Armenic.

A branch of the great Indo-European family of speech not yet clearly defined. It is the parent of modern Armenian, and of an older form of the same language, called Old Armenic, now extinct. It has, provisionally, been classed with Kurdish, Ossetic and Pushtoo. See Aryan.

Armeno-Kurdish.

A name for the Kurdish dialect, written in the characters of the Armenian alphabet.

Armorican.

A Celtic dialect, called also Breton, anciently vernacular in Armorican Gaul; it was the national language of the independent Duchy of Brittany, and is still spoken in the modern French departments of Finisterre, Morbihan, and Côtes-du-Nord; the language is closely allied to Welsh, Cornish, Manx, Gaelic, &c.

Arnaut, see Albanian.

Arniya.

A dialect of Dardu, allied to Kashkari.

Aro or Oro.

A dialect of W. Africa, allied to Mbofia, vernacular in the locality of Brass Town.

Aroo or Arru.

Dialects of Papuan, vernacular in a group of islands lying to the S.W. of New Guinea, in the Asiatic Archipelago.

⁂ Herr Van Rosenberg distinguishes two chief dialects. 1. A vocabulary collected at Wammer, Watelei, and Traugan. 2. His “Wanumbae Vocaby.” Others are the Wokam Uju dialects, given by Herr Von Eybergen. Mr. Wallace writes Wamma, Wokan and Ougia.     P. J. V.

Aropin.

A Papuan dialect, vernacular in S. Pacific. See Latham, p. 332.

Arorae.

An island of Kingsmill group, S. Pacific. The language is a mixed dialect of Samoa and Sandwich groups. First reduced by missionaries from Hawaii, 1858; now occupied by Samoan Christian teachers.     W. G.

Arrow-Head.

A term employed to designate writing of a particular kind. The ancient inhabitants of Babylonia, Assyria, Armenia, Persia, and other adjacent regions used characters of which the ultimate element was the wedge: ► The resemblance of this form to the metallic point with which arrows were anciently tipped caused our early Oriental travellers to call all characters thus composed “arrow-headed.” Recently, the term “cuneiform,” adopted from the French, has displaced “arrow-headed,” which is now seldom used. It is important to remember that the two terms, whichever of them we employ, in no case properly designate a language, or an alphabet, but simply a manner of forming the conventional signs of speech. There are at least five quite distinct “arrow-headed” alphabets; and in one case the same cuneiform alphabet is used to give written expression to two quite different languages.     G. R.

Aryan.

A name for the Indo-European family of languages, derived from Ariana, a province of the ancient Persian empire. The word is widely diffused throughout Eastern Asia: ex. gr., the small river Arius, now Heri-Rúd, on which stands the city of Herat; also the river Arus, or Araxes, near Mt. Ararat, in Armenia; Iran, Irac, or Iron. The term “Aryan,” in Sanskrit, implies “noble,” but the root is very widely diffused in an agricultural sense; as in the Greek ἀρόω; Latin, “aro” “to plough;” English, “arable.”

The Aryan family of languages is divided into the following branches:—Armenic, Celtic or Keltic, Hellenic, Illyric, Indic, Iranic, Italic, Teutonic, and Wendic (or Slavonic-Lettic). Each of these groups or branches will be treated under its proper stem, with sub-branches. See Introduction. ☞

Ashantee or Ashanti.

Sometimes called Odjii or Otshi, the national language of the Guinea coast, W. Africa; it belongs to the Mandingo branch, and is closely allied to the Fantee, spoken on the Gold-coast.

Asian or Asiatic.

Klaproth’s “Asia Polyglotta,” Paris, 1823, 1832. See Introduction.

Asilulu, see Amboyna.

Assamese.

The modern language of Assam, an extensive province of British India adjoining Bengal; it extends along the course of the R. Brahmapootra, towards Thibet. The archaic dialect known as Ahom, being extinct, has been superseded by a dialect of Bengali; Assamese is, however, unintelligible to the natives of Bengal. It is written in the Bengali character. See Brown’s “Comparative Table of Dialects: Asiatic Society of Bengal.”

Assan.

A dialect of Ostiak, or Yeniseian, vernacular in Siberia. See Castrén’s “Versuch.”

Assineboine.

A N. American dialect, spoken by native tribes of the Saskatchewan River line, between the Red River and Rocky Mountains.

Assinese.

African: a sub-dialect of the Fanti.

Assyrian.

The language of the ancient Assyrians, or people of Assyria, a tract lying upon the R. Tigris, between the thirty-fourth and thirty-seventh parallels. This language has become known to us within the last twenty years, through inscriptions disinterred from the buried cities of this region. The form of speech is found to be Semitic, akin to Arabic, Syriac, Chaldee, Phœnician, and especially to Hebrew. It is written, however, unlike most Semitic tongues, from left to right. The characters are very numerous and complicated; they are of the class called “cuneiform” or “arrow-headed,” being formed out of combinations of wedges. The best account of the Assyrian alphabet will be found in the “Expédition Scientifique en Mésapotamie” of M. Oppert. The language must be studied in the “Assyrian Dictionary” of Mr. Norris, and the “Elémens de la Grammaire Assyrienne” of M. Oppert.     G. R.

Astek, see Aztec.

Aswarek, see Serawulli.

Atacama.

American: belongs to a desert land between Chili and Peru.

Atafu.

“Duke of York’s Island.” In Tokelau group; when found it had a mixture of Eastern Polynesian dialects; but now, by use of Samoan books, generally speak that language.     W. G.

Athabascan or Athapascan.

A collective name for certain native dialects of N. America, lying to the S. of the Esquimaux. Vocaby. American Ethn. Trans., vol. ii. pp. 78-105. Buschmann: “Der Athapaskische Sprachstamm,” Berlin, 1856-63. ☞

Atiago, see Ahtiago.

Atinan.

Largely Tahitian, with some local peculiarities, but by the use of books in the Rarotongan dialect, is fast becoming Rarotongan; example, “fenua-maitai” = “good land.”     W. G.

Atlas (Mount.)

The Mount Atlas languages, more or less known, are: 1. The Kabail or Showiah; more definitely the Zoave. 2. The Shilha or Morocco Berber. 3. The Touarik or Tamazight of the Great Desert. 4. The Ghadamsi or the Wadreagh.     F. W. N.

Atna.

A name for Selish. It is derived from the native word for “man”—“tinni” or “tnai.” Vocaby. Trans. Amer. Ethnol. Society, vol. ii., p. 118. ☞

Atorai.

A dialect of Carib, vernacular in Demerara.

Atshin.

A dialect of Malay, vernacular in Sumatra. See Achinese.

Attakapa.

A nearly monosyllabic dialect, vernacular among the native Americans of St. Bernard’s Bay, Texas. See Archæol. Americana, ii., p. 307. ☞

Attic Greek.

A dialect of ancient Greek, originally peculiar to Attica, but which became the parent of the so-called “common dialect,” or ordinary language of Greek literature. The Attic had much in common with the Ionic, but affected contractions and retained aspirates where the Ionic discarded them.     G. R.

Attigae.

A tribe of the Chech in Caucasia.     H. C.

Atures.

According to Humboldt, the Atures were the original occupants of the cataract on the R. Orinoco, which bears their name; their language, on the authority of Gilij, is a form of the Salivi. ☞

Atye, see Whidah.

Augsburg.

Germanic: dialect of High-German spoken in Bavaria. See “Jnl. Für Deutschland,” 1783.

Auramoiset.

A dialect of Karelian, vernacular in the Government of St. Petersburgh. See “Memoirs of the St. Petersburgh Academy.”

Austral.

A group of numerous islands east of Tahiti, and so far Tahitian as to use books in the Tahitian language, though having some local peculiarities by the introduction of letters not in Tahitian; example, “param-akoako” = “exhortation.”     W. G.

Australian.

The natives, now fast disappearing, had numerous dialects, all more or less closely allied; resemblances have been traced to the Tamul and other languages of S. India; the Polynesian, and Papuan. See Grey’s “Vocabulary” (of S. Western A.) 2nd Edit., London, 1841; and others by Ridley; Sidney, 1856, 1866: Eyre’s “Discoveries,” vol. ii., p. 391.

Auvergne.

Dialect of Provençal; glossaries in “Mem.: Soc. Ant.” French vols. ii., xii.

Avan or Avani.

American: a sub-dialect of Maipur.

Avar (1).

An extinct dialect, belonging to the fifth and sixth centuries A.D. It was Turkish.

Avar (2).

The most important dialect of Lesgian. See Vocabulary in Güldenstadt’s “Travels,” and “Asia Polyglotta.”

Avaricoto.

American: Carib of Cumana, belonging to the Tamanack division.

Avekvom.

A dialect of the Ivory-coast, W. Africa.

Awaiya.

A dialect of Malay, vernacular in Ceram, an island of the Indian Ocean; quoted in Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago.” See Ahtiago and Hawaiian.

Aymara.

The language of the Indians of the highlands around Lake Titicaca in Peru and Bolivia; by many regarded as the so-called secret language of the Incas, as, according to their traditions, Manco Capac, the founder of the Inca dynasty, came from that district; and although ruder and more primitive, it is closely allied to the Quechua, which, after the Inca conquest, became the general language of Peru. The oldest published works extant on Aymara are by Alcabiça, 1585; Ricardo, 1585; Bertonio, 1603-12.     D. F.   ☞

Aztec.

The language of the aborigines of Mexico; extinct in its original form, it has been fused with Spanish, and is now the native language of Mexican Indians.

ADDENDA.

Aberdeen.

A local dialect of Scotland.

Abkhass, see Absne.

Abunda.

African: same as Bunda. See Vocaby. in Douville’s “Voyage,” Paris, 1832.

Achaian.

A name for the ancient Greeks. ☞

Adamawa, see Hamarua.

Adang.

A Dayak dialect of N. Borneo.     P. J. V.   See Murut.

Adima.

Name for the servile class of Malabar; they have a dialect peculiar to themselves.     W. E.

Adiyar.

A sub-dialect of Dravidian origin, spoken by aborigines of Malabar.     W. E.

Akhwash.

Caucasian: like Andi, but with peculiar numerals.     H. C.

Americanisms.

Name for Transatlantic idioms of English. See Webster’s Dicty., various editions: Bartlett’s Glossary, London, 1859.

Amoy.

An important dialect of Chinese; see “Manual,” by Macgowan; Hong Khong, 1869.

Andalusian.

Romance: a sub-dialect of Spanish.

Andhra.

An ancient kingdom and powerful dynasty in the Dekhan, now merely traditional: compare the Greek word ἀνδρος.

Anspach.

Teutonic: dialect of High-German. See “Jnl. Für Deutschland,” 1789.

Antilles.

American of the W. Indies. See “Histoire des Iles Antilles,” &c. Rotterdam, 1681.

Appenzell.

Teutonic: dialect of High-German. See Tobler: “A: Sprachschatz,” Zürich, 1837.

Arayans, Araans.

Important hill tribe of Travancore, called Malai-arasar, “Hill kings;” they speak a dialect of Tamul or Malayalim.     W. E.

Arragonese.

A provincial dialect of Spanish.

B.

Bab, see Port Doreh.

Baba.

A dialect allied to Javanese, vernacular in an island called Babber by the Dutch; it is one of the Serawatty group, E. of Timor in the Indian Ocean. Small Vocabulary in Latham p. 303. See Kissa.

Babuma.

A native dialect of Africa, vernacular on the Gaboon. See small Vocabulary in Latham, p. 563.

Babylonian.

A Semitic dialect spoken in Babylonia from the Assyrian conquest of the country, about B.C. 1300, to its occupation by the followers of Mohammed. It is closely allied to the Assyrian (which see), but is somewhat simpler. The language exists in numerous inscriptions found in the country which cover the interval from about B.C. 620 to B.C. 540, and also in the trilingual inscriptions of the Achæmenian Persian, where it is found regularly in the third column. The best account of the language, which is written in a cuneiform alphabet based on the Assyrian, will be found in Sir H. Rawlinson’s “Analysis of the third column of the Behistun Inscription”—Journal of the Asiatic Society, 1856.     G. R.

Bachan, see Batchian.

Bactrian.

The dialect spoken in ancient Bactria (modern Balkh), now commonly supposed to be identical with the literary language called Zend. It is not at all certain, however, that Bactria was the country in which Zend was spoken. But there can be no doubt that Bactrian was a very ancient form of Aryan speech.     G. R.   See Zend.

Bagba.

An African dialect allied to the Bakele of the R. Gaboon.

Bagbalan.

A dialect of Kouri, vernacular in Central Africa. See small Vocabulary in Latham, p. 584.

Bagherme, see Begharmi.

Bagnon.

A native dialect, vernacular in W. Africa, spoken on the W. coast, S. of the R. Nunez; long Vocabulary in “Mémoires de la Société Ethnologique,” Paris, 1845.

Bago.

The dialect of several populations, vernacular in N.W. Africa; classed as a sub-dialect of Timmani.

Bagwan.

A native patois of British India, derived from Tamil.

Bahasa-tanah, see Amboyna.

Baikha.

A dialect of Ostiak of the Yeniseian class, spoken in Asiatic Russia. See Vocabulary in Latham, p. 136.

Bajau or Bajou.

Dialects of Malay, spoken by the Sea-gipsies. See Vocabulary in Wallace; Appdx. to “Malay Archipelago.”

⁂ “Fishmen of Borneo.” Bajau properly belongs to all Borneo. The Bugis traders, who belong to all that Archipelago, cannot properly speak Bajau. Bugis is perhaps truly the language of the pirates of those seas, their head-quarters being (the Illanons) Illanon Bay, S.W. of Mindanao, one of the Philippines.     E. B.   See Biajuk.

Bakele.

A dialect of Kaffir, somewhat allied to Mpongwe, spoken on the R. Gaboon, W. Africa. See Vocabulary in Latham, p. 561.

Baladea.

The native name of New Caledonia. The language is allied to Annatom, also called Duaura. See Aneiteum.

Bali.

An insular dialect of Javanese, vernacular in the Indian Archipelago. See Crawfurd’s Dissertation in “Malay Grammar,” p. 75. ☞

Balu.

African: a dialect allied to the Bakele, vernacular on the R. Gaboon.

Bambarra.

African: a division of the Mana class, spoken on the Upper Niger; including also the Jallunka, the Sokko, and the Susu. It is bounded on the E. by the Songho of Timbuctu, with which a new class begins.

Bamon.

African: a dialect of the N. W. division of Kaffir, allied to Ralu.

Banca or Bangka.

Besides the Chinese who work in the tin mines, Banca has a native population who speak a dialect of Malay, with some intermixture of Javanese, derived from Palembang, an ancient colony of Javanese, and other foreign elements.     P. J. V.

Banffshire.

A dialect of the lowlands of Scotland. See “Remarks on the dialect of Banffshire, with a glossary of words not in Jamieson’s Scottish Dictionary,” by Rev. W. Gregor, Philol. Socy. Trans., 1866.     W. W. S.

Banga.

A dialect of Bengali, vernacular in Arracan. See “Asiatic Researches,” vol. v., p. 238.

Bangbay.

African: short vocabulary communicated by Dr. Barth to the Geographical Society.

Baniwa.

A variety of native S. American dialects, allied to Chimanos, vernacular between Brazil and Venezuela. ☞

Banjak.

Name of an island off Sumatra. The natives have two dialects:—(1) the primitive language called Batta, and (2) the Malay of Sumatra. See Maruwi.

Bantek or Bantik.

An Alfuru dialect vernacular in N. Celebes.

Bantu.

African: Dr. Bleek’s name for a very large class of languages, including the Kayo, Bunda, Zangian, and Mozambique branches.

Baraba or Barama.

A dialect of Asia; in its Russian form called Barabinski.

Barabinski.

A dialect of the Siberian Turkish spoken in the steppe of Baraba, or Barama, between the upper Irtysch and the R. Obi in Asiatic Russia. See Klaproth’s “Asia Polyglotta,” p. 226.     H. H. H.

Baraki.

A dialect of Persian, spoken at Barak in Affghanistan, and at Kàniguram. ☞

Barbara, Santa.

A native dialect, vernacular on W. Coast of N. America. Jnl. R. Geogl. Socy., 1841. xi., 246-51.

Barbary, see Berber.

Barea.

African: a Negro dialect on the Nubian and Abyssinian frontier. Vocabulary in Salt’s “Voyage to Abyssinia.”

Bari or Barree.

A dialect of Central Africa. Mitterrutzner: “Die Sprache der Bari,” Brixen, 1867. See Barea.

Barre.

American: closely akin to the Baniwa, Tariana, and Uainambeu; it is probably the same as the Pareni of Humboldt, but Wallace uses it as a class-name. “Travels on the Amazon,” &c., 8vo, 1853.

Basa or Bhasa-Krama.

A form of Javanese. Literally “The polite language.” See Bhasa.

Basa, Bassa, or Bassah.

A dialect of W. Africa, belonging to the Grebo family and allied to Mandingo, vernacular in parts of Liberia.

⁂ A geographical or national division of Africa. See Kilham’s “Specimens.”

Bas-Breton, see Armorican.

Bashee or Bashi.

A dialect of Negritic, vernacular in the China Sea, S. of Formosa; a group of the Philippines. See Vocaby.: Belcher’s “Voyage of the Samarang,” vol. ii.

Bashkir.

A dialect of Turkish, spoken in Orenburg, Asiatic Russia.

⁂ The Baskir now speak Turkish, but there are many reasons for believing them to be of Ugrian descent. See Klaproth, A. P., and Müller, “Ugrische Volkstamm.”     H. H. H.

Bashmuric.

A dialect of Coptic, formerly spoken at Bashmur, a province in the delta of the Nile; it was largely infused with Greek.

Basian.

A dialect of Turkish spoken in the Caucasus, almost identical with Nogay. See Klaproth, “Reise in den Kaukasus.”     H. H. H.

Baspa or Bhaspa, see Moghol.

Basque or Escuara.

A language spoken in the Spanish provinces, Guipuzcoa and Biscay, partially in Alava and Navarre; in France, only in the arrondissements of Mauléon and Bayonne in the department of the Lower Pyrenees. Five principal dialects, with several sub-dialects:—Guipuzcoan, Biscayan (and the dialect of Llodia) in Spain; and the Bas-Navarrais, Souletin and Labourdin, in France. Clearly agglutinative. Analogies detected with the Finnish, by Prince L. L. Buonaparte and others; and N. American (Algonkin) by Pruner-Bey and Charency; also with the Khamitic by D’Abbadie, and Accadian by Sayce. Fabre’s “Dict. Français-Basque,” Bayonne, 1870, “Essai de Grammaire,” par W. J. Van Eys, Amsterdam, 1867.     W. W.   See Escuara.

Basundo.

A native dialect of Africa, belonging to the N.W. division of the Kaffir group, vernacular in the R. Gaboon.

Batak, or Batta.

A native dialect of wild Malays in Sumatra; it is allied to Bugis, with written characters imitated from the Devanagiri alphabet of Sanskrit.

⁂ The Orang Batta are the indigines of Sumatra; Banjak, Pakpak, Zingkal, Toba, are all sub-dialects of Batta in Sumatra. See Van der Tunk’s “Collection of Battak Texts, with Notes and Translations,” 4 vols., Amsterdam, 1860-62; “Bataksch Leesboek”; and “Bataksch-Nederduitsch Woordenboek,” Amsterdam, 1861. ☞

Batar, see Bor.

Batavian-Malay.

What is called Batavian-Malay is perhaps rather a Sundanese than a Malay dialect. It is the language of the natives of Batavia and its environs, a population sprung from the conflux of individuals from almost every part of the Archipelago; yet the Sundanese element seems to predominate. This language ought not to be confounded with the low-Malay spoken at Batavia by Europeans and natives in their ordinary intercourse, which is merely Malay corrupted by the introduction of foreign words and forms of speech. To these Europeans the language which the natives use among themselves is quite unintelligible.     P. J. V.

Batchian.

A dialect of Malay, somewhat allied to Gilolo.

⁂ This island is one of the Moluccas; it has no indigenous population, but the so-called Malay colonists are of a mixed race, and the dialect they speak is mixed with Papuan or Alfuru elements.     P. J. V.

Batemdakaiee, see Kulanapo.

Bathurst.

A dialect vernacular in N. S. Wales.

Batta (1), see Batak.

Batta (2).

A family of languages, vernacular in Africa.

⁂ One of the thirty languages of the Adamawa, spoken under 9° N.L.

Batu-Merah (“Red-rock” in Malay).

A dialect of the Mohammedan suburb of Amboyna, closely allied to Liang. See Morella.

Bauré, see Moxos.

Bauro or San Cristoval.

A dialect of the Solomon Isles, or Isles of Danger, in the Pacific Ocean.

Bavarian (Baierische).

A dialect of Teutonic, typical High-German. See “Bayerisches Wörterbuch,” by Schmeller, 4 vols., Stuttgard, 1827-37.     W. W. S.

Bayano.

A dialect of Central America, vernacular at San Salvador, Guatemala. See Darien and Savaneric.

Bayeiye.

African: a sub-dialect of Bantu, vernacular in the interior.

Bayon or Bayung.

A dialect of Kaffir, vernacular on the R. Gaboon.

⁂ The name is important because it is the last of the languages on the W. half of equatorial Africa of which any specimen is known.

Beak.

A dialect of Papuan, vernacular in New Guinea.

Béarnais.

The dialect of Béarn, in the S. of France. See Hatoulet et Picot’s “Proverbes Béarnais, avec un Vocabulaire,” 8vo, Paris, 1862.     W. W. S.

Beaver.

American: dialect of the Beaver Indians, N. of the Hudson’s Bay country; sometimes classed as Chipewayan.

Bechuana.

African: a dialect of Kaffir. Moffat’s “Spelling-book,” London 1826; “Bukauiane A B C,” Kapstadt, 1839. See Sechuana.

Bedfordshire.

A dialect of England. See “An Analysis of English, with an Analysis of the dialect of Bedfordshire,” by T. Batchelor, London, 1809.     W. W. S.

Begharmi.

A dialect of central Africa, spoken to the S.E. of Lake Tshad; Dr. Barth assigns it to the Shiluk class. Vocabulary in Klaproth’s “Essai sur la Langue du Bornou,” Paris, 1826.

Beja or Boje.

A dialect of N.E. Africa, vernacular at Kosseir, the ancient Apollonopolis Parva, in Egypt. It is also called Bishari. See Burckhardt’s “Travels in Nubia,” pp. 160-1.

Belang or Bilong.

A native dialect of Celebes, somewhat allied to Langowan. See Bentenang.

Belgic or Belgian.

Old Belgic was Teutonic, Low-German, classed as a dialect of Frisian. Modern Belgian is a dialect of French. See De Reiffenberg’s “Nouv. Obs. sur les patois Romans de la Belgique,” “Echo du Monde Savant,” 1840.

Belonese.

Dialects of E. Timor, spoken by the Belonese under Portuguese dominion; sub-dialects are Teto, Vaiqueno, Viale, Manatuta. Vocaby. by Mr. Heymering, in “Tyd. v. Ned. Ins.” viii., 3.     P. J. V.

Beloochi or Biluch.

The native dialect of Beloochistan, the tract between Affghanistan and the Indian Ocean, N. India; it is allied to Persian.

Beltin.

A dialect of Turkish, spoken by a small tribe on the R. Abakan in Siberia. “Asia P.” p. 229.     H. H. H.

Benga or Benguelan.

A dialect of W. Africa, classed by Bleek as a sub-dialect of Bantu, N.W. branch. Mackey’s “Grammar,” N. York, 1855. See Bienga.

Bengali.

The vernacular dialect of the province of Bengal, British India; it is derived from Sanskrit, and written in characters modified from the Divanagari alphabet. See Carey’s “Dict. of the Bengalee Language,” &c., 2 vols., Serampore, 1825; Yates’s “Introd. to Bengali,” Calcutta, 1847.

Beni, Benin, or Bini.

A general name for the native dialects, vernacular in the Bight of Benin, W. Africa. Applied more particularly to the Moko. Other dialects are the Bonny, the Ibo, and Aro. See Clarke’s “Dialects of Africa,” p. 35.

Beni Menasser, see under M.

Bentenang.

Alfuru dialect of N. Celebes, spoken in the districts of Pasan, Ratahan, and Ponasakan, sometimes called Pasan Bangko.     P. J. V.

Berber.

A language spoken in many parts of N. Africa by supposed descendants of the ancient Lybians and Mauritanians; it somewhat resembles Coptic in construction, with an African vocabulary. The word Berber is a form of οἰ βάρβαροι, “people whose speech is not intelligible; gibberish.”

⁂ More properly a name given by the Arabs and Europeans to several widely spread languages of N. Africa. “Dict. Français-Berbère,” Paris, 1844.     F. W. N.   See Libyan.

Berberini.

A language spoken on the Upper Nile, which has no relation to the Berber, properly so called.     F. W. N.

Beresov.

The Ostiaks of Beresov speak a dialect of Ostiack. See Klaproth, “Asia P.”     H. H. H.

Bergamasco.

A provincial dialect of Italian.

Berkshire.

A few remarks on this dialect occur in Nichol’s “Bibliotheca Typographica Britannica,” 4to, 1783, vol. iv., p. 44; see also T. Hughes’s “Scouring of the White Horse.”     W. W. S.

Bethuck.

The native dialect of Newfoundland; it is allied to Algonquin.

Betoi.

American dialect of New Grenada, on the eastern slope of the Andes. Sub-dialects are the Airico, Ele, Girari, and Situfa.

Bhasa.

Native word for speech or language, used both in combination and composition. 1. In Bhasa-krama, the ceremonial language of Java, and in the Bahasa-tanah of Amboyna, it precedes; 2. In Brij-bhasa, it follows the word. Compare Sanskrit, वाचा, vâchâ, “speech.” See Amboyna.

Bhatui, or Bhatore.

A dialect of Tamul.

⁂ One of the cant, slang, or artificial languages of India; its basis is Marathi. Balfour’s “Languages of the Wandering Tribes of India.”

Bhil or Bheel.

A name for the Biluch of Beloochistan. See Beloochi. ☞

Bhojepoora.

A dialect of Hinduwi, spoken throughout the neighbourhood of Benares, in the N. of British India.

Bhootanese.

A dialect of the Bhotiya family, spoken in the modern Bhootan; it is allied to Tamul.     G. R.

Bhot or Bhotia.

The language of Bhot or Bootan. The people of all Thibet, from Ladak to Lassa, are Bhotiäs, and inhabit the whole length of the Himalaya, along the snowy range on its S. face in Kumaon, Nipal and Sikim. Papers by Mr. Hodgson, in the “Asiatic Society’s Journal of Bengal.” A.C.

⁂ Bhot or Bhotiya: native name for Thibet or Tibet and the Tibetans; Bútan and Bultistan are from the same root, and serve to indicate the great spread of the Tibetan race. The Bútanis call themselves Lhopa.     R. G. L.   See Thibetan.

Bhotiya.

A general name for the Sub-Himalayan languages.     G. R.

Bhramu.

A dialect of Nepaul, allied to Dahl. See Bramhu.

Biafada.

A negro dialect, allied to Padsade, vernacular in the Bissagos, or Bijugas islands at the mouth of Rio, W. Africa.

Biajuk or Biajú.

A dialect of Malay, of certain ruder populations of Borneo.

⁂ Properly Biajus or Beajus, the Dayaks of S. Borneo, in the ancient kingdom of Banyarmarsin, now under Dutch rule.     P. J. V.   ☞

Bibliography.

An attempt has been made to quote authorities under each leading article; but, for the general knowledge of all languages in a collective form, the following list of books is here supplied:—

Hervas: “Catalogo delle lingue conosciute,” &c., Cesena, 1785 (Italy).

Empress Catherine and Pallas: “Linguarum totius orbis Vocabularia comparativa,” 3 vols., St. Petersburgh, 1786-9.

Adelung and Vater: “Mithridates, oder allgemeine Sprachenkunde,” &c., 4 vols., 8vo, Berlin, 1806-17.

Vater and Jülg: “Litteratur der Grammatiken, Lexiker, und Wörtersammlungen aller Sprachen der Erde,” 2nd edit., Berlin, 1847.

Balbi: “Atlas Ethnographique du Globe,” &c., Paris, 1826.

Migne: “Dictionnaire de Linguistique et de philologie comparée,” &c., Paris, 1864.

Latham: “Elements of Comparative Philology,” London, 1862.

Tregelles and others: “The Bible of every Land: a History of the Sacred Scriptures in every language and dialect, with specimens, alphabets, maps,” &c., S. Bagster and Sons, London.

Müller: “Lectures on the Science of Language,” by Prof. Max Müller, London, 1862-64.

Farrar: “Families of Speech,” by the Rev. F. W. Farrar, &c., London, 1870.

⁂ For the later authorities quoted throughout the Dictionary, see published catalogues of Messrs. Trübner, Quaritch, and other dealers.

Bidduma, see Buduma.

Bienga.

African: language of the I. of Corisco.

Bight-head.

A native dialect of Australia.

Bijenelumbo.

A native dialect of Australia.

Bikanira.

A dialect of Hinduwi, spoken in Rajpootana, N.W. India; using characters of the Divanagari alphabet.

Biluch, see Beloochi.

Bima.

A dialect of Malayan, vernacular in E. Sumbawa, an island to the S.E. of Java. ☞

Bimbpa, see Cameroons.

Bini, see Benin and Moko.

Bisaya or Bissayan.

A dialect of the Philippine Islands. See Crawfurd’s “Malay Grammar,” dissertation, p. 239. Dicty. by Mentrida, Manila, 1841. ☞

⁂ Also the name of a Dayak tribe on the R. Limbang, N. Borneo. Vocaby. in St. John’s “Life in the Forests of the Far East;” appdx. p. 407.     P. J. V.

Biscayan, see Basque.

Bishari.

African: a collective name for the Danakil, Ilmormo, and Somauli. See Beja.

Bissago.

African: numerous and diverse dialects, vernacular in a small Archipelago, so called, between 8° and 10° N.L. See Biafada.

Blackfoot.

A native dialect of N. America, classed as Algonquin. It is now spoken by several tribes on the Saskatchewan river line. See Butler’s “Great Lone Land,” London, 1873, p. 385; “Trans. Amer. Ethn. Soc.,” vol. ii., Introd. p. cxii., p. 88; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 494.

Blackmouths, see Juripixunha.

Bobia.

African: a sub-dialect of Otam.

Bode.

A dialect of Bornu. See Kölle’s “Africa Pol.”

Bodega, see Olamentke.

Bodo.

A dialect of Thibetan vernacular in the Sikhim Himalayas. Hodgson (H. B.) “Aborigines of India.” See Mech.

Boëro, see Cajeli.

Bohemian.

Sometimes called Chekh or Tschekh, spoken in Bohemia, a province of the Austrian Empire; it is of Slovack origin, and closely allied to Russian. “Slownjk Cesko-Nemecky,” by Jungmann. Five vols. 4to. A Bohemian-Latin-German Dictionary; published by the Royal Academy of Prague.     W. W. S.   See Romany.

Bokhara or Bokaree.

A dialect of Persian, vernacular in Bokhara. See Klaproth “Asia Pol.,” pp. 242-54. Pallas’s “Vocab. Cath.” p. 102.

Boksa, see Kumaon.

Bolaango.

Alfuru dialects of N. Celebes, spoken in the districts Boloöng, Uki, Bentaüna and Andagile of Kattingola.     P. J. V.

Bolar.

A negro dialect, allied to Bulanda.

Bolong, Bolaang, or Bulong.

A dialect of Celebes or Macassar, allied to Bugis; and sub-divided into Bolong-itang-ota and Bolong-mongondo. Respectively Upper and Lower, the former is the Bolang-itam or Hitam of Wallace’s App. “Malay Archipelago.” Classed as sub-dialects of Menadu. ☞

Bonny.

A class of native African dialects, vernacular in Guinea. See Obany.

Booro, see Cajeli.

Bor.

A sub-Turanian dialect spoken by a broken tribe of Nepaul.

Borabora.

Polynesian: A Tahitian language. Vernacular in one of the Society’s Is.     W. G.   See Tahitian.

Boraiper.

A dialect of Australia, allied to Aiawong.

Borgia, San.

A native dialect of California, N. America.

Boritsu.

A dialect of Kaffir (N. W. division), vernacular on the R. Gaboon. See Kölle: “Polyg. Afric.”

Bormio.

A dialect of Italian, vernacular in Lombardy.

Borneo.

The populations of Borneo are of mixed races, known as Biajuks, Biajús or Bajows, Dyaks, &c., as well as Malays. We have dialects of Kagan or Kayan, Kupua, Malo, Meri, Millanow, Murung, Sakarron, Sangouw, Sibnow, Sow, Suntab. Works by Crawfurd, Brooke (Sir J.), Keppel (Adml.), Marsden, &c.; for details see Latham, pp. 305-7; Vater, p. 465. See Dajak.

Bornu or Bornui.

A large class of native African, allied to the Haussa. Klaproth: “Essai, &c.” 8vo, Paris, 1826. Clarke: “Dialects of Africa,” p. 35. Kölle: “Grammar of the Bornu language.” See Kanuri.

Boro.

A dialect of Thibetan, allied to Bodo.

Bororo.

An unclassed dialect of S. American, vernacular in S.W. Brazil.

Bosjesman.

Dutch name for the Bushmen or Hottentots.

Bosnian.

Slavic, the dialect of Bosnia, European Turkey.

Botango.

A sub-dialect of Menadu. Small Vocaby. in Latham, p. 309. See Bolong.

Botia or Botya, see Bhot.

Botocudo.

A large class of native languages, vernacular in Brazil, S. America.

⁂ The dialect is quite distinct from the Guarani.     D. F.   ☞

Boustrophedon.

“To turn,” as the ox in ploughing; a term used of early Greek writing, which went alternately in different directions; Solon’s laws were thus written. It comes intermediate between the Semitic order of writing, viz., from right to left, and the European form from left to right.

Bouton, see Buton.

Bowditch Island.

The most easterly reef island of S. Pacific, occupied by Roman Catholic and Protestant missionaries. Had no written language before visited by missionaries, and so nearly resembles the Samoan that its books are easily read and understood by the people.     W. G.

Bowri.

A dialect of Tamul.

Brahminic.

A name for Sanskrit.

Brahooi or Brahui.

A dialect spoken in parts of Beloochistan, allied to Tamil. See Caldwell’s “Comparative Grammar of the Dravidian Languages,” 1861; Leech: Paper in Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, July, 1838.

⁂ Interesting as showing affinities to Japanese, Loochoo, Korean, and Basque.     H. C.   See Beloochi.

Brai.

A dialect of France; Cambrai (Nord)? See “Dictionnaire du Patois du Pays de Brai,” 1852.     W. W. S.

Braj-Bhaka, see Bruj.

Bramhu or Bhramu.

A dialect of Thibetan, vernacular in Nepaul.

Brasilian, see Brazilian.

Brass-town.

A class of negro dialects allied to Aro. See Oru.

Brazilian.

A name for the written language of the Tupi and Guarani races of Indians in S. America, as spoken in Brazil and Paraguay; it is largely infused with Portuguese, and much used by residents. In Portuguese the “lingua Brasilica” means the “lingua geral.” See Da Silva: “Diccionario da Lingua geral dos Indios de Brasil,” &c., Bahia, 1854.

Bremisch.

A name for the Low-German dialect of Bremen, N. Germany. See “Bremisch-Niedersächsisches Wörterbuch,” Bremen, 1767-71, with Supplement, 1869.     W. W. S.

Brescian.

An Italian patois, vernacular in Lombardy.

Breton.

See “Dictionnaire Breton-Français et Français-Breton,” par Villemarqué, 2 vols., 1847-50; and “Dict. Celto-Breton and Breton-Français,” par Legonidec, 1807-21. ☞

Brissi.

A native dialect of W. Timor, closely allied to Teto. Vocaby. in Wallace: Appdx. See Kupang.

British.

A name for the Pre-Roman dialects of England. See Celtic or Keltic.

Bruj.

A dialect of Hinduwi, otherwise called Brij-bhaka, spoken in the province of Agra, Hindustan.

Bubonko.

Alfuru dialect of the Togean or Toühia Islands, in the Gulf of Tomini, N. Celebes.     P. J. V.

Buchan.

A dialect of Scotland.

Budugur.

A dialect of Canarese, vernacular in the Nilghery Hills, S. India.

Buduma.

A native dialect of Africa, allied to Kanuri. Spoken by the islanders of Lake Tshad.

Bughelcundi.

A corrupted Hinduwi, otherwise called Baghelcundi, vernacular in Boghela, in the province of Allahabad, British India.

Bugis or Buji.

A dialect of the Malayan family spoken in the Island of Celebes or Macassar, an island adjoining Borneo, and written in a different character from Old Macassar. See Crawfurd’s “Malay Grammar,” Dissertation p. 88. “Vocabulary,” Mission Press, 1833; “Chrestomathies,” Paris. See Mangkasar.

Buji.

African: a sub-dialect of Kabyle.

Bulanda.

A dialect of W. Africa, allied to Bago.

Bulgarian.

Also called Cyrillic; a dialect of Slovack origin, brought into Europe by the Bulgars, an Asiatic race who settled in ancient Mœsia, S. of the Danube, in E. Europe. Bulgaria, so named from them, is a province of European Turkey. Morse and Vasilief, Grammar, &c., Constantinople, 1859-60. ☞

Bulgarian, Old, see Slavonic.

Bullom.

A dialect of Mandingo, vernacular near Sierra Leone, W. Africa.

⁂ It is in contact with Timmani, but totally different therefrom.

Bulochi, see Beloochi.

Bumbete.

A native dialect of Africa, vernacular in the R. Gaboon. It is classed as a N.W. form of Kaffir.

Bunda.

The native dialect of Angola, W. Africa. Classed by Bleek as a sub-genus of Bantu, including also Angola, Nano, Otziherero, and Sindonga. See Cannecattim’s Dicty. Lisboa, 1804.

Bundelcoondi.

A dialect of Hinduwi, spoken in the district of Bundelcund, Allahabad, British India.

Buol or Buool.

Alfuru dialect of N. Celebes or Macassar, allied to Bugis.

Burgundian.

The dialect of Burgundy, E. France. One of the four principal dialects of the old Langue d’oil; the others being the Picard, the Norman, and the French of the I. de France.     W. W. S.

Buriat.

A Mongolian dialect of the Turanian family of languages, vernacular near Lake Baikal, in the province of Irkutsh, Eastern Siberia, Russia in Asia. Castrén: “Versuch einer Burjätischen Sprachlehre,” by Schiefner, 8vo, St. Petersburgh, 1857. See Kalka. ☞

Burmese.

A monosyllabic language, vernacular in the Burman Empire, S. Asia; originally conformable to Chinese, it has been modified by the fusion with Pali, a Buddhistic dialect of Sanskrit. See Crawfurd: “Embassy to Ava,” Vocaby. in Appendix, p. 35. Dictionaries: Hough (Maulmein, 1845); Judson (Rangoon, 1866).

Bushman.

A dialect of African, remotely related to the Hottentot; it is also called Saab.

Butan.

A dialect of Thibetan, spoken by the Lhopa, people of Bhootan. See Bhootanese and Bhot.

Buton or Boutang.

A dialect allied to Bugis, vernacular in Boutong, a large island to the S. of Celebes. Only known by Vocaby. in Wallace’s “Malay Arch.”

Buttanir.

A dialect of Hinduwi, spoken by the Bhattis, a race of Rajpootana, N.W. India; it is sometimes called Virat.

Byzantine.

A name for the Greek of the Eastern Empire. Sophocles: Lex., Boston, U.S., 1870.

ADDENDA.

Badagry.

A language of W. Africa.

Badakshan, see Shighnis.

Bangsa.

African: a tribe of Kouri.

Barabra, Berabra.

African: names for the Nubians.

Barba.

African: a dialect of the W., like Mose and Fanti.     H. C.

Behistun.

Trilingual inscription.

Belakan.

A tribe of Marulat in Caucasia.     H. C.

Benua.

Orang Benua: people of Malacca. See Jakun.

Berne.

A sub-dialect of High-German.

Berry or Berrichon.

A patois of French; “Vocabulaire,” by Jaubert, Paris, 1839.

Besleyeutsi.

A sub-dialect of Circassian.

Bhumij.

A Kol tribe of India, allied to Sontal.     H. C.

Bohmen.

A sub-dialect of High-German. See “Geschichte,” by Pelzel, Vienna and Prague, 1788-91.

Boje or Boye.

African: a name for the Taka or Takue.

Boko.

African: a dialect like Bangbay.     H. C.

Bola.

African: allied to Pepel.     H. C.

Bolognese.

Italian: dialect of Bologna. See Vocabulary by Verrari, Bologna, 1835.

Bora, see Mabang.

Bortlykh.

A tribe of Kasi-Kumuk, in Caucasia.     H. C.

Botlik.

Caucasian: a dialect of Andi, allied to Akhwash.     H. C.

Bourges, see Cher.

Bourgogne.

French: dialect of Burgundy. Glossary by Barôzai and Monnoye, Châtillon, 1825.

Brabant.

Provincial dialects of Holland; sub-dialects of N. Brabant are Bosch and Bredaasch.

Brandenburg.

Sub-dialect of Low-German. See Moritz: “Märkischer Dialekt,” Berlin, 1781.

Bredaasch.

Low-German: dialect of the Netherlands. See Hoeufft: “Proeve van B. taal-eigen,” Breda, 1837.

Bregentzish.

Sub-dialect of High-German. See Bergmann: “Ueber die Volkssprache-Bregenzerwalde,” Innspruch, 1827.

Brescian.

Sub-dialect of Italian. Vocabulary by Melchiori, Brescia, 1817-20.

Brinni.

African: name of a Kouri tribe.

Burrah-Burrah.

Also written Boora-Boora: a dialect of the Lower Murray R., Victoria; named after the negative, says Mr. Peter Beveridge.     J. B.

Burtuna.

Caucasian; a tribe of Marulat.     H. C.

Bute.

African: allied to Bangbay.

Bzub.

Caucasian: the best known dialect of the Ude. See Schiefner’s Grammar.     H. C.

C.

Cabaros.

American; aborigines on the R. Tocatins, Brazil. See Castelnau: “Expedition,” vol. v., pp. 273-4.

Cabool, see Caubul.

Cacharese.

A monosyllabic dialect, vernacular in Cachar, a province of Bengal; more generally spelt with a K. See Kookie.

Cachiquel, under K.

Caddo.

A variety of dialects spoken by the Tachi and other native tribes in N. America, from whom Texas has been named. See Gallatin’s Synopsis in “Archæol. Amer.” vol. ii., and “Tr. Amer. Ethnol.”

Cadiak, under K.

Cadmean.

Name for the earliest form of the archaic Greek alphabet, consisting originally of seventeen letters, derived from the Semitic; eight letters being added by Palamedes and Simonides, as we learn from Pliny.

Caffre or Kaffir.

One of a large family of languages spoken by the so-called Kaffirs in Caffraria, S. Africa; remotely derived from Coptic, and mingled with native African.

Cagataic, under K.

Cagayan.

Malayan: dialect of the Philippine Islands.

Cagliari.

A dialect of Sardinian.

Cag-Mag.

Coarse speech.

Cahita.

American: dialect of Sonora, New Mexico. See Vocaby. in “Nouvelles Annales,” Paris, 1841.

Cahuillo.

American: dialect of U. California. See “Pacific R. Reports,” vol. ii.

Cairnos.

American: see “Catechismo,” by Puente, a Capuchin, 1703.

Cajeli.

A native dialect of Booro, an island lying between Celebes and Papua. See Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago.”

Calabar, New, see Efik.

Calabar, Old.

A dialect of Kaffir, vernacular on the W. coast of Africa. See Otam.

Calabrian.

Romance: sub-dialect of Italian.

Calchaqui.

American; name for the Inca, Quichua, Kechua, or Peruvian, dialects of Tucuman.

Caldani, see under K.

Caledon Bay.

Australian; tribe of natives. See King’s “Narrative,” London, 1827.

Caledonia, New, see Baladea.

Californian.

American: numerous dialects of Upper and Lower California, the chief being the Juma or Yuma, Cochimi, Pericu, Kechi or Kizh, Netela and Waikuru. See “Proceedings of the Phil. Socy.,” vol. vi., London, 1850; Schoolcraft: “Indian Tribes,” iv., 406.

Callilehet.

American: mountaineers of Patagonia.

Calmuc or Kalmuk.

A dialect of Moghol, spoken by the Kalmuk Tartars, in the steppes of the Caucasus, between the Volga and the Ural, towards Astrakhan, on the shores of the Caspian, S. Russia.

Camacan.

American: a dialect of Botocudo. Da Silva: “Diccionaria ... Lingoa Geral.” See Mongoyo. ☞

Camarian.

A dialect of S. Ceram, closely allied to Amboyna. See Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago.”

Camba, see Kambali.

Cambojan.

A monosyllabic tongue, peculiar to Cambodia, in the E. peninsula of S. Asia.

Cambrai.

A patois of France; Dept. du Nord.

Cambrian.

A name for Welsh.

Cambridgeshire.

The dialect of Cambridgeshire (England) closely resembles that of Norfolk. See Forby’s “Vocabulary of East Anglia.”     W. W. S.

Cameroons.

African: a geographical term for some dialects of Bantu, ex. gr. the Bimbra, Dualla, and Isubu.

Cames.

American: Indians of Brazil speaking a dialect of Guarani.

Campaspee.

Australian: name for the Gnurellean.

Canaanite or Canaanitish.

The language of the ancient inhabitants of the country west of the Jordan, closely allied to Hebrew. As the Canaanites were descended from Ham, but the Hebrews from Shem, the similarity of their languages has led to much discussion. Many of the new critics, Ewald, Winer, Bunsen, Renan, have argued that both peoples must have had a common origin. But since the publication of Knobel’s work on the ethnology of Genesis, this view has been generally abandoned, and critics hold with Gesenius and J. G. Müller that the Hebrews adopted the language of Canaan. In Gen. xxxi., 47, Laban uses an Aramaic dialect, while Jacob uses Hebrew.     R. P. S.

Canaanitic.

Semitic: a name for the central branch, comprising Hebrew, Punic Phœnician, and Samaritan.

Canamerim.

American: dialect of the R. Purus. See “Trans. R. Geog. Socy.,” London, 1870.

Canarese.

A dialect spoken in the Carnatic, the capital of which is Mysore, a portion of the S. peninsula of British India, belonging to the Presidency of Madras; it is allied to Tamil and Cingalese, with a cursive alphabet very similar to Telinga, called also Karnatika and Kannada. Grammar by Hodson, Bangalore, 1864; Dicty. by Reeve (E. & C.), Madras, 1832; (C. & E.) Bangalore, 1858.

Canary, see Guanche.

Canaway.

American: name for the Kenay.

Canchi, Casnas, see under K.

Canichana.

American: a dialect of the Moxos missions.

Canistoga.

American: spoken on the R. Susquehanna.

Canoj.

An ancient dialect of Hinduwi, closely allied to Brug, localised at Kanuj, on the Upper Ganges, in Oude, N. India; spoken also in the Doab, a tract of fertile land between the Jumna and the Ganges, and sometimes called Canyacubya.

Canopus.

Inscription: bilingual Egyptian: known as the decree of Canopus.

Cant.

Slang or vulgar speech, derived from the Latin “canto,” “I sing.” See dicty. in “Life ... of Bamfylde Moore Carew,” London, 1789.

Cantabrian.

A name for a pre-Roman dialect of N. Spain, the ancient Iberia or Hispania.

⁂ Also sometimes used as a synonym for Basque.     W. W. S.

Cantonese.

A local dialect of Chinese, called Kong; spoken in the province of Kwang-tung. See Dicty. by Chalmers, 1870.

Caraho, see Caraja.

Caraib or Carib.

A native American dialect, vernacular on the E. coast from Honduras in Central, to the Orinoco, S. America; the natives, called Karifs, have peopled many islands in the W. Indies. For Vocaby. See Davies’ “History of the Carriby Is.,” London, 1866. ☞

Caraja or Caraya.

American: dialect of the Province of Goyaz in Brazil.

Caranca.

American: dialect of the Quichua.

Carian.

An ancient dialect of Asia Minor, very nearly allied to Greek, found only in inscriptions, written in a modified Archaic Greek character. The language has not yet been explained; see “Révue Archéologique,” March, 1870.

Caribisi.

A sub-dialect of Carib.

Caripuna.

American: dialect of Brazil.

Cariri, see Kiriri.

Carnataca, see Canarese.

Carnicobar.

A sub-dialect of Malay, allied to Mon, vernacular in the Nicobar Islands.

Carniolan.

A dialect of Slovack, vernacular in the E. Alps, extending throughout the Austrian provinces of Carniola, Carinthia, and Styria.

Carolines.

A dialect of Polynesian, vernacular in the N. Pacific: see dissertation in Crawfurd’s “Malay Gr.”

Carpentarian.

A native dialect of Australia, around the Gulf of Carpentaria.

Carpentras.

Egyptian: bilingual inscription in so-called Aramaic and hieroglyphics, called the Carpentras stone.

Carriers.

American: Mackenzie’s name for the Tacullies.

Carshun.

A name for Arabic, written in the characters of the Syriac alphabet as adopted in parts of Asiatic Turkey.

⁂ Numerous manuscripts are thus written, the Syrians having seldom consented to write Arabic. For an account of it see Asseman, “Bibl. Med. Laur. Catal.,” p. 51.     R. P. S.

Carthaginian, see Punic.

Cartouch.

An ornament representing a scroll of papyrus, with an inscription, device, or cipher; an assemblage of Egyptian hieroglyphics. See cut: Shoopho, Saophis, or Suphis I., (Cheops).

Cashgar, same as Kashkari.

Cashmerian or Cashmeree.

A dialect of Sanskrit, largely influenced by Persian; vernacular in Cashmere or Kashmir, a mountainous district of N.W. India. It is written in the Divanagari characters.

Cassia, see Khassee.

Castelmagno.

A dialect of Italian, spoken in the Alps.

Castilian.

Romance, a sub-dialect of Spanish; see Dicty. of “Galligo-Castellano,” by Rodriguez, Coruña, 1863.

⁂ In the thirteenth century Castilian (la lengua Castellana) prevailed exclusively in the two Castiles and Leon. It is now the proper name for modern Spanish.     W. W. S.

Catalan, Catalonian.

A dialect of Spanish, vernacular in the province of Catalonia; it consists of a mixture of corrupted Latin and Gothic.

⁂ The old Catalonian strongly resembled Provençal, and was spoken in Catalonia, Aragon, part of Valencia, and the Balearic Islands.     W. W. S.

See “Diccionario,” by Cerda, Barcelona, 1824.

Catawbas or Kutahbas.

American: dialect of the Catawhays, formerly vernacular in N. and S. Carolina. Gallatin’s “Synopsis,” Camb., U. S. 1836. See Waccoa.

Cathlascon.

American: a mixed language of L. Columbia, also called Wasco, and sometimes classed as Chinuk; sometimes as Tschaili-Selish.

Catoquina.

American: a dialect of Brazil.     R. G. L.

Caubul, under K.

Caubulee.

Modern dialect of Kabulistan.

Caucasian.

A term for Georgian.

⁂ Generally used, in a wide sense, of all the tribes inhabiting the Caucasus, and of the various languages spoken by them; but more properly confined to the tribes settled there from time immemorial, and not known to be immigrants, as the Lesghi, the Mitsgeghi, the Circassians, &c. See Max Müller: “Languages of the Seat of War,” p. 113.     G. R.

Cauixana.

American: a dialect of Brazil.

Cauke.

American: a dialect of the Quichua.

Caveri.

American: a spelling of Carib.

Cayagau.

A dialect of the Philippine Islands, allied to Bisaya.

Cayapo.

American: a dialect of Goyaz, in Brazil. See Pohl’s “Reise,” Weimar, 1832.

Cayenne.

American: dialects of French Guiana. Those known are the Emerillons or Rocouyenne, the Oampi, and Oyapok.

Cayowa.

American: a native dialect of Brazil, classed as Guarani. See Castelnau’s “Expedition.”

Cayubaba, or Cayuvava.

The dialect of the Caháns or Woodmen of S. America; it is allied to Guana; spoken on the R. Mamoré.

Cayuga.

American: a native dialect of the Iroquois in the State of N. York. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” ii., 482.

Cayus.

The dialect of the Molele, vernacular in California.

Celdales or Tzendales.

American: dialect of the Maya spoken in Guatemala.

Celebese.

The native dialects of Celebes or Macassar, a large island in the Eastern Sea; all are allied to Batta.

⁂ Bugis and Mangkasar divide between them the S. Peninsula of Celebes.     P. J. V.   ☞

Celt-Iberian.

A name for early dialects of Spain, chiefly found on coins of the Roman era, with characters framed on the Old Italic. See Basque.

Celtic or Keltic.

A branch of the Aryan or Indo-European family of languages. See Ebel: “Celtic Studies by Sullivan,” London, 1863; Zeuss: “Grammatica Celtica,” Berlin, 1868-71.

⁂ It contains two classes: 1, the Cymric, which includes Welsh, Cornish (now extinct), and Bas-Breton; 2, the Gadhelic, which includes Erse, or Irish, Gaelic (spoken in the Highlands of Scotland), and Manx (spoken in the Isle of Man).     W. W. S.

Celto-British.

A name for Welsh.

Ceram.

A dialect of the Molucca Is., allied to Buton.

⁂ Mr. Ekris, a Dutch missionary, gives vocabularies of Camarios, Hatusua, Kaibolu, Peru, Rumahkai, Tehulate, and Waisamu.     P. J. V.

Ceris.

American: dialect of the Is. of Tiburou, California. See Bartlett’s “Personal Narrative.”

Ceylon, see Cingalese.

Chaco.

The most convenient name for a very large class of native dialects of S. America, vernacular in the district of Gran Chaco, Bueynos-Ayres.

Chagos.

American: dialect of Auraucanian, vernacular in a small archipelago off Chili.

Chaldee or Chaldaic.

An extinct language of Semitic origin, generally supposed to be Hebrew, modified by intercourse with the Babylonians. It is a name given to a dialect of Aramaic written in characters of square Hebrew, as found in the Books of Ezra and Daniel. Lexicons by Buxtorff and Levy.

⁂ Properly the language of the Babylonians during the period of their empire, but the name is given to the dialect current among later Jews.     G. R.   ☞

Chamori.

A dialect of lesser Polynesia, vernacular in the Pacific.

Champenois.

Romance: French patois of Champagne.

Chandor.

Tartar tribe of Central Asia.

Chandragupta, see Gupta.

Changlo.

A dialect of Butan, allied to Burmese.

Changos.

American: independent tribe between Chili and Peru, about 24° S.L.; dialect unknown.

Chanta.

A dialect of Yeniseian, spoken by Ostiaks.

Chaouia.

African: French form of the Showiah.

Chapa, under Chiapaneca.

Chapacura.

American: dialect of the Moxos Missions; also called Huachi. See D’Orbigny, “L’Homme Américain,” Paris, 1839.

Charca.

American: dialect of the Aymara.

Charlotte, Queen, Cape, see Baladea.

Chasdim.

In the original Hebrew of the Old Testament the ancient Chaldees are called Chasdim, where the Septuagint version reads Chaldee. It is supposed this race were Kurds or Georgians.

Chavante.

American: a dialect of the R. Tocatin, vernacular in Brazil. See Cherente.

Chaw.

A dialect of N. Arracan.

Chayma.

American: a dialect of Venezuelan Carib spoken along the watershed of the Rs. Orinoco and Amazon.

Check, Chekhe, see Bohemian.

Cheecheelee.

American: one of many names used for the Selish or Flat-head Indians. The more correct form would be Tsihaili.

Chemehuevi.

American: dialect of U. California, allied to Paduca.

Chemmesyan.

A dialect of Atna or Selish, vernacular in N. America.

Chepang.

A dialect of Nepaulese, spoken by a broken tribe of Dravidian origin.

Chepewyan.

American: dialect of Athabascan about Hudson’s Bay. It is the “Northern Indian” of early explorers.

Cher.

Romance: a patois of France; see de Gembloux: “Notices sur Bourges et la Dept. du Cher,” Bourges, 1840.

Cheremiss, see Tscheremissian.

Cherente.

American: a dialect of the U. Tocatin, allied to Chavante.

Cherokee.

A large family of native N. American dialects, classed as Appalachian or Floridian, now spoken W. of the Mississippi, but the R. Tennessee was formerly called Cherokee.

Cheshire.

A dialect of England. See Wilbraham’s “Glossary of Words used in Cheshire,” 2nd ed., 12mo, 1826.     W. W. S.

Chetimacha.

A dialect of N. American, allied to the Muskogulge or Creek.

Cheyenne, see Shyenne.

Chiapaneca.

American: dialect of the Mexican province of Chiapas. See “Artes,” by Fr. de Cepeda, Mexico, 1560.

Chibcha.

Otherwise Muysca, a native dialect of S. America, vernacular at Santa-Fé de Bogota, New Grenada.

Chichua.

American: same as Quichua.

Chikkasah.

American: a former dialect of Alabama, now spoken in Kansas; also called Chicachas; classed as Mobilian.

Chilian or Chileno.

American: name for the dominant language of the original Indians of Chili; also called Araucanian. Grammar and Dicty. by Febres Santiago, 1846. See Moluche.

Chimanos.

A dialect of S. America, allied to Baniwa, vernacular on the R. Orinoco. See Ticuna.

Chin.

(1.) American: a form of the Chinese word for “men;” it appears in Atna, as applied to the Selish or Flat Heads, and in the word “Tshin” or “Chinook.” See Nagailer. ☞

(2.) Asiatic: a dialect of N. Arracan.

Chinantaca.

American: a dialect of Maya, formerly spoken in Oaxaca. “Artes,” by Fra. de Cepeda, Mexico, 1560.

Chinchaisuyu.

American: Quichua, dialect of Lima.

Chinese.

(1.) The most important and purest of all monosyllabic languages, vernacular in the empire of China. It has several sub-dialects, and resembles some idioms of Central Asia. The mode of writing is considered to have originated from drawings of actual objects, somewhat analogous to the hieroglyphics of Egypt, or the picture writing of Mexico. The word “chin,” in Chinese, means “man,” “men,” i.e. the inhabitants of that part of Asia. Works by Sir J. F. Davis, Bart., “Chinese Miscellanies,” London, 1865; “Moral Maxims,” Macao, 1823; “Poetry of the Chinese,” London, 1870. Dicty. by Lobschied, Hong-Kong, (E. & C.) 1866-9; (C. &. E.) 1871.

(2.) Dialects are Amoy, Cantonese, Foochow, Mandarin, Miau, Punti, Shanghai.

Chinook.

(1.) American: language of the W. Dialects are Clatsop, Cathlascon or Wasco, and Wakaikam. Vocaby. in “Hale’s Exploring Expedition,” Philadelphia, 1840.

(2.) A mingled patois, spoken by traders on the R. Oregon, N. America, and the W. coast generally. Vocaby. in Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes.” See Jargon.

Chippewayan.

A native dialect of N. America, sometimes called Ojibway, belonging to the Algonquin family of languages, spoken by races spread through Canada and the States, along Lakes Huron, Superior, and Winnepeg. They have a system of alphabetical characters very similar to the Cree.

See “Cree Grammar,” by Howse, London, 1805; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., 4.

Chiquito.

A large class of dialects spoken by tribes of Naguiñañeis, in Bolivia, S. America. Used also for the Missions. ☞

Chiriguano.

American: Bolivian dialect of the Tupi or Guarani. See D’Orbigny: “L’Homme Américain,” Paris, 1839.

Chocha.

American: dialect of Mexico. See De Souza: “Biblioteca Megico,” 3 vols., 1816-19.

Chocktaw or Chahtah.

A native dialect of N. America, belonging to the Appalachian or Floridian group; the tribes, originally settled E. of the Mississippi, have moved westward. See Grammar by Byington, Philadelphia, 1870.

Choco or Cholo.

American: dialect of New Grenada, at the mouth of R. Atrato.

Chomano.

A dialect of S. America, somewhat allied to Chimanos.

Chondal or Chontal.

American: Squire’s class-name for the Woolwa. See Wulwa.

Chorotegan.

American: language of Nicaragua. See Squier: “History of Nicaragua,” 2 vols., 1861.

Chorti.

American: dialect of Maya, spoken in Guatemala. “Amer. Ethnol.,” N. Y., 1845.

Chouan.

French term; bucolic; speech of peasantry.

Choweshak.

American: language of Upper California. See Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” Philadelphia, 1855.

Chowiah, see Chaouia.

Chrestomathy.

Greek word, from “χράω” “to import, to use;” a selection of useful passages from authors. Applied to books of extracts, with vocabularies, &c.

Chudic, see under T.

Chunipi.

American: dialect of the Chaco district. See Chunupies.

Chuntaquiro.

American: a dialect of the R. Tocatins, allied to Caraja. Also called Simisenchis.

Church-Slavic.

A synonym for the Old Bulgarian of the eleventh century. See Schleicher’s “Formenlehre der Kirchenslawischen Sprache,” Bonn, 1852.     W. W. S.

Churwelsche.

A sub-dialect of Romanese or Romanic, spoken in the Engadine or Valley of the Inn, Canton Grisons, S.E. Switzerland. Also called Rhæto-Romanic.

⁂ It is rich in Keltic, whence its name, “Welsche,” i.e. “foreign.”     W. S. W. V.

Chutia.

A dialect of Assamese, allied to Singhpo.

Ciampa, see Tshampa.

Ciganis.

A name for Gipsey. See Zigani.

Cingalese.

The predominant dialect of Ceylon, based upon Sanskrit; and apparently formed by the admixture of Pali, a Sanskritic dialect, with the original agglutinative languages. Grammar by De Alwis, Colombo, 1852.

Circassian.

A dialect of the Caucasus, divided into Adigé and Absné. The native term is Tscherkess. Dicty. by Loewe, London, 1854.

Clallam.

A native dialect of N. America. Vocaby. by Gibbs, N. York, 1863.

Clamets, see Lutuami.

Classification.

A term used for the methods adopted of sorting languages, and arranging them in families, groups, and divisions, by their real or supposed affinities.

⁂ The following simple table is proposed by Prof. Steinthal.

LANGUAGES.
|
+--—--—--—--—---------—--—+--—--—--—-----------—--—+
|                                                  |
Uncultivated.                                       Cultivated.
|                                                  |
+--—--—-----—-+--—-----—--—-+                       +--—--—------+--—-----—--+
|                           |                       |                        |
Isolating.                 Inflectional.            Isolating.              Inflectional.
|                           |                       |                        |
|            +--—-----—--—--+--—-----—--—-+         |           +--—------—--+--—-----—--+
|            |              |             |         |           |            |           |
I.           II.           III.          IV.        V.         VI.          VII.        VIII.
The        Polynesian.   Ural-Altaic   American.  Chinese.  Egyptian.      Semitic.      Aryan.
Transgangetic   (Expressing    (Alatyan).     (By                (By loose    (By internal     (By
languages.         the         (By the    incorporation.)       annexation  vowel-changes.)  proper
modifications   attachment                          of the                    suffixes.)
of meaning by   of suffixes                      grammatical
reduplications     to the                          elements.)
and prefixes.)     root.)

LANGUAGES.
|
+-------------------+-------------------+
|                                       |
UNCULTIVATED.                                |
|                                       |
+-------------+-------------+                         |
|                           |                         |
Isolating.                 Inflectional.                  |
|                           |                         |
|            +--------------+-------------+           |
|            |              |             |           |
I.           II.           III.          IV.          |
The           Polynesian.   Ural-Altaic   American.       |
Transgangetic (Expressing    (Alatyan).     (By           |
languages.       the          (By the    incorporation.)  |
modifications  attachment                    |
of meaning by  of suffixes                   |
reduplications    to the                      |
and prefixes.)     root.)                     |
|
+----------------------------------+
|
|
CULTIVATED.
|
+-----------+----------+
|                      |
Isolating.            Inflectional.
|                      |
|           +------------+------------+
|           |            |            |
V.         VI.          VII.         VIII.
Chinese.  Egyptian.     Semitic.        Aryan.
(By loose    (By internal     (By
annexation  vowel-changes.)  proper
of the                    suffixes.)
grammatical
elements.)

Farrar: “Families of speech,” p. 173.

Cleve.

Sub-dialect of Low-German. See Geerling: “Ueber die Clevische V.,” Wesel, 1841.

Cleveland.

A dialect of England, spoken in the district of Cleveland, situate in the North Riding of Yorkshire. See Atkinson’s “Glossary of the Cleveland Dialect,” London, 1868.     W. W. S.

Clydesdale.

A Lowland Scottish dialect, from which numerous words are cited in Jamieson’s Scottish Dictionary.     W. W. S.

Cobeu.

American: language of the R. Negro. Allied to Uainambeu, and described by Wallace: “Travels on the Amazon,” London, 1853.

Coblentz.

Teutonic: a sub-dialect of Low-German.

Cocama.

American: spoken on the R. Ucayale.

Cochetimi.

A N. American dialect, allied to Acoma.

Cochimi.

A N. American dialect, vernacular in Old California.

Cochin-Chinese.

Monosyllabic: also called Anamite. Dissertation by Du Ponceau, 8vo, Philadelphia, 1838.

Cochnewagoes.

American: described as Iroquois; either extinct or another form of Cayuga.     R. G. L.

Cockney.

Cant term for idiomatic speech of London, metropolis of the United Kingdom.

Cocomaricopa.

American: a dialect of Sonora, allied to Cuchan.

Coconoons.

American: a dialect of U. California, allied to Tularena. Spoken in the R. Mercede.

Coconuco.

American: dialect of New Grenada. See “Memoria,” by Mosquera, N. York, 1852.

Cocos.

A dialect of Polynesian, allied to Samoan.

Coeruna.

American: dialect of Brazil.

Cohistan I., see under K.

Colack.

A native dialect of Australia.

Collagua.

American: a dialect of the Aymara.

Comanch.

A dialect of Texas in America, classed as Paducan. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” ii., 494. ☞

Comasque.

Romance: dialect of Lake Como.

Comeya.

American: a language of California; spoken by Indians of the San Diego Mission (Bartlett); a tribe of the Yumas, according to Whipple. See “Pacific R. R.,” vol. ii., Washington, 1855.

Comparative Philology.

That branch of philology which treats of a comparison of languages by their grammatical structure, or the similarity of radical words.

Concho.

American: a dialect of Old Mexican. See Trübner’s “Ludewig,” p. 52.

Congo or Kongo.

A large genus of native African languages, vernacular on the W. coast. Classed by Dr. Bleek as Bantu.

Conibos.

American: dialect of Peru, on the U. Ucayale. “Bulletin de la Soc. Géo.,” Paris, 1853.

Coolie.

Indian word for “porter” or “bearer.”

Coorg, or Curg.

The dialect of Coorg, a mountainous district of Madras, S. India. Grammar by Cole, Bangalore, 1867.

Cootani, see Kitunaha.

Copeh.

American: dialect of U. California, vernacular on the R. Sacramento.

Coptic.

A language supposed to be derived from the ancient Egyptian, but mingled with Archaic Greek; it was spoken in the valley of the Lower Nile until the seventeenth century, but is now extinct. The alphabetical system greatly resembles Greek, with six letters adopted from the hieroglyphics.

⁂ The upper dialect is called the Sahidic or Theban; the middle dialect is the Memphitic, and the language of the Delta the Bashmuric. Greek words abound in all those, but most in the last. Vocaby. by Parthey, Coptic and Latin, L. & C., Berlin, 1844; Grammar by Schwartze, Berlin, 1850.

Cora.

A dialect of Central America, allied to Pima.

Cordofan.

African: dialect of the Capital, Obeyd.

Corean.

A dialect vernacular in the Corea, a peninsula of N. E. Asia, intermediate between China and Japan; it is a compound of Japanese with the Tatar. See Giliak.

Coretu.

A dialect of S. America, allied to Tucano.

Vocabularies are given by Wallace (Travels on the Amazon), and by Balbi (“Atlas Ethnog.”)

Corio (1).

A native dialect of Australia.

Corio (2) or Cureo.

A dialect of Italian, defined as Alpine.

Corneilles.

American: French name for the Upsaroka or Crow Indians.

Cornish.

An extinct dialect of Celtic, closely allied to Welsh and Breton; formerly vernacular in Cornwall.

⁂ See “Lexicon Cornu-Britannicum,” by R. Williams, 4to, Llandovery, 1862-65; and Norris’s “Ancient Cornish Drama.”     W. W. S.

Cornish, Modern.

The Modern Cornish is an English, not a Celtic dialect; see “Specimens of Cornish Dialect,” by Treenoodle, 8vo, 1846. Another list has been given by Polwhele, Truro, 1808.     W. W. S.

Cornouaillere.

Keltic: sub-dialect of Bas-Breton spoken in the diocese of Quimper Corentin.

Coroado.

A dialect of S. American, allied to Purus, spoken in Brazil; a similar vocabulary is called Coropos.

Coropo.

A dialect of S. American, vernacular in Rio Janeiro.

Correguaje.

American: language of New Grenada, spoken on the eastern slope of the Andes. See “Los Indios del Andaqui,” Popayan, 1855.

Corsican (1).

A dialect of Italian, spoken in the Isle of Corsica. See Robert’s “Sketches of Corsica,” London, 1825.

Corsican (2).

A dialect of modern Greek, allied to Mainot.

Costano.

A dialect of N. American classed as Talatui, spoken by the Olhones and Romonans, or Coast-men, in U. California. See Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 494.

Costa-Rica, see Tularena.

Cotswold.

A dialect of Gloucestershire. See Huntley’s “Glossary of the Cotswold Dialect.”     W. W. S.

Courland, see Curish.

Covareca.

American: a tribe of Chiquitos missions; see D’Orbigny, “L’Homme Américaine.”

Cowelits, under K.

Cowichan.

Language of Van Couver Is.; spoken in several dialects on the S.E. Coast, also on the mainland, up Fraser R. to Yale.     R. B.

Craven.

A dialect of Yorkshire. See “The Dialect of Craven, with a copious Glossary,” by a Native (the Rev. W. Carr); 2nd ed., 2 vols., 1828.     W. W. S.

Cree.

A dialect of Algonquin spoken by the Kristeneaux or Nehethowuck race of N. American Indians, widely spread along the tributaries of the R. Hudson in Canada. They use a system of characters greatly resembling our own stenographs. They are also found between the Red River and Rocky Mountains. See Butler’s “Great Lone Land:” London, 1873, p. 385. Grammar by Howse, London, 1805.

Creek.

The dialect of the Muskogulge race of N. American Indians, allied to Chocktaw. Spoken in Florida.

Cremonese.

Romance: dialect of Cremona, in Italy.

Creole.

Spanish word “criòllo,” from “creár” “to nourish”; it is a diminutive of “cría,” a “brood” or “suckling,” i.e. “a native.” A true Spaniard, one of the same breed; but brought up in America or the W. Indies; but applied also to any W. Indians of European extraction. In Creole forms of speech the basis is European; in Jargon it is American. Grammar by Thomas, Port of Spain, 1869. See Jargon.

Creolese.

A name given to the corrupted dialects of European languages spoken by negroes in S. America and the W. Indies.

⁂ (1.) English and Negro in Surinam. See Grammar (Neger-Englische) Bautzen, 1854; Dicty. (Dutch and Neger-Englische) Löbau, 1856.

(2.) Portuguese and Negro in Surinam. See Saramacca.

(3.) Dutch and Negro in St. Thomas (Danish.) Grammar by Magens, Kjobenhavn, 1770.

(4.) Spanish and Negro. Putman, “Gemeenzame Zamenspraken,” Santa Rosa, 1853.

(5.) French and Negro in Trinidad. Vocaby. by Joly, Paris, 1802.

Cretan.

Hellenic: a sub-dialect of Greek; see under K.

Cristeneux, under K.

Crivingian or Crivonian.

Mixed dialect of Lett and Fin. It is sometimes called Crivono-Lithuanic. See Lief.

Croatian.

Slavonic: a dialect of Servian spoken in Croatia and Dalmatia, Austrian provinces bordering on the Adriatic. It is closely allied to Illyrian, and is written with Latin and also with Glagolitic characters. See Dicty. by Sulek, “Deutsch-Kroatische,” Agram, 1854-60.

Crow.

A dialect of the Sioux class of native N. American dialects. The native name is Upsaroka.

Cuba, see W. Indies.

Cuchan.

The dialect of the Yuma Indians, in N. America, vernacular on the R. Colorado.

Cuciquia.

American: same as Chiquitos.

Cufic.

The most ancient mode of writing Arabic, so named from Kufah, in Irak, originally a province of Persia; the alphabet is modified from the Syriac, and is found in the earliest copies of the Koran and on coins of the first three centuries after Mohammed’s flight from Mecca, A.D. 622; now superseded by the Nishki, since adopted by Turks and Persians.     W. S. W. V.   ☞

Culino.

American: dialect of Brazil.

Cumana, Cumanagota.

American: dialects of Carib, closely allied to Chayma. See Tamanaque.

Cumanch.

A dialect of N. American, allied to the Shoshone, vernacular in Texas. See Comanch.

Cumanian.

An extinct dialect of Turkish.

Cumberland or Cumbrian.

A dialect of England. See Ballads and Poems by J. Relph, T. Sanderson, Rev. R. Nelson, E. Clarke, J. Stagg, Miss Blamire, A. C. Gibson, &c.; especially Cumberland Ballads, by R. Sanderson, with a Glossary by S. Gilpin.     W. W. S.

Cunacuna.

A dialect of central American, allied to Darien.

Cuneiform, see Arrow-Head.

Cuneo, see Corio.

Cunipusana.

American: dialect of the Barre or Baniwa class.

Curacoa.

A compounded Negro-Dutch, spoken in the Caribbean Is., W. Indies.

Curaves.

American: a tribe of the Chiquitos missions. See D’Orbigny: “L’Homme Américaine.”

Curdish, under K.

Curgi.

A dialect of Malayalim, called Kodugu, and allied to Tulu.

Curish, Curlandish.

Lithuanic: dialect of Courland or Kurland. See Lief.

Cursive.

So-called running hand; applied to alphabets of small, rounded or connected letters, that may be rapidly formed; from the Latin, “curro,” “I run.”

It is generally contrasted with (1) monumental or lapidary; (2) printing.

Curuminaca.

American: a tribe of the Chiquitos missions. See D’Orbigny: “L’Homme Américaine.”

Cushna.

American: dialect of U. California. See Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii.

Cutchi.

A dialect of Hinduwi, spoken over the district known as the Runn of Cutch, N. W. India.

Cuzco, Cuzcucano.

American: dialect of Quichua.

Cymraig, see Welsh.

Cynurian.

A name for certain forms of ancient Greek.

Cyprian or Cypriote.

An extinct dialect, formerly vernacular in the Isle of Cyprus, not fully understood, but perhaps allied to ancient Greek, and expressed by a peculiar alphabet having some analogies with the Lycian. Inscriptions found at Citium, &c.; “Jl. of Biblical Archæology,” January, 1873.     G. R.

Cyrillic.

A name applied to the written characters of Slavonian and Wallachian, ascribed to Constantine the philosopher, known as St. Cyril, the apostle of the Slaves, circa 850 A.D.

⁂ These characters are chiefly taken from the Greek, with many additions, and the number of distinct characters exceeds forty. The Russian alphabet is derived from it, but is simpler.     G. R.

The name is also used for Old Bulgarian, the ecclesiastical dialect of Old Slavonic. See Church-Slavic.

Czech, see Bohemian.

ADDENDA.

Cabala, see under K.

Caipotorade.

American: sub-dialect of Zamuca.

Camshava, Cumshewan.

American: tribe of Haidah in Q. Charlotte’s Is.

Cathay, see Munipoori.

Cauraseni.

Indic: dialect of Prakrit.

Chacahuaxti.

American: sub-dialect of Totonaka.

Chahtah, see Chocktaw.

Chalchesi.

American: sub-dialect of Nahuatl.

Chamer.

American: Osage tribe of Arkansas.

Chami, Chumi.

Illyric: sub-dialect of Albanian.

Champhung.

Indo-Chinese: a Naga dialect.

Chanos, Chonos, Chunos.

American: tribe of Vuta-Huilliche.

Chasowo.

Ugrian: dialect of Samoyed.

Chechehet.

American: tribe of Puelche.

Chelake, Chilake, see Chirake.

Chellouh.

African: same as Shilluk.

Chichimek.

American: ancient dynasty of Mexico.

Chilcart.

American: leading tribe of Sitka.

Chilicothe.

American: tribe of Shawnees.

Chimmesyan, see Chemmesyan.

Chin-cheo.

Chinese: name for the dialect of Fu-Kian.

Chirake.

American: same as Cherokee.

Chirupa.

American: dialect of Maypur.

Chola.

American: mestizo race of Peru.

Chonos, see Chanos.

Chopunish.

American: name for Sahaptins.

Choscot.

Moghol: dialect of Kalmuk.

Chowhone.

Dravidian: sub-dialect of Bowri.

Chuchu.

American: dialect of the S. Xaverio Mission, Bolivia.

Chumi, see Chami.

Chuno, see Chanos.

Chunupies.

American: tribe of Vilela.

Cole, see Kol.

Concha.

American: Chikkasah dialect of W. Florida.

Crimean.

Turkee: called Krim-Tartar; dialect of the Crimea. Vocaby. in Montandon’s “Guide,” Odessa, 1834.

Crnogorci.

Servian: same as Montenegrine.

Culilan-Cunny.

American: tribe of Tehuelhets. Cunny: a tribal designation of that people.

Cumshewan, see Camshava.

D.

Dabantshi.

African: dialect of the district of Hamarua and Adamawa; Barth’s Collection; Gotha, 1862-6. See Batta.

Dacian or Daco-Wallachian, see under W.

Dacotah.

American: chief dialect of the Sioux; Pond: “Dakota Reading-book,” Boston, 1842. See Sioux.

Dagamba or Dagwumba.

African: dialect of the Kouri. See Ingwa.

Dahi or Darahi.

Indic: a dialect of Nepaul allied to Kuswar; it is also called Denwar.

Dahomy.

African: a large group of languages vernacular on the Guinea Coast. McLeod’s “Voyage,” London, 1820. See Widah.

Dairi.

The dialect of Western Battas, in Sumatra.     P. J. V.

Dajak or Dyak.

The native dialect of Borneo, a large island in the Indian Archipelago: spoken by Polynesian aborigines as distinct from Malay. Keppel: “Expedition,” London, 1846; Hardeland’s Dicty., Dajacksch-Deutsches, Amsterdam, 1859.

Dakhani or Dukhani.

Indic: a dialect of Hindostani vernacular among the Mohammedans of the Madras Presidency, in the Deccan or S. Peninsula of India.

Dalecarlian.

Sub-dialect of Swedish; see Arborelius Conspectus: “Lexici,” Upsala, 1813; “Grammatices,” 1818; Ihre’s “Swenskt Dialect-Lexicon,” Upsala, 1766.     W. W. S.

Dalla.

African: a negro dialect spoken on the Abyssinian frontier. See Shangalla.

Dalmatian.

Slavonic: a sub-dialect of Servian. See Frölich “Der Kleine Illirier,” Vienna, 1840.

Dalrymple, Port.

Tasmanian; native dialect of district so-called.

Damantshi.

African; assigned by Barth to a district of Hamarna.

Dammara.

African: sub-dialect of Hottentot.

Damot.

African: sub-dialect of Agaw.

Damulic.

Dravidian: same word as Tamulic.

Danish.

Teutonic: a language of the Scandinavian branch. It is the vernacular tongue of modern Denmark and its dependencies, and closely allied to Swedish and Norwegian. See the Dictionaries by Molbech, Copenhagen, 1841-59; Ferrall and Repp, 1861; and the Society’s great “Danske Ordbog,” in 8 or 9 vols., still unfinished.

Dankali (pl. Danakil).

A sub-dialect or division of Galla, spoken by the Danakil or Afers, an intrusive tribe located between the Red Sea and Abyssinia; the word “Afer” has been plausibly referred to as containing the lost root of the word “Africa;” most probably a variant of Kaffir; and “Dana,” taken speculatively, may be connected with the Greek legend of the alleged Danaan migration from Egypt, in pre-historic times. See Isenberg: “Vocabulary,” London, 1840.

Dano-Saxon, see Anglian.

Darahi, see Dahi.

Dard or Dardu.

A group of languages vernacular in Caubul, more especially on the mountainous tracts of the Paropamisan range; known also as Shina. Vocaby., &c., by Leitner. ☞

Darfur.

African; König: “Vocabulaire,” Paris, 1839; Perron: “Sheikh Mohammed’s Voyage,” Paris, 1845. See Furian.

Darien.

American: spoken by aborigines in the Isthmus, so-called. ☞

Darling.

Australian: dialect of Yak-Kumban. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Dar-Mitchegua, see Dizzela.

Darnley (1).

Australian: native dialect of an island so named.

Darnley (2), see Erroob and Maer.

Dar-Runga.

African: allied to Mobba. Browne’s “Travels,” London, 1799.

Darsaleh Wady or Bergu.

Large district of Central Africa between Bornu and Darfur. The following languages are said to be spoken in it:—(1) Abue Gedam; (2) Ain Gamara; (3) Bili; (4) Bilting; (5) Girri; (6) Kajanga; (7) Kawak; (8) Kelingen; (9) Kodoyi; (10) Koromboy; (11) Kumo; (12) Madaba; (13) Madala; (14) Malanga; (15) Ogodongda; (16) Sheferi. Of these the Mobba is the only one known by printed specimens. The unpublished papers of Dr. Barth contain much new material for the investigation of this large and obscure region.     R. G. L.

Dasen.

Papuan; dialect of the district about Port Doreh, New Guinea.

Dauphignese.

Patois of Old French: a sub-dialect of Provençal, formerly vernacular in the Dauphiné, S. France. See “Essai” by Jules, Paris, 1840.

Daura.

African: sub-dialect of Haussa.

Daurai.

American: Carib of Demerara; closely allied to Atoria.

Dautgart.

Australian: native dialect of W. Colack.

Deer.

Indian: a dialect of Swauti, closely allied to Shina. See “Jnl. A. S. of Bengal,” 1838.

Degombah, see Dagamba.

Dehwar, see Dahi.

Delagoa Bay, see Lagoa and Tekeza.

Delaware.

American: a dialect of Algonkin spoken by the true Beaver Tribe of the Lenni-Lenape race, originally located in the State of Delaware, but now removed to the frontier. The modern tribes are said to represent those with whom William Penn first treated in 1682. Pickering: “Vocabulary,” Boston, U. S., 1823. See Lenni-Lennape.

Delgado, Cape.

African: dialect of the Mozambique.

Dembea.

Semitic: sub-dialect of Amharic.

Demotic. (“Of the people.”)

A name for the most cursive writing of ancient Egypt; also called Enchorial.

⁂ It is written invariably from right to left, and has been derived from the primitive hieroglyphic. The earliest known employment of it was in the 7th century before Christ. See Brugsch: “Grammaire Démotique,” Berlin, 1855.     G. R.

Denka (1).

Turanian; a name for the Odh or Sable Ostiaks.

Denka (2).

African: called also Dinka; it is spoken in Kordofan, and is allied to Shilluk. See vocabulary in Rüppel: “Reise in Abyssinien,” 2 vols., Frankfort, 1838-40.

Denwar.

Indic: very much like Dahi. H. C.

Deoria-Chutia, under C.

De-Peyster, see Fakaofo.

Derbyshire.

A provincial dialect of England; see “Glossaries,” by Mawe, 1802; Mander, 1821; also “The Reliquary,” ed. by Ll. Jewitt, F.S.A., a periodical.     W. W. S.

Deri.

Persic: a sub-dialect of the Parsi, the descendant of the ancient Persian language, spoken in Persia from about A.D. 800.     G. R.

Desya.

Dravidian: a term for provincial Malayalim.

Deutsch, see German.

Devonshire.

A provincial dialect of England: Dialogues and Glossaries by Palmer, 1837; Phillips and Gwatkin, 1839.

Dewalla, see Dualla.

Dewanagari, see Divanagari.

Dewa-ntshi.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua.

Dewoi.

African: a dialect spoken in Dahomey, and allied to Bassa, Grebo, Kru. &c.     H. C.

Dey.

African: a sub-dialect of Grebo, formerly spoken at Cape Mesurado, on the W. Coast.

Dhamuk.

A sub-dialect of Turanian, spoken by a broken tribe of the Himalayas.

Dhangur.

A dialect of the Kol language. The Dhangres of Chota-Nagpoor are the principal emigrants (as Coolies) to Mauritius and the W. Indies.     A. C.

Dhenwas, see Dahi.

Dhimal.

The same language as the Mech; the Dhimals, like the former, live and thrive in the malarious tracts of Nipal, along the base of the Himalaya.     A. C.

Dialect.

The division of a language. Term used for the local variation of a language that is habitually used by, or usually intelligible among, the speakers (applied to provinces or large districts).

Dialect, Sub.

A further division of dialects (applied to townships or small tribes).

Dibon, see Moab.

Dido.

Lesgian, same as Unso. ☞

Diebes-Sprache.

German term for “cant or slang speech”; also called Gauner-Sprache; See Jülg’s “Vater,” pp. 310-12.

Diebs Is.

German name for the Ladrones. See Chamori.

Dieguno.

American: language of the mission of S. Diego, vernacular in California. ☞

Diepholz.

Sub-dialect of Low-German, vernacular in Westphalia. See Müller: “Westphälisches Idiotikon,” Churlande, 1794.

Dikele.

African: classed by Bleek in the N. W. branch of Bantu.

Dimal.

Same as Dhimal. See Mech.

Dinka.

African: same as Denka. See Mitterrutzner’s “Die Dinka-Sprache,” Brixen, 1866-7.

Dioscurian.

A name for the various languages vernacular in the Caucasus; used collectively.

⁂ The word is derived from Dioscurias, a Greek colony on the coast of Mingrelia.     G. R.

Dippil.

A native dialect of the Australian aborigines. Vocaby. by Ridley, Sydney, 1866.

Divanagari.

A name for the alphabet adopted in Sanskrit, and transferred to Hindostani and many sub-dialects; the word is compounded of “Diva,” “God,” “nagara,” “a city,” i.e., “the sacred city”; scil. Benares. It is apparently derived from the Cufic, and quite distinct from old Sanskrit, a name for Bactrian or Zend.

Divihet.

American: same as Puelche.

Dizzela.

African: spoken on the frontiers of Abyssinia; also called Dar-Mitchegua. It belongs to the Agaw group. Salt’s “Voyage,” London, 1814. See Shangalla.

Djabu.

African: name for Eyo or Aku.

Djebaly.

African: same as Kabyle.

Djoe-Tong, see Saramacca.

Doba.

A Negro dialect of Abyssinia. See Shangalla.

Dodi.

African: a dialect of Bornu, allied to Bode and Ngodzen.

Dofla.

A dialect of Assamese, allied to Abor.

Dog-rib.

American: a dialect of Athabascan, allied to Slave.

Dogura or Dogra.

Indic: a dialect of Sanskrit, otherwise called Jumboo or Mountain Punjabi, spoken in the Punjaub, N. W. India.

Doing-nuk or Nak.

Monosyllabic: a sub-dialect of Arakanese.

Dolganen.

Tatar: the most westerly dialect of the Yakut spoken between the Yenisey and the Chatunga by three small tribes: 1, the Dongot; 2, the Adgan; 3, the Dolgan. The Samoeids call them “younger brothers,” Dolgan being the Russian term. Latham’s “Nationalities,” vol. i., p. 262, London, 1863.

Dolkhali.

A dialect of Older Dravidian, vernacular in Nepal.

Domantshi.

African: the same as Damantshi and Dumantshi.

Dongolawy.

African: dialect of the Nubian Group, spoken on the Nile in 12° N.L.     R. G. L.

Dor.

African: spoken on the Nile, about 3° N.L. See vocabulary by Petherick: “Egypt, the Soudan, &c.,” 8vo, 1861.

Dorbot or Durbet.

A dialect of Moghol.

Doreh or Dorey, Port.

Papuan: dialects of N. Coast of New Guinea; Wallace: “Malay Archip.”

Doric or Dorian.

Hellenic: a dialect of Ancient Greek, spoken in Laconia, Argolis, Corinth, Crete, Rhodes, and several cities of Asia Minor, known to us both through books and inscriptions. It is of a broader character than common Greek. See Portus: “Dict. Doricum,” &c., 1603.     G. R.

Dorpat.

Sub-dialect of Esthonian, vernacular at Dorpat in Esthonia, a Russian province on the Baltic. It belongs to the Turanian family of languages, and closely resembles Finnish. Masing: “Vorschläge,” 8vo, Dorpat, 1820; Faehlmann, “Versuch,” Dorpat, 1842.

Dorsetshire.

A provincial dialect of English. See Barnes: “Poems in Dorset Dialect,” 3 vols., 1847-62; also Grammar and Glossary in “Trans. of Phil. Society,” 1863.     W. W. S.

Dravidian, Dravirian, or Tamulic.

A family of languages, agglutinative in character, vernacular in the S. Peninsula of British India, and classed as Sub-Turanian. It includes Canarese, Malayalim, Tamil, Telugu, and Tulu. The term is derived from “Dravira,” a Sanskrit name for the Coromandel Coast. It is also called Nishada. See Caldwell: “Comparative Grammar of the Dravidian Languages,” 8vo, 1861. ☞

Drewin.

African: a dialect of Grebo, allied to Bassa, spoken at Cape Palmas, Ivory-Coast, Guinea, W. Africa.

Dsuku.

African: allied to Nufi.

Dualla.

African: spoken at Fernando Po, W. Coast; classed by Bleek as Bantu. It is also spelled Dewalla.

Duaura, see Baladea.

Dugorian.

A sub-dialect of Ossetinian.

Dumagat.

A dialect of Negrito; vernacular in the Philippine Islands.

Duman.

A Gipsey dialect of Persia. See Latham’s “Elements,” &c., London, 1862, p. 248.

Dumantshi.

African: dialect of Hamarua. A form of Damantshi. See Domantshi.

Durbet, see Dorbot.

Durham.

A provincial dialect of English. See Glossary in “Surtees’ Society Publications,” 1837. See Teesdale.

Dutch.

The modern typical language of Low-German, called Nieder- or Platt-Deutsch; it is the name formerly given to High-Dutch or German and Low-Dutch or Flemish, but now narrowed to the Netherlandish of Holland. It includes the dialects of Holland or Low-Dutch, and of Flanders, or Flemish, with their sub-dialects, and is allied to Platt-Deutsch, being one of the great classes of the Teutonic. The Dutch of Holland has a copious literature, and is spoken in Holland, parts of the West Indies, South Africa, and Australasia or Netherland-India. Provincial dialects are numerous. See Jülg’s “Vater,” pp. 93-98; De Vries and Te Winkel “Woordenboek,” 1864-70, still unfinished; Hermansz’s “Aenleiding,” Amsterdam, 1723; Tuinman’s “Fakkel,” Leyden, 1722-31.     H. C.

Dwama.

African: dialect of the Mana.

Dyak, see Dajak.

Dzekire.

African: dialect of the Yoruba.

Dzelana.

African: classed as Kouri, but allied to Mose, Guresa, and Gurma.     H. C.

Dzhellaba.

African: dialect of Bornu.

Dzukaghir, or Jugaghir.

Ugrian: a sub-dialect of Fin.

ADDENDA.

Daco-Roman, see Wallachian.

Dakota, see Dacotah.

Danger Is.

Polynesian: language of the S. Pacific; a mixed dialect of Samoan and Tahitian.     W. G.

Date.

African: a dialect of Akwapim.     H. C.

Dauria.

Alatyan: a class of Tungus.     H. C.

Dayak.

Correct form: the word is not “Dyak,” and “Dajak” is only a foreigner’s form of “Dayak.”     H. C.

Dembo.

African: a branch of Shilluk.     H. C.

Derbendian.

Sub-dialect of Turkish, spoken by certain tribes near the centre of the Caucasus.     G. R.

Devanagari, Dewanagari, see under Di.

Dhangar.

Hindi: applied generally to the people of hill tracts, who come to the plains and engage as labourers; they are also shepherds, and closely allied to the Kurubars of S. India. They have a dialect peculiar to themselves. See Wilson’s “Glossary,” London, 1855.     W. E.

Dher.

The lowest race in India, now generally reduced to a state of slavery, but retaining many household words, indicative of their origin, and well worth attention.     W. E.   See Pariah.

Dhurani.

A dialect of Affghan.

Djagataic, see under J.

Djetki.

Sanskritic: a dialect of Punjabi, spoken by the Djets or Djats, a people of the Punjab and Scinde.     G. R.

Djoe-Tongo, see Saramacca.

Dofar, see Himyaritic.

Dom, Dombar.

Remnants of an aboriginal race in India, once a powerful people, now scattered as nomades, sometimes as predial slaves, or as acrobats, speaking all dialects, but having a domestic jargon peculiar to themselves. See “Supplementary Glossary, N. W. P.”     W. E.

Domingo, St., see W. Indies.

Donki, see Tungus.

Double-Dutch.

Gibberish: anything perfectly unintelligible.

Dsebu, Dsekiri, Dsuma.

African: Aku dialects. Vocaby. in Kölle’s “Af. Pol.”     H. C.

Dsungar, Dzungarian.

Moghol: sub-dialect of Tatar.

Dukhani, see Dakhani.

Dumhoeta.

A dialect of Danakil.

Duzen.

German term: familiar speech.

Dynke.

African: dialect of the U. Nile.

Dyur or Luoh.

African: name for the Shilluk, including Bellanda and Dembo. See Schweinfurth’s Grammar and Vocaby., Berlin, 1873.     H. C.

Dzungarian, see Dsungar.

E.

Eafen.

African: a dialect of the Otam.

Eap, see Yap.

East-Anglian.

A name given to the dialect which prevails in the counties of Norfolk, Suffolk, Cambridgeshire, and parts of Lincolnshire and Northamptonshire. See Forby’s “Glossary of the East-Anglian Dialect”; Moor’s “Suffolk Words”; and the glossary appended to Nall’s “Great Yarmouth and Lowestoft.”     W. W. S.

Easter Is., see Teapy.

Ebe.

African: a dialect of the Nufi.

Ebo, see Ibo.

Ecclemachs.

American: a dialect of Upper California, known only from a few words. See “Mithridates,” iii., 3.

Ecuador.

American: general name for a group of languages vernacular in State so called.

Edo, see Shiho.

Efik.

African: language of the Old Calabar R., and allied to Avekvom.     H. C.

Egarra.

African: dialect of the Yoruba.

Egba.

African: dialect of the Yoruba. See Vocaby. in Kölle’s “Af. Pol.”     H. C.

Egbele.

African: dialect of the Ibo, allied to Okuloma, Uago, Sobo, Bini, and Olomo.     H. C.

Egbira-Hima and Egbira-Panda.

African: dialects of the Nufi.

Egyptian.

A name for the old language of Egypt, as read in hieroglyphics, in Hieratic and Demotic inscriptions, and papyri. Works by Champollion, Young, Sharpe, Lepsius, Brugsch, Lieblein, and Bunsen. (Vol. v. of “England’s Place in Universal History” contains a most copious dictionary by Dr. Birch.) Grammar by Tattam, London, 1863.

⁂ By some the language is regarded as monosyllabic; by others as undeveloped Semitic; by others it is called Hamitic, and thought to be allied to Turanian.     G. R.   See Coptic.

Ehnek.

American: vernacular in N. California.

Ekamtulufu.

African: a dialect of the Otam.

Eke.

African: a dialect of the Aku. Vocaby. in Kölle’s “Af. Pol.”     H. C.

Ekhkili.

A name applied to the modern dialect of Himyaritic now spoken in S. Arabia; it is allied to Tigre and other dialects of Abyssinia, and classed with the Old Egyptian.     G. R.

Ele.

American: a dialect of the Betoi.

Eleuth.

A dialect of Calmuc, vernacular throughout W. Mongolia.

Elminah.

African: a dialect of the Fanti, vernacular on the Gold-coast.

Eloikob, see Ukuafi.

Elu.

A name for the written and most ancient dialect of Cingalese.

Elugu.

African: akin to the Isoama and Iswani. See Clarke’s “Vocabulary.”

Emden.

A sub-dialect of Low-German. See Krüger: “Uebersicht,” Emden, 1843.

Emerillon.

American: name of a tribe, nation, or confederacy of French Guiana, said to have been subdued or nearly extinguished by the Oyapok. See Oyapok.

Emilian.

A patois of native Italian, vernacular along the upper course of the ancient Via Æmilia.

Enarean.

Portuguese name for a country, comparatively unknown, in the extreme S. of Abyssinia. We have no vocabularies, and it is submitted that it is, word for word, the Inyooro of Speke; if so, the word for “water,” which is “maidy,” is Kaffir; and the Enarean is a language of the Kaffir class, of which it is the most central representative.     R. G. L.

Enchorial (“Of the Country”).

The same thing as Demotic.

Ende.

A dialect of Flores or Mangreya, an island of the Indian Archipelago, closely allied to Bima. See Flores.

Endkek or Enedkek.

A dialect of Sanskrit, spoken by Mongolian Buddhists.

Engadino or Enghadine.

A variety of the Romanese or Romance family, derived from Latin; it is a dialect of the Grisons or Graubünden of Switzerland, vernacular on the head waters and upper course of the R. Inn; it is sub-divided into two dialects, the upper and lower.

Engano or Enganho.

A dialect of the E. Indies. It is a well-marked and archaic dialect of Sumatra, spoken in an island so named.     R. G. L.   See Tilanjang.

Engerekmung.

American: native name for the Botocudos of Brazil. See Trübner’s “Bibliotheca Glottica,” pp. 67-8.

England, New, under N.

English.

The vernacular language of the British Empire, peculiar to England; it is an offshoot from the Teutonic, formed directly from the Anglo-Saxon, with an admixture of Norman-French, and closely allied to Frisian and other dialects of Platt or Low-German. Mr. Skeat proposes to distinguish six periods or sub-divisions, viz.: 1, Old English (old and late old); 2, Middle English (early-middle and middle); 3., Modern English (Tudor and Modern); or, 1, to A.D. 1100; 2, to about A.D. 1240; 3, to A.D. 1327; 4, to A.D. 1484; 5, to A.D. 1603; 6, to present time. See Latham: “English Language,” and others; Stratmann’s and Wedgwood’s Dictionaries; Halliwell and Wright: “Archaic and Provincial”; Ellis: “Pronunciation”; publications of the E. E. Text Society; Morris: “Outlines of English Accidence”; Mätzner: “Englische Grammatik,” Berlin, 1860; Koch’s “Historische Grammatik,” Weimar, 1863-9. ☞

Enishi.

African: akin to the Umowo. See Clarke’s “Vocabularies.”

Eregba.

African: a dialect of the Nufi.

Erromango.

A class of Western Polynesian, allied to Annatom or Aneiteum, the most easterly of the N. Hebrides group.     W. G.

Erroob.

A dialect of Miriam, vernacular in the Darnley Is. See Jukes: “Voyage of the Fly,” vol. ii., p. 274.

Erse, see Irish.

Escuara or Euskarian.

Native name for the Basque language. The word is of doubtful etymology; the term Basque is a variant of Vascony or Gascony, the B, V, and G being interchangeable. The language is clearly agglutinative, but no close affinity has been established, although many analogies have been detected. The people call themselves “Escualdun.” See De Larramendi: “Diccionario trilingüe del Castellano, Bascuence y Latin,” St. Sebastian, 1853; vocabulary by Humboldt (additions to “Mithridates”), 8vo, Berlin, 1817; D’Abbadie and Chato, Paris, 1836.     J. V.   See Basque.

Esitako.

African: a dialect of Nufi.

Eskelen or Eslenes.

American: vernacular in U. California. See Vocaby. in “Tr. Am. Ethnol. Soc.,” vol. ii., p. 127.

Esquimaux or Eskimo.

The language of a people so called, dispersed along the polar regions of N. America from the Atlantic to the Pacific; it is allied to many other native American dialects, but with decided affinities to the languages of N.E. America. This people call themselves “Innuit,” i.e., “the people”; Eskimo is the Danish, Esquimaux the French form of the same word. See Kleinschmidt: “Grammatik,” Berlin, 1851; Vocaby., “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 78. ☞

Essex.

A sub-dialect of English. See “John Noakes and Mary Styles,” London, 1839.

Esthonian.

The language of Esthonia, a Baltic province of Russia in Europe; it is sub-divided into two dialects, spoken in the districts of Revel and Riga (Dorpat). It belongs to the Turanian family of languages, and closely resembles Finnish. See Wiedemann: “Esthnisch-D. Wörterbuch,” St. Petersburg, 1869.

Estrangelo.

The name of the most ancient alphabet of the Syrians. It is a modification of the ordinary Hebrew square characters, but adapted to the reed, which the Syrians used instead of pens. Its name signifies “the gospel character,” it having been retained by the scribes for the copying of the scriptures and ritual books long after it had given way to more cursive styles of writing in ordinary works. See Dr. Land’s “Anecdota Syriaca,” vol. i., which contains twenty-five pages of specimens of the most famous MSS. in the British Museum, together with a palæographical introduction.     R. P. S.

Etchemin.

American: a dialect of New England, belonging to the Abenaki division of the Algonkin class. The name tells us that it was spoken in the State of Maine.

⁂ See Barratt: “The Indian, &c.,” Middletown, Conn., 1851; Vocaby., “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 109.

Ethiopic.

Semitic: An extinct dialect of Arabic, closely resembling Amharic, and written in large uncial characters resembling Himyaritic; it was spoken in Abyssinia, anciently called Ethiopia, and is known to the natives as “Lisana Gheëz.” See Ludolph; Schrader: “De Lingua Æthiopica,” Göttingen, 1860; Dillman: “Lexicon, Grammar, and Chrestomathy,” Leipsig, 1857-66.

Ethnology.

The study of mankind in tribes, races, and nations; treating of all that relates to their physical characteristics, their language, manners, customs, religion, &c. Somewhat different from the word Anthropology. See Latham: “Descriptive Ethnology,” and others; Prichard: “Physical History of Mankind,” and others.

Etrurian or Etruscan.

An early dialect of Italy, known only from inscriptions; it is classed by some as Thraco-Pelasgic or Greco-Latin. The Etruscans were the most dominant power of Italy in pre-Roman times; their native appellation was Ras or Rasena, but the Latins called them Tusci, the Greeks called them Tyrrhenians. The Abbé Migne has discussed the whole question. See “Dict. de Linguistique,” &c., folios 554-600, where the authorities are cited and references given. Works by Mrs. Gray, Lord Crawfurd, Döderlein, Müller, Betham, Zeuss, Mommsen, and Steub. See Palæo-Georgian.

Etymology.

The science that treats of the structure, origin, form, and meaning of words.

Eudeve, see Heve.

European, see Indo-European.

Euskarian, see Escuara.

Ewoi.

African: a dialect of the Slave-coast.

Exmoor.

A provincial dialect of English, spoken in Devonshire. See “Exmoor Courtship and Scolding,” London, 1839.

Eyo or Eyish.

African: the same as Alieh, a sub-dialect of the Yarriba or Yoruba.

ADDENDA.

Ediya, see Adiyah.

Edjo.

African: tribes encroaching on Abyssinia.     H. C.

Eelikinoo.

American: Sitka dialect of Chatham’s Strait.

Ehatsar.

American: name for Minetare.

Eijiquaijegi.

American: native name for Guaykuru of Cujaba.

Ejo.

African: same as Oru.

Ek-afir.

African: a form of the word Kaffir.

Ekklemache.

American: tribe of Eskelen in California.

Ellikpur.

Indian: dialect of Gond.

Empungwa, see Mpongwe.

Enagua.

American: extinct tribe of Omagua in Venezuela.

Enakaga.

American: dialect of Guaykuru.

Encounter Bay.

Australian. See Eyre’s “Journal,” London, 1845.

Endeavour River.

Australian. See King’s “Narrative,” London, 1827.

English, Old.

A name for Anglo-Saxon, sometimes applied to early English. See Mätzner’s “Altenglische Sprachproben”; Rask’s Grammar, by Thorpe, London, 1865; Hyde Clarke’s “Comparative Philology of the English,” &c., London, 1859.

Enimaga.

American: name for the Kochaboth tribe of Guaykuru.

Enua, under F.

Epic Greek.

That is, poetic forms of expression, as opposed to comic or tragic. See Pinzger’s “Formenlehre des Epischen,” Breslau, 1829.

Epigraphic, see Inscriptions.

Erigas.

American: quoted in Jülg’s “Vater” as Irokese.

Escopie, see Skoffi.

Eurasian.

The name given in India to the Half-castes, or mixed progeny of Europeans and Asiatics. The Portuguese Half-castes speak Portuguese and Hindustani: the English ones English and Hindustani and Bengali.     A. C.

F.

Fakaofo or Bowditch Is.

Polynesian: dialect of De Peyster’s Is.

Fala, Falantshi, or Falanji.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua.

⁂ Judging from Barth’s account, the termination “anji” would seem to mean “tongue”; he gives us instances of similar forms so applied.     W. S. W. V.   See Batta.

Falasha.

A dialect of Agaw, spoken by a people, called “Black Jews,” scattered throughout Abyssinia. See D’Abbadie, in “Bulletin de la Soc. de Géog.,” Paris, 1845, and a modern book by Flad.

⁂ Derived from the Hebrew “fallâsi” (root פלש) a “wanderer” or “stranger.”     A. H. B.

Fall-Indians.

American: a name for tribes of the Alasar. See Minetari.

Fallersleben.

A sub-dialect of Low-German. See Hoffmann’s “Mundartliche,” in Spiel’s “Archives,” 1821.

Families of Speech.

A name for primary divisions of languages, classed genealogically. See Dr. Farrar’s book, so called, London, 1870.

Fan.

Dialect of Sanskrit, used by Chinese Buddhists.

⁂ The full term is “Fan-lan-mo,” equivalent for “Brahma” in Chinese. See “Families of Speech,” p. 14.

Fanintshi.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua. See Batta.

Fant or Fante (1).

A name for the Gipsey dialect of Norway.

Fantee or Fanti (2).

African: dialect of the Gold-coast, closely resembling Avekvom, Ashantee, &c. See Kilham’s “Specimens.” Same as the Inta of Bowditch.

Faroer or Faroese.

Teutonic: a sub-dialect of Scandinavian, spoken in the Faroe Is., and closely resembling Icelandic. See Ferroe.

Farsi or Parsi.

A name for Old Persic, now extinct, but from which modern Persian has been derived.

⁂ It is that stage of the Persian language which followed on the Pehlevi, and prevailed from about A.D. 500 to A.D. 1000.     G. R.

Faschetru.

African: a negro dialect of Nubia. See Rifaud: “Tableau de l’Egypte,” Paris, 1830.

Fassa.

Sub-dialect of Italian, spoken in the Tyrol.

Faté.

Polynesian: a dialect of the New Hebrides.

Favorlang.

A dialect of Malay, spoken in Formosa. See Happart: “Dict.,” Batavia, 1840.

Fazoglo.

African: spoken in Kordofan; also called Qamamyl, and somewhat allied to Denka and Shilluk. See Rüppell: “Reisen,” &c.

Feejeean or Fiji.

Language of the Yiti, Figi, Fidjee, or Viji Is. in the S. Pacific; the largest island is called Viti Lebu. See Hazlewood: “Grammar and Dict.,” 1850-2.

⁂ Classed as Malayan; it has sub-dialects, and has been reduced to writing by missionaries.     H. C.

Feis.

Dialect of the Carolines. See Ulea.

Fella, Fellatah, see Fula.

Felup or Flup.

African: spoken on the R. Gambia. See Park’s “Travels.” Allied to Bagnon, &c.

Fenua.

A dialect of Papuan. In eastern islands, Ennua.     W. G.

Fernandian.

African: dialects of Fernando Po, classed by Bleek in the N.W. branch of Bantu. See Adiyah.

Ferrara.

Sub-dialect of Italian. Vocabulary by Mannini, 1805.

Fertit (Golo).

African: spoken in Kordofan, about 9° or 10° N.L.; it is somewhat allied to Shabun. See Rüppell: “Reisen in Nubien.” See Kredy.

Fetu.

African: said to be a dialect of Fanti or Inta.     H. C.   See Afudu.

Fiaka.

Sub-dialect of Aino or Kurilian.

Fico, see California, Lower.

Fidah, see Widah.

Fiji, see Feejeean.

Filani.

African: Haussa name for Fula.

Finnic, Finnish, or Finlandish.

Agglutinative; the typical language of the Chudic, or Tschoudic family of Turanian; it is the native dialect of Finland, a grand duchy of European Russia, N. of the Baltic; it is, like Turkish, Tatar, and Moghol, classed as Alatyan, but largely influenced by Swedish and Russian. See Kellgren: “Die Grundzüge der Finnischen Sprache,” Berlin, 1847.

⁂ Dialects are (1) Province of Abo, (2) Tavastrian, (3) Karelian, (4) Olonetsian, (5) Vadialaiset. See Suomelaiset.

Firokana.

The name of an alphabetic character used by the Japanese.

Flash.

A name for Cant or Slang, derived, it is said, from a village so named in Staffordshire, but see the Swiss “flatschen,” “flatzgen.” Vocabularies in “The Scoundrel’s Dictionary” and “Life of James Hardy Vaux.”

Flat-bow.

A name for the Kútani tribes of N. American Indians. See Vocaby., “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 97.

Flat-head, see Selish.

Flemish.

A dialect of Platt-Deutsch or Low-German, spoken in Flanders and other provinces of Belgium; it is closely allied to Dutch, and of cognate origin with Anglo-Saxon. See Van de Velde et Sleeckx: “Dict. Fr.-Flamand et Fl.-Fr.,” 2 vols., Bruxelles, 1848-51.

⁂ Classed as Netherlandish, and closely allied to Holland. Its chief variations consist in the introduction of French roots (Walloon or Welsh). It has an ancient and a modern literature.     H. C.

Flores.

Sub-dialects of Malay, vernacular in the I. of Flores or Mangeylo, and closely allied to Bima. It is also called Ende.

Flup, see Felup.

Fobi.

African: dialect of the Soudan, lying N. of the Dagwamba.

Fokien.

A provincial dialect of Chinese.

Fonofo.

A sub-dialect of Papuan.

Foo-Chow.

A local dialect of Chinese. Dict. by Maclay and Baldwin.

Formosan.

Dialect of Malay, vernacular in Tae-wan or Taiouan, called Formosa, an island near the E. coast of China.

Fot.

African: dialect of the W. See Kilham’s “Specimens.”

Fotuna.

Polynesian: mixed dialect vernacular in the New Hebrides.     W. G.

Fox-Indians.

American: name for the Kikkapu Indians.

Fox Is., see Unalaskhan.

Franche-comte.

A patois of French. “Essai” par de Brun et Petit-Benoist, Besançon, 1755.

Franconian.

Teutonic: a sub-dialect of Old High-German.

Frangi.

Lesgian: sub-dialect of Kasi-Kamuk.

⁂ A Caucasian dialect along the R. Terek.     W. S. W. V.

Frank or Frankisch.

Teutonic: a dialect of Germanic, classed as Middle-High-German, spoken by tribes of Franks who were the founders of the French Monarchy. See French.

French.

A language derived directly from the Latin, as adopted by the Romanised Celts of ancient Gaul, and subsequently intermingled with the Teutonic dialects of Frankish and other Allemanic invaders, whence the name. It is the vernacular tongue of the modern European state known as France, and one of the most polished languages of the Universe. Migne: “Dict. de Linguistique,” folios 1018-21, quotes eighty-seven specimens from sub-dialects, called patois. “Dict. de l’Académie,” 2 vols., Paris; Fleming and Tibbins: “Royal Dict.,” 2 vols., Paris, 1866-7; Littré: “Histoire, Etudes, Dictionnaire,” &c. ☞

French, Old.

A sub-dialect of Langue d’oïl, formerly vernacular in the I. de France. See Orelli: “Altfranzösische Grammatik,” &c., Zürich, 1848. ☞

Fribourg.

A patois or sub-dialect of the French Rhenish provinces. Gaudy-Lefort: “Notice,” &c., in “Jnl. de Genève,” 1826.

Friendly Vill.

American: dialect of Billechoola, Salmon R.

Frisco Bay.

African: a Kru and Grebo dialect of the W.

Frisian (Friesisch).

Teutonic: the ancient dialect of Friesland, on the German Ocean, now partly submerged, or annexed by Holland and Prussia; it belongs to the Low-German branch, and is closely allied to Anglo-Saxon. It still survives as one of the local dialects of the Netherlands.

⁂ It is divided into three branches, viz.: 1, Batavian-Frisic, the most resembling Anglo-Saxon; 2, Westphalian-Frisic; 3, N. Frisic, the dialects of Heligoland, Schleswig, &c. See Richthofen: “Alt-F. Wörterbuch,” Göttingen, 1840: Rask: “Friesische Sprachlehre,” Freiburg, 1834. ☞

Fuca Strait.

American: dialect of the N.W. coast. See “Archæol. Am.,” vol. ii., p. 378.

⁂ Straits of S. Juan de Fuca, probably Oregones.     W. S. W. V.

Fuegian.

Language of Tierra del Fuego, S. America.

⁂ Classed as Pygmean; it has two dialects, the Alikulip and Tekeenica.     H. C.   See Pescherai.

Fula, Fulah, or Fulfelde.

African: the chief language on the W.; it is allied to Mandingo. See Macbrair and Norris: “Grammar,” London, 1854; Clarke’s “Dialects,” p. 6.

⁂ This word is also glossed as “Fella”; it is probably a variant of the Greek word “πελλός,” “dark,” “swarthy,” “black.” See Peul.

Fungi.

African: name for the Shilluk.

Furian.

African: dialect of Dar-Foor or Dar-fur. See Rüppell’s “Reisen.”

⁂ Allied to the Akush of the Caucasus.     H. C.

Futhorc.

Name for the Runic alphabets, taken from the first six letters, viz.: “Fe,” “Ur,” “Thurs,” “Os,” “Reid,” “Kaun.”

ADDENDA.

Felipe, San, see Pueblo.

Fellahin.

Arabic: plural of “fallah,” “a farmer,” or properly “a ploughman”; from the root “falh,” “ploughing or cleaving.”     A. H. B.

Fenic, see Irish.

Feringee, Ferhengi.

Asiatic term for Europeans of doubtful etymology. Cf. Frank, Varangian, and Frängi.

Ferroe.

Same as Faroer. See Bosworth’s A. S. Dicty., ed. 1838, p. 161.     W. W. S.

Florentine.

Romance: dialect of Florence in Italy.

Freiburg.

Teutonic: High-German of Switzerland. See Schreiber’s “Freiburg im Breisgau,” 1825.

Friendly Is., see Tongan.

Fukien, see Fokien.

Funge.

African: name for a population of Sennaar.     H. C.

Furbesco.

Italian: term for cant or slang. “Trattato,” &c., Pisa, 1828.

G.

Ga.

African: a name for Accra or Akra. Zimmermann: “Grammatical Sketch,” 4to, Stuttgart, 1858. See Aquapim.

Gaboon or Gabun.

A large class of native African. See Mpongwe.

Gadaba.

Non-Aryan: a language vernacular in the highlands of Gaddapur in Goomsúr or Gúmsúr, Circar of Ganjam.

Gadhelic or Gaelic.

A dialect of Celtic, closely allied to Irish and Manx; it is spoken in parts of the Highlands of Scotland, and some of the neighbouring islands. Dictys. by Armstrong, McAlpine, Shaw, Macleod, and Dewar, &c., the best being that published by the Highland Society. Grammars by Forbes and Stewart.

Gadi.

A dialect of the Punjab, allied to Hindi.

Gafat.

A sub-dialect of Amharic, spoken in S. Abyssinia. See “Mithridates,” Dr. Beke, &c.

Gah.

A dialect of Malay, spoken by wild Alfuru of E. Ceram. See Wallace: “Malay A.,” appendix.

Galaio.

A sub-dialect of Papuan.

Galego or Gallego.

A sub-dialect of Portuguese, allied to the Gallician of Spain, the same name being applied indifferently to both.

Galela.

A language anterior to Malay, vernacular in Gilolo. Wallace: “Malay A.,” appendix.     H. C.

Galgai.

A sub-dialect of the Caucasus, same as Ingush.

Galibi.

American: a form of the word Carib, belonging more especially to French Guiana.

Galilean.

A dialect of Aramaic. See Matth. xxvi., 73.

Galla.

African: spoken by the Gallas, i.e. “mountaineers,” a numerous people in Abyssinia and over a wide extent from the E. coast inwards, and S. till it reaches the Kaffir. See Tutschek: “Dictionary and Grammar,” Munich, 1844-5.

Gallic.

A name for the pre-Roman dialects of France, anciently divided into Gallia Belgica, Celtica or Lugdunensis (i.e. Armorica), Aquitania, and Narbonensis. See Gaulish.

Gallician.

Language of Gallicia, in N.W. Spain, classed as a sub-dialect of Spanish. Rodriguez: “Dict. Galligo-Castellano,” Coruña, 1863. See Galego.

Gallois.

French name for Welsh.

Galzanen.

American: same as Koltschanen.

Gamamyl, see Qamamyl.

Gaman.

African: same as Buntuku; a dialect of Ashantee.

Gani.

Native dialect of So. Gilolo, an island of the Indian Archipelago. See Wallace: Appdx.

Garangi.

African: dialect of the Soudan. See Bowdich: “Mission to Ashantee.”

Garo.

(1) Language of the Garo or Garrow Hills, E. Bengal.

(2) A dialect of Nipal, allied to Borro. See Robinson’s “Assam,” Calcutta, 1841.

Garu.

A dialect of Bhot or Thibetan, also called Gartop. See Gerard’s Vocaby., “Jnl. A. S.,” Calcutta, 1842.

Gascon.

Sub-dialect of Provençal.

Gasconade.

Nickname for bombastic speech. The name is taken from the Gascons, a people in the S. of France supposed to be given to boasting.     R. P. S.

Gauner.

German term for “cant,” “flash,” or “slang”; “Zigeuner,” i.e., “Gipsey.”

Gaur.

African: same as Geber. “Gaiour,” “Kaffir,” i.e. “infidel.”

Gaura.

A name for Bengali and other languages of N. India. See Panch.

Gawilghuri.

Name for Gond, a dialect of the Vindhyan range.

Gbe.

African: a dialect of the Manu class, allied to Bassa, Dewoi, and Kru. See Köelle: “Afr. Pol.”     H. C.

Ge, Geiko.

American: dialect of Brazil. See Spix and Von Martius: “Reise in Brasilien,” 3 vols., München, 1823-31. See Gez.

Geber.

African: a term for Kaffir. See Guebre.

Geez or Gheez.

Sub-Semitic or Hebræo-African, the modern language of Tigré, a province in N.E. Abyssinia, directly derived from the Ethiopic. See “Institutiones grammat. ling: Geez.”

Genevese.

Sub-dialect of French, spoken in Switzerland. “Glossaire,” Genève, 1819.

Gens de Pitié.

American: name for the Shoshones (“root diggers”).

Gentoo.

Name for Telinga, Telugu, in the Madras Presidency.

⁂ Introduced by the Portuguese from “Gentile.”     W. E.

Genua, Genovese.

Sub-dialect of Italian. Vocaby. by Casaccia, Genua, 1842. See Ligurian.

Geographical Distribution of Languages. See Introduction.

George’s Sound, King.

District of S.W. Australia. Vocaby. in Cap. Grey, 1841.

Georgian.

Caucasian: a family of languages spoken in several dialects, generally classed as Turanian, but mingled with Aryan. The main language is the vernacular speech of Georgia, a Russian province lying between the Caspian and the Black Seas, which answers to the ancient Iberia. The characters of its written alphabet are altered from the Armenian, which people still call the Georgians by the name of “Virb.” See Tschoubinof: “Dict. Géorg.-Russ.-Fr.,” St. Petersburg, 1840; Vocaby. in Klaproth: “Asia P.”; Grammar by Brosset, Paris, 1837. ☞

Geral.

American, i.e. “lingua geral”: a name for the Guarani, or native vernacular dialect of Brazil, as mingled with Portuguese.

German.

A word of very doubtful etymology, used for:—

(1) German: the typical language of modern High-Dutch, which is naturally derived from the ancient Alemannic, and allied to Gothic, which, however, is classed as Low-German. It is, in many dialects, the vernacular speech of the Empire of Germany, Prussia, Austria, Bavaria, &c. The form of its printed letters is of the class called Gothic, and both closely resemble Old English black-letter, but the use of Roman letter is gaining ground. Dictys. by Heyse, Hilpert, Sanders, Flügel, Grimm, Lucas, &c., Grammars by Grimm, Kehrein, &c.

(2) Old High-German. See Massmann: “Gedrängtes althochdeutsches Wörterb.,” Berlin, 1846. See Germanic.

(3) Middle High-German. See Benecke: “Wörterb.,” 4 vols., Leipsig, 1854-60; Ziemann, 1838. See Germanic.

(4) New High-German. See Lutheran.

(5) Dialects. See Jülg’s “Vater,” pp. 84-93; Works by Hoefer, Schmeller, Weinhold, &c.

(6) Nieder Platt-Deutsch, or Low-German. See Dutch.

Germanic.

The main stem of Teutonic: divided into (1) High-German, (2) Low-German.

Under (1) we class the sub-branches called Old High-German and Middle High-German; from which again issue the modern dialects of High-German. Under (2) we class Mœso-Gothic, Anglo-Saxon, Old Dutch, Old Frisian, and Old Saxon, from which again issue the modern dialects of England, Friesland, N. Germany (Platt-Deutsch), Holland, and Flanders.

Eccardus: “Historia,” Hanover, 1711; Julius: “Bibliotheca,” Hamburg, 1817; Meidinger: “Vergleich. Wörterb.,” Frankfort, 1836; Hickes: “Thesaurus,” London, 1708. See Scandinavian.

Gerri.

African: a language of the Darsaleh.

Gez or Ghez.

Portuguese of S. America. See Jahyco.

Gha or Gha, see Ga.

Ghadamsi.

One of the African languages called Berber, known to us as spoken in the town of Ghadamis, which is situated S.E. of Tripoli, nearly in latitude 30° N. and longitude 10° E. The language is very imperfectly known to us, and seems to be of quite small extent; yet, in spite of the geographical position, it is no mere dialect of the Tamazight. Dr. Richardson brought home a meagre vocabulary of it, and a translation of the third chapter of Matthew into it, which were partly lithographed, and partly printed by the Foreign Office.     F. W. N.   See Libyan.

Ghagar.

A Gipsey dialect of Egypt; cf. Hagar, Gen. xvi., 1.

Ghandi.

African: dialect of the Mana class, in the W. See Köelle: “Pol. A.”

Ghegh.

An unwritten dialect of Albanian. It is spoken in the more N. districts. See Hahn’s “Albanisch. Studien,” Vienna, 1853.     G. R.

Ghindzhar or Gindzhar.

Abyssinian: dialect of Adali.

Ghond, see Gundi.

Ghurbat, see Khurbat.

Gibberish.

A name for nonsensical speech: it is a word peculiar to English, derived, according to some, from Geber, the Arabian alchemist, but, compare the words “gabble” and “jabber,” with the Old Norse “gifra.” (Wedgwood.)

Gidantshi or Gida.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua. See Batta.

Gien.

African: dialect of the W., about 10° N.L.

Giessen.

A sub-dialect of High-German.

Giliak.

A dialect of Mantshu, very probably a form of the word “Koriak”; it is spoken on the N.W. coast of Asia, to the S. of the Sea of Okotsk, in the parts about the peninsula of Saghalin, and at the mouth of the Amúr. See Middersdorp.     R. G. L.

Gilolo.

In this island are languages of the Galela and Malayan families.     H. C.   See Gani.

Gipsey, under Gy.

Gizagantshi or Gizaga.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua. See Batta.

Glagolitish.

A name for the Old Slavonic alphabet, derived from their word for the letter “G,” scil. “glagol.” See Hieronymic.

Glossotype.

A name for an extended system of alphabets, including all possible varieties of sound under one uniform system of symbols. See Ellis: “Early English Pronunciation,” London, 1867-71.

Gloucestershire.

A sub-dialect of England. See Glossary of the Cotswold dialect by the Rev. R. W. Huntley.     W. W. S.

Gnurellean.

A native dialect of Australia, spoken by natives of Campaspee. See Eyre: “Journals, &c.,” London, 1845.

Goali.

African: dialect of the Nufi.

Gohuri.

A dialect of Tamul, allied to Bowri.

Gold-coast, see Otshi.

Gond, see Gundi.

Gonga.

Class name for the languages spoken in the S.W. of Abyssinia. They probably lie between the Semitic and Amharic of the North and Kaffir forms of speech of the South. Known only by vocabularies. Beke, &c.     R. G. L.   See Wolaitsa, Woratta, Woraitsa.

Goopta or Gupta.

Numismatic: a dynasty of Indian princes. Chundra-Gupta (Sandracottus) reigned in the Punjab, circa B.C. 300, and the coinage of his successor Asoka shows inscriptions in Sanskrit, being the very earliest form of that language confirmed by an authentic date. The character of the letters is the same as that of the Aryan inscriptions on Bactrian coins. See Sassanian.

Goorung or Gurung.

A dialect of Central Nipal, classed by some as Dravidian or Sub-Turanian.

Goram.

Dialects of Malay. Wallace: ii., 296-7.

Gorgotoquienses.

American: dialect of Peru, known only from the following notice: “P. Gaspar Reuz Alaman, Gramatica de la Lengua Gorgotoquiense en el Peru.” Mentioned in Barcia’s edition of Piñelo, but not known to be printed. Ludwig: Appendix, p. 221.     R. G. L.

Goropiser.

A nickname for unsound etymologists, derived from “Goropius,” i.e. “Van Gorp,” appellation borne by Jan Bécan, or Becanus (1518-1572), author of some speculative works.

Gothic.

An extinct idiom of Teutonic, classed as Low-German. The Goths formed that large body of people who, under the names of “ostro,” i.e. Eastern, and “visi,” i.e. Western Goths, harassed the latter centuries of imperial Rome. The most permanent record of their tongue is found in the “Codex Argenteus,” or “Silver Book,” an imperfect version of the four Gospels, now preserved at Upsala in Sweden; it has frequently been printed, and represents the dialect of the Mœso-Goths, who were settled in ancient Mœsia, S. of the Danube, under the Emperor Valens. This version is attributed to Bishop Ulphilas or Little Wolf, who translated the Scriptures into Gothic, using an alphabet constructed by himself and adapted to their phonesis, said to be derived from the Greek, A.D. 318-378. See Diefenbach: “Wörterb.” 2 vols, Frankfurt, 1847-51; Meyer: “Die Gothische Sprache,” Berlin, 1869. See Mœso-Gothic.

Göttingen.

A sub-dialect of Platt or Low-Dutch. See Quentin: “Annalen der Braunschweig,” &c., Hanover, 1789.

Goulburn.

District of Australia. See Eyre: “Journals,” &c., 2 vols., London, 1845.

Gould Is.

District of S. Australia.

Grammar.

A word derived from the Greek “γράμμα,” “a written character or letter,” used to signify the science that treats of the elements of any language; including the art of reading, spelling, and writing it correctly. See Comparative.

Grammatography.

A study of Letters; any work that describes or illustrates and treats of the alphabets of various languages.

Granada, New.

The name for a class of native S. American, superseded by Columbia.

Grebo.

African: dialects of numerous tribes on the Ivory-coast, allied to Kru. “Vocaby,” Cape Palmas, 1837. See Krepi.

Greco-Latin.

A class term, including Greek, Latin, and the various allied dialects included in, or formed from, the languages so named.     G. R.

Greco-Turkish.

A name for Turkish, when expressed in the Greek character, for newspapers, correspondence, &c.     H. C.

Greek.

The typical language of the Hellenic branch of the great Indo-European family of languages.

(1) An extinct language, called Archaic Greek, spoken in numerous dialects by the ancient inhabitants of Greece, Asia Minor, and Egypt under the Ptolemies. It was thus the vernacular speech of the most polished race of antiquity; and is the language of Plato, of Demosthenes, of Homer, of Xenophon, and Aristotle. Lex. by Pape, Liddell, and Scott. Grammars by Jelf, Buttmann, Curtius, Kuhner.

(2) The modern dialect of Greece, called also Romaic and Neo-Hellenic, derived directly from ancient Greek. Lex. by Contopoulos, “Eng. and Mod. Greek,” 2 vols., Smyrna and London, 1868-70; Sophocles: “Romaic or Mod. Greek Grammar,” London, 1866.

(3) Dialects of Classical Greek: Æolic, Attic, Doric, Ionic. See Stephanus: “Thesaurus,” Salmasius, Hermann.

(4) Later Greek: “χοινή,” “the common language”; Byzantine; Alexandrian (of the Septuagint); Scriptural (of the N. Test.); Cretan, &c. Lex. by Sophocles, 1871. See Hellenic.

Greenlandish.

A dialect of Eskimo, spoken in Greenland, the most E. part of Arctic America. See Kleinschmidt: “Grammatik,” 8vo., Berlin, 1851; “Efterretninger om Grönland,” by Paul Egede.

Grimm’s Law.

A name for that peculiarity of speech, first systematised by Jacob Grimm, a celebrated German philologist, by which some letters serve as equivalents for other letters, by natural laws of speech, in languages derived from a common original. ☞

Gröningen.

A sub-dialect of Frisian in Holland. See Swaagmann: “Annales Acad.: Gröningen,” 1825.

Guachi.

American: spoken in the province of Matto-Grosso, Brazil. See Spix and Von Martius: “Reise in Brasilien,” München, 1823-31.

Guadalcanar.

Polynesian: the dialect of the Solomon islanders, closely allied to Bauro.

Guaham.

A dialect of Lesser-Polynesian, closely allied to Chamori. See Crawfurd: “Dissert.,” p. 262.

Guajiquiro.

American: a dialect of Lenca, vernacular in Honduras. See Squier: “Tr. Amer. Ethnol. Soc.”

Guana.

American: an isolated Brazilian dialect of the province of Matto-Grosso. See short Vocaby. in Castelnau, vol. v., appendix.

Guanche.

A name for the aborigines of the Canary Is.; the few glosses extant of their original language are Berber. The modern dialect is allied to Shelluh. See Glas: “Histy. of the Canary Is.,” London, 1764.

Guaque.

American: a dialect of New Granada. See Vocaby. by M. M. Albis: “Los Indios del Andaque,” Popayan, 1855.

Guarani, see Tupi.

Guarpes, see Milcocayac.

Guasava.

American: a Mexican dialect spoken in the province of Michoacan. See “Arte,” por P. F. Villafaña; M. S. “Ludewig,” by Trübner. London, 1858.

Guatimala.

A class of native dialects vernacular in Central America.

Guato.

American: a Brazilian dialect of the province of Matto-Grosso, allied to Purus and Coroato. See Castelnau, vol. v.     H. C.   See Quado.

Guatusos.

American: a dialect of Nicaragua. See “Nouvelles Annales des Voyages,” Squier in “Ath. Français.” Dec. 25, 1852.     R. G. L.

Guavapuava.

Name of a district in Brazil, inhabited by the Cames, Votoroes, Dorins, and Xocrens. Francisco dos Chagos Lima: “Memoria sobre o Descubriement de la Colonia de Guavapuavo, Revista Trimensal.” Tom. iv., Rio de Janeiro, 1844. Ludewig, p. 222, appendix.     R. G. L.

Guayacuru.

American: the most E. language of the Chaco district. See Mbaya.

Guberi.

African: a dialect of the Haussa.

Guda, Gudantshi.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua; spoken by the Guda, “a very learned people.”     R. G. L.

Gudang.

An aboriginal dialect of Australia. See “Voyage of the Rattlesnake,” ii., 279.

Guebe.

A dialect of Papuan.

Guenoa.

American: a dialect of Brazil and Paraguay. See Hervas’ “Saggio,” pp. 228-9; Catalogo, p. 46.     R. G. L.

Guharibo.

American: a dialect of Venezuela; short vocabulary by Spruce.

Guiana or Guyana.

American: a group of dialects allied to Carib. Also called Guinau. See Schomburgk: “Report of B. Assot.,” 1848. See Talkee-Talkee.

Guildford.

District S.W. Australia. Vocaby., Capt. Grey, 1841.

Guinea, New, see Papuan.

Guipuscoan.

A dialect of Spanish Basque.

Gujarati or Guzerati.

The vernacular dialect of Gujerat or Guzerat, a peninsula of N.W. India, between the Indus and Bombay. It is allied to Hindi, but has a more cursive character of alphabet, derived like it from the Devanagari. It is much used by Parsees. See Dictys. by Karsandas and Shapurjí.

Gundi.

The dialects of the Ghonds or Gonds, spoken in Goomsúr or Gúmsúr, and generally in the extensive province of Goandwana. It is allied to Tamil and Telugu. See Caldwell “Dravid: Comp: Gram.,” London, 1861. See Khond.

Gunungtellu.

Papuan: a dialect of Celebes or Macassar; allied to Bugis.

Gupta, see Goopta.

Guresa or Gursea.

African: a dialect of the Kouri, closely allied to Dzelana. See Guren.

Gurmukhi.

The name for an alphabetic character peculiar to Scinde.

Gurung, see Goorung.

Gurwhal, Gurhwal.

A dialect of Hindi, also called Shreenagur; it is the vernacular speech of Sreenaghur, a district of the Himalayas, near the source of the R. Sutlej.

Guzerathi, see Gujarati.

Gyami.

A monosyllabic dialect, vernacular in N. and S.E. Thibet.

Gyarung.

A dialect of Bhot, vernacular in N. and S.E. Thibet.

Gypsy.

(1) The patois of English gipsies, also called Romany. The prefix “gip” may be compared with the word “Egypt.” These people are also known as “Gitano,” “Zincali,” “Zingari,” “Zigeuner,” and by many other names in different countries. The prefix “Zin” may be compared with the word “Sindh,” or “Indian,” meaning “dark.”

(2) The dialects of Gipsies in Europe and Asia; they are very ancient, and classed as Indian, but with later additions from the country in which they reside, the principal being Egyptian, Hungarian, Spanish, and Turkish. See Grellmann: “Dissertation,” London, 1807; Paspati: “Etudes sur les Tchinghianés,” Constantinople, 1870; translation, Newhaven, Conn.; Borrow: “Lavengro,” “Romany Rye”; Roberts: “Gypsies,” London, 1842; Glossary by Smart: “Phil. S. Trans.,” 1862.

ADDENDA.

Gabriel, San.

American: Kizh Indians of California; classed as Diegunos.

Gaiour.

Turkish form of “Guebre,” “an unbeliever,” applied to Christians by Mohammedans.

Galchas.

Persian tribe of Karategin, Central Asia.

Galgai.

Caucasian: native name of the Tshetsh. Same as Halhai.

Galik.

Moghol: form of written character.

Gangetic.

Class name for the Bhotiya or Tibetan language of the Upper Ganges.     G. R.

Gaulish.

Name for the Old Celtic, spoken in Gaul. See “Notes on Endlicher’s Glossary” in “Phil. Soc. Trans.,” 1868, p. 251.     W. W. S.

Gayeti.

Non-aryan dialect of Central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Gbandi.

African: allied to Dahomey and Whydah. See “Pol. Afr.”     H. C.

Gbese.

African: classed as Mandingo. See “Pol. Afr.”     H. C.

Gelderic.

Germanic: dialect of Dutch, spoken in Gelderland. See specimen of the Geldersche Taal in Bosworth’s “A. S. Dicty.,” p. 111.     W. W. S.

Gergo.

Italian word for “cant” or “slang.” See Zerga.

Gherin.

American: tribe of Engerekmung. The Botocudos of Almada sur la Taipe, Brazil.

Ghilani.

Iranic: sub-dialect of modern Persian.

Ghilghiti.

Paropamisan: a dialect of Dard, Aryan of the Himalayas. Vocaby. by Dr. Leitner.     H. C.

Ghissari.

Same as the Lohars. See Taremuki.

Giaga.

African: same as Agag. See Angola.

Gili, Jili.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Singpho.

Gio.

African: classed by Köelle as Mandingo. See “Afr. Pol.”     H. C.

Gisan.

Tatar tribe of Central Asia.

Glatz.

Germanic: dialect of Silesia, classed as High-German.

Glossary.

A vocabulary with explanations. It differs from a dictionary in being, in general, partial or limited; as, a glossary of the difficult words in an old author, or of a dialect.     W. W. S.

Gogoyan.

American: same as Cayuga.

Gojam.

Sub-Semitic: a local dialect of Amharic.

Golo.

African: a language formerly called Fertit; it is allied to Agaw, Falasha, &c. Vocaby. in Rüppell; “Reisen in Nubien,” Frankfurt, 1829; and by Dr. G. Schweinfurth, Berlin, 1873.     H. C.

Gomera.

African: dialect of the Canary Is.

Gonaaqua.

African: mingled dialect of Hottentot and Kaffir.

Gondar.

Sub-Semitic; dialect of Amharic.

Goose-Ostiak.

Ugrian: same as Lake-Ostiak; classed as Samoied.

Gothlandic.

Scandinavian: dialect of the I. of Gottland, Sweden. Cited in Ihre’s “Svenskt Dialect-Lex.,” Upsal, 1766.     W. W. S.

Gothungic.

Scandinavian: dialect of Sweden (Gönge district). Cited in Ihre’s “Svenskt Dialect-Lex.,” Upsal, 1766.     W. W. S.

Griguas.

Mixed race of Hottentots; half-breed.

Grisons.

Teutonic: classed as High-German. See Lehmann’s “Republik Graubünden,” Brandenburg, 1799. See Churwelsche.

Gros-Ventre.

American: French name for the Minetare.

Grusian, Grusinian.

A name for the Georgian, most used by Russians.

Grutung.

Tribe of Gothones or Guttones; so-called Goths.

Guachire, Guaiqueri.

American: Caribs of St. Margarita, &c.

Guaicur, see Waikur.

Gudshri.

Indic: same as Dakhani.

Guebre.

Persian form of Kafir, applied to Fire-worshippers. See Gaiour.

Guege.

Dialect of Albanian.

Gueldres, see Gelderic.

Guentuse.

American: dialect of Paraguay, classed as Guaycuru.

Gumeddo.

Abyssinian: dialect of Danakil.

Gurani.

Dialect of Kurdish (Niebuhr).

Guren, Gurma.

African: allied to Guresa, Barba, Ashantee, &c. See Köelle’s “Pol. Afr.”     H. C.

Gurgava.

A name for the Gujarathi or Guzeratti.

Guypunavi.

American: dialect of Maipur.

H.

Haidah.

American: an insular dialect of Atna or Selish, spoken in Q. Charlotte Archipelago, off the N.W. coast. See Vocaby. by Scouler: “Jnl. Roy. Geog. Socy.,” vol. xi., London, 1841.

⁂ The Skittegat, Masset, Kumshala, and Kyganie, who speak Haidah, are a remarkable people.     H. C.

Hailha.

Caucasian: a sub-dialect of Ingush.

Hailtsa or Haeeltzuk.

American: spoken on the coast of the Pacific, between 50° and 53° N.L. See Vocaby., “Trans. Amer. Ethnol.,” ii., 103.

Hainambeu, under U.

Haioo.

Dravidian: dialect of a tribe inhabiting the valleys of E. Nipal.     A. C.

Haiti, see Taino.

Hajong.

A dialect of older Dravidian, vernacular in Nipal.

Hakka, Hakari.

A dialect of Kurdish, written in Arabic characters, vernacular on the course of R. Hakarim, Lake Van, Asiatic Turkey, and at Tabreez, in the Persian province of Azerbaijan.

Halifax, Hallamshire.

Dialects of England, spoken in Yorkshire. See Hunter’s “Hallamshire Glossary, with the Words used in the W. Riding and Halifax,” new edition by Gatty, 1869.

Ham.

African: dialect of the Otam. See Köelle: “Pol. Af.”

Hamah or Hamath.

Inscription: interesting series of incised stones found in N. Syria, probably by the ancient Chetas or Hittites. They occupy an intermediate position between picture writing, allied to Egyptian hieroglyphs, and early Semitic characters. They have not been deciphered. See Burton: “Unexplored Syria,” Burckhardt’s “Travels.” ☞

Hamalaiset, see Tavastrian.

Hamarua, Adamowa.

Two large districts in W. Africa, as far S. as 9° N.L. Dr. Barth, with his Batta Vocabulary, gives a list of thirty-two languages for these parts, all represented as mutually unintelligible forms of speech, and all names ending in “ntshi,” “nji,” or “nchi.”

Hamburg.

A sub-dialect of Low-German. Richey: “Idioticon,” Hamburgh, 1755.

Hamiar.

A primitive dialect of Arabic.

Hamitic.

A name for the primitive languages of N.E. Africa and S.W. Asia, including the Egyptian, Ethiopic, S. Arabian, Akkadian, or early Babylonian, &c. The root of this word is supposed by some to survive in Amharic and Amazig, names for Abyssinian and Berber dialects; “Ham” or “Cham,” quasi “dark.” See Hebræo-African.

Hampshire, Hants.

A provincial dialect of English. Vocaby. in “Warner’s Collec.,” 1795.

Hanau.

A sub-dialect of High-German.

Handuri.

A dialect of Punjabi.

Hanover.

A dialect of Low-German.

Harafora, see Alfuros.

Haraya.

Malayan: a dialect of the Philippine Is. Dicty. by Mentrida, Manila, 1841.

Harpa.

Bhot: a dialect of N. and S.E. Thibet.

Harroti.

A dialect of Hindi, spoken in the State of Kotah, Rajpootana, N.W. India.

Harz or Hartz.

A dialect of Low-German. Schulze: “Harzgedichte,” Clausthal, 1833.

Hatigor.

A dialect of Assamese, classed as Singhpo.

Hatusua.

Malayan: dialect of Ceram.

Haussa, Houssa, or Hawsa.

A native dialect of African, largely infused with Arabic, vernacular along the R. Chadda, a tributary of the Niger. See Schön: “Grammar,” London, 1862; “Vocaby.,” London, 1843; “Primer,” Berlin, 1857.

⁂ Bodo, &c., are related to Haussa; this language has vocalic euphony.     H. C.

Havaiian, Hawaiian, Hawaian.

A dialect of E. Polynesian, spoken by natives of Owhyhee and other of the Sandwich Is., in the N. Pacific Ocean; it is similar in form and construction to Tahitian, and the Maori of New Zealand. It is now a written language. See Dicty. by Andrews, Honolulu, 1865.     R. G. L.   (2.)

Hayu, see Vayu.

Hebræo-African.

An epithet invented by Dr. J. Cowles Prichard, in imitation of Indo-European, to include a group of African languages which have definite relations to the Hebrew. These are especially the Abyssinian languages, the Galla, the Coptic, and the Libyan. Within the limits of an article we cannot state all the points of relationship, but we may note the remarkable similarity of the first and second pronouns, the mode of conjugating, the principal tense of the verb, the facility of forming derivative verbs from a primary (but the languages connected with Turkish have this), the inaptitude in compounding words, even so far as not even to prefix prepositions to verbs. The Abyssinian languages come nearest to Hebrew, and next the Libyan. Tutscheh notes the singular approximation of the Galla to the Arabic in the syntax used with the plural of nouns. The Coptic is of all the most distant from Hebrew.     F. W. N.

Hebrew.

Semitic: closely allied to Aramaic and Phœnician. It is an extinct dialect spoken by the ancient Jews of Palestine, and preserved to us in their sacred writings known as the Old Testament Scriptures. The old Hebrew character, as found on coins, &c., has much resemblance to Phœnician. The Biblical alphabet, called Square Hebrew, has been traced by some to the captivity at Babylon, B.C. 603-536, but is regarded by others as much more recent. The Rabbinic characters are of a more cursive form, and the modern Jews of Germany and Poland used running hands of somewhat differing forms. For Later Hebrew, see Talmudic, and for Modern Hebrew, see Jewey. Lexicons by Fürst; Gesenius: Grammar, Lex.; Thesaurus, &c.

Hebrides, New, see Mallicollo.

Heilbronn.

A sub-dialect of High-German.

Helebi.

A name for the Gipsies of Egypt; perhaps from Heleb or Halib, the Arabic form of Aleppo, in N. Syria.     W. E.

Heligoland.

A sub-dialect of Frisian. See Oelrich’s “Kleines Wörterb.” 1846.

Hellenic.

Indo-European: class name for the Greek language and its dialects.

Helsinga.

A sub-dialect of Swedish. See Lenström: “Ordbok,” Upsala, 1841. See Helsingic.

Henneberg.

A sub-dialect of High-German. See Brücker: “Beitrag,” Meiningen, 1843.

Herefordshire.

A provincial dialect of English. “Glossary” by Sir G. C. Lewis, London. 1839.     W. W. S.

Herero.

African: classed by Barth and Bleek as S.W. Bantu, with Benga, Benguela, and Bunda. The name of the language is “O Tyi-hereró,” that of the speakers is “O Va-hereró”; it is now nearly extinct. See Hahn: “Grammatik,” Berlin, 1857; Kolbe: “Vowels,” 1868; specimens collected by Dr. Rath.

Herevi, Hetzvi.

An extinct dialect of Old Persian, formerly vernacular at Herat.

Herzegovinic.

Slavonic: a sub-dialect of Servian.

Hessian.

A sub-dialect of High-German.

Heuma, see Shendu.

Heve.

A native dialect of the aborigines of Central America, vernacular in Mexico; it is also called Eudeve, and closely allied to Pima. See Smith’s “Grammatical Sketch,” 1862.

Hhamara, see Waag.

Hiang-Yan.

A name for the common colloquial language of Chinese.

Hiaqui.

American: spoken in Sonora and Sinaloa; also called Ibequi and Yaqui.

Hieratic.

Greek name for the cursive alphabet used by the ancient priestly caste of Egypt; it is from the word “hieros,” “sacred.” ☞

Hieroglyphic.

Greek name for the symbolic alphabet or figure painting which constituted the most formal writing of ancient Egyptians, from “hieros” and “grapho.” The Aztecs of Mexico also had a system of hieroglyphic writing. Brugsch: “Hierog. Demot. Wörterb.,” 4 vols., Leipsig, 1867-8. See Nahuatl.

Hieronymic.

Slavonic: name for the Glagolitic characters.

Highland.

Highland-Scottish: name sometimes used for Gaelic.

Hildesheim.

A sub-dialect of Low-German.

Hiligueina.

Malayan: a dialect of the Philippine Is. See Ilocana.

Himalayan.

Name for a class of native aboriginal languages of Hindostan, comprising Kooch, Dhimal, Bodo, all closely allied to Nipalese and Bhot. See “Essays by Hodgson,” Calcutta, 1847.

Himyaritic or Himjarite.

Name for the characters used in some early inscriptions of S. Arabia in a dialect allied to the Mahari of Abyssinia. Mr. Palgrave, “Central and E. Arabia,” vol ii., p. 240, states that the modern Himyarites, who speak a dialect of modern Arabic, are called the “reds”: “ahmar” in Arabic; but it seems more probable that they are the Hi or Hy-Mahari: “Hy” being a tribal prefix in Africa as in Ireland. Compare the Hi-breasail, the Hy-Many, or O’Kelly people; the Hy-Fiachrach or O’Dowdy people. The use of the same prefix in Africa is proved by the Ki-Suaheli, the Hi or Ki-Kamba, Ki-Sambala; cf. the Heb. ‏ה‎; ‏ח‎; which gives the transition from “h” to “ch” or “k”; thus also we may have Ki-Afer for the people of Africa, the original Kaffirs: indeed we have the mature word in Ke-Kuafi, see under U. Hy-mahari would mean “the shore-people.” See Ekhkili.

Hinantshi or Hina.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua.

Hindi or Hinduwi.

The vernacular language of native Hindoos; it is derived from Sanskrit, and closely adhered to by all the Brahmin castes. It was probably the court tongue of Canaug or Kanoj, a chief city of Hindostan when Alexander the Great crossed the Indus and defeated Porus, B.C. 327. The language has many branches or sub-dialects, and is written in the Devanagri, or sacred alphabet used in the Vedas; also in Kyt’hí, a sort of running hand. Ballantyne: “Elements,” London, 1869; “Chrestomathie,” Garcin de Tassy, Paris, 1849.

Hindoo.

Class name for the Indian branch of the Aryan family of languages, derived, according to some, from “Hapta Hendu,” “Seven Rivers,” old name for the Punjaub.

Hindostani or Urdu.

The vernacular tongue of the Indian Moslemim, or Mussulmen; first originated by the Muhammadan invaders, circa A.D. 1004. It is a compound of Arabic and Persian with Sanskrit, called Urdu-zaban, or “camp lingo,” and written in a cursive character, called Taghlik, derived from Arabic; also in uncial letters formed from Sanskrit. N.B.—Hindu-stan means the “land of the Hindoos.” Forbes: “Dicty. H. and Eng.,” 1859; “Grammar,” 1849.

Hinzuan.

African: a Kaffir form of speech; language of the Comorn Is., off the E. coast.

Hitchittee.

American: spoken by a division of the Creeks. “Arch. Amer.,” vol. ii., p. 377.

Hoch-Deutsch, see German.

Hochelaga.

American: sub-dialect of Mohawk, formerly spoken in the locality now known as Montreal, Canada.

Hochungorah.

American: native name for the Winnebagos.

Hohen-lohe, Hohen-schwangau, Hohen-stein.

Sub-dialects of High-German.

Hok-keen.

Dialect of Chinese. Dicty. by Medhurst, Macao, 1832-9.

Holland or Hollandish.

(1) A name for the Netherlandish, a dialect of Platt-Deutsch.

(2) For provincial Dialects. See Latham’s “Opuscula,” London, 1860.

Holophrasis.

Grammatical term; mode of analysis; reducing whole sentences into words. See Polysynthetic.

Holstein.

Sub-dialect of Low-German. See Schütze: “Holsteinisches Idiotikon,” Hamburgh, 1800-6.     W. W. S.

Honduras.

American: geographical term for the Lenca class.

⁂ The languages are allied to the Kouma, Legba, &c., of W. Africa.     H. C.

Hoopah.

American: a variety of Athabaskan, spoken so far S. as U. California.

Hor or Horpa.

Thibetan: a local dialect of Bhot, called also (1) Khache: Chinese Koatse; (2) Igur, the native name, which appears to be the same as Uighur, a Turkish dialect. The affix “pa” in “Horpa” is Bhot, as quoted by Mr. Hodgson, who gives W. Thibet along with Dzungaria and Chinese Turkestan as the area over which it is spoken.     R. G. L.

Hotontalo.

Polynesian; a sub-dialect of Menadu.

Hottentot.

African: name for a large number of S. dialects, spoken by the Quaiquai or K’hoè Khoep, and distinguished by a peculiar sound in utterance, known as the Hottentot “click.”

⁂ According to Dr. Bleek they are a widely different class from the Kaffir.     R. G. L.

Hova.

Native term “ank′ova”; used for the central tribes of Madagascar, said to be a fair race. It is, apparently, of African origin, as under Herero. See Malagasy.

Hoya.

Malayan: a dialect of Ceram, allied to Teluti.

Huachi, Huancas.

American: Indians of Bolivia.

Huasteca.

American: dialect of Mexico, and apparently the same word as “Aztec.” It is spoken in the province of Tamaulipas, and is a language of the Maya class. See De Olmoz: “Grammatica,” &c., Mexico, 1560.

Hueco or Waco.

American: name for the Tallewitsus. It is vernacular in Texas, and allied to Kechai, Pawnee, &c.

Huilliche.

American: name for tribes of Araucans, the aborigines of Chili. The “che” here means “men,” being a Chileno word, so we have “men of the south.” It is applied also to the Patagonians. See Vuta.     R. G. L.

Humming-bird Indians.

American: name for the Uaenambeu tribe in the province of Rio Negro, Brasil.

Hungarian or Magyar.

Ugrian: dialect of an Asiatic race, derived from the Ostiak of the R. Ob or Oby in Siberia, and closely allied to Finnish. The Magyars are now the dominant race in the Austrian kingdom of Hungary, which they subdued about A.D. 900. It has a copious modern literature. See Ballagi: “Wörterbuk,” Pesth, 1864; Ollendorff: “Newe Methode,” Pesth, 1869. See Ungarn.

Hungarian-Wendish.

Slavonic: a local dialect of Hungary, allied to the Wendish of Lusatia.

Hunza, see Khajuna.

Huron.

American: classed as Iroquois; language of the Huron Indians, spoken on the shores of the lake so named.

Hurriana.

A dialect of Hindi spoken in a fertile district of N.W. India, an oasis on the Jumna, near Delhi. The word “Hurya” signifies “green.”

Hurur.

Abyssinian, dialect of Amharic. See Salt’s “Voyage,” appendix, vol. i., p. 6.

Huzvaresh.

Iranic: same as Pehlevi. See Spiegel: “Grammatik,” Wien, 1856.

Hymiaritic, see under Hi.

Hyperborean.

Dr. Latham’s class-name at one time proposed for the Dzhukaghir, Samoyed, and Yeniseian group of languages.

ADDENDA.

Hadareb, Hadarem, under A.

Hadendoa.

African: a dialect of Nubia.

Halha.

Same as Hailha, also written Galgai.

Hallandic, Helsingic.

Scandinavian: dialects of Sweden, cited in Ihre’s “Svenskt Dialect-Lex.,” Upsal, 1766.     W. W. S.

Halle.

Germanic: sub-dialect of Swabian, see “Mundartliche Sprache,” 1814.

Hallenga.

African: a dialect of Nubia.

Hamburg-Indians.

American: English name for the T-ka’s of Scott’s River; they speak a dialect of Shasta.

Harar, Harrer, Harrargie, see Hurur.

Hattaquahe.

Caucasian: a dialect of Adige or Cherkess.     H. C.

Hawstead (Halstead).

Suffolk dialect of English. See Cullum’s “History,” &c., 1784.

Hazorta.

African: same as Shiho, a dialect of Danakil.

Helsingic, see Hallandic.

Hennega.

American: Kolusch dialect of P. Wales’s Is.

Hervey Arch., see Rarotongan.

High-German.

English form of Hoch-Deutschen.

Hilluna, see Ilocana.

Hindelopian.

Germanic: a sub-dialect of Friesic. See specimen in Bosworth’s “A. S. Dicty.,” p. 74.     W. W. S.

Hindmarsh Lake.

Dialect of Australian. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Hio, see Eyo.

Hiong-Nu.

Alatyan: dialect of Turkish. It is the name used by Chinese, and by them applied to the mediæval Huns.

Hlassa, under L.

Ho.

(1) African: Bomba dialect of Guinea. See Sala.

(2) Indian: native name for the Kol of Kolehan. It means “man.” See Singhbhum.

Holland (New), see Australian.

Honimoa.

Malayan: dialect of the Moluccas, closely allied to Sarapua.

Honin.

Negritic: dialect of Papuan.

Hood-Sunhoo.

American: Kolusch dialect of Hood’s Bay.

Horde.

That is “herd,” a body, tribe, family, or clan, applied to nomade Tatars. It is the same word as Urdu, “a camp,” in Urdu-zaban. See Hindostani.

Horn Is.

Polynesian: dialect of the Friendly group.

Horoje.

American: a name for the Winnebags.

Ho-te-day.

American: native name of the Yeka or Shasta-butte Indians of California.

Houssa.

African: German form of Haussa.

Huahine.

Eastern Polynesian: same as Tahitian.     W. G.

Hudson’s-Bay Indians.

American: tribes of Chepewyans.

Hume R., see Murrumbidgee.

Hurn-pardee.

Indian: also called Baori; a nomadic tribe who subsist by catching antelope and the hunting-cheetah; they speak a peculiar dialect of Hindi.     W. E.   See Bowri.

Huzzaw, see Osage.

I.

Iaian.

A Polynesian dialect, allied to Lifu.

Iakon, under J.

Iapygian.

A language spoken in the S. of ancient Italy; it was allied to Oscan, but containing a large number of Greek words. See Mommsen: “Unteritalischen Dialekte,” Leipsig, 1851.     G. R.

Ibarekab.

African: a dialect of Beja. See Salt’s “Voyage.”

Ibbibby.

African: a name for the Qua or Calebar.

Ibequi, see Hiaqui.

Iberian or Iberic.

A name for the pre-Roman dialects of Spain, and sometimes used as a synonym for Basque, which is supposed to have been derived from it. See Celt-Iberian.

Ibo or Eboe.

African: dialect of the W. coast, at the delta of the Niger.

Icelandic.

Old Icelandic is the same as Old Norse, and the modern dialect differs from it but slightly. A language of Teutonic origin, belonging to the Scandinavian branch, planted in Iceland by Norwegian settlers, circa A.D. 874. Rask’s Grammar, translated by Dasent, London, 1843; Möbius: “Altnordisches Glossar,” Leipsig, 1866; Egilsson: “Dicty. of the Poetical Language,” Copenhagen, 1860; Cleasby and Vigfusson: “Dicty. of the Prose Language,” Oxford, 1869-71, completed as far as “R.”     W. W. S.

Ideographic.

Name for writing in which single characters express ideas; the hieroglyphics or picture writing of Egypt, and the languages of ancient Babylonia and Assyria are partly ideographic.     G. R.

Idiom.

A native peculiarity of speech.

Igarra.

African: dialect of the Yoruba.

Igbira.

African: a dialect of the Yoruba. See Igala.

Igbira-hima, Igbira-panda.

African: dialects of the Nufi.

Ighur, see Uigur.

Ika.

American: dialect of L. California.

Illinois.

American: the Algonkin of the State so named after the original tribes, “Illeni,” “the men.” Vocab., “Trans. Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 112.

Illyrian.

Slavonic: a written dialect of Servian, closely allied to Wendish. See “Grammatik.,” by Babukic, Wien, 1839; Dicty. by Fröhlich, “Ill-Dutch,” Wien, 1853-4.

Illyric or Thraco-Illyric.

Name for a class of Aryan languages, of which the Skipetar or Albanian is the only modern representative. See Pelasgic.

Ilmormo.

African: a dialect of Galla.

⁂ It is a name for the Galla proper, by some alleged to be Semitic or Sub-Semitic, but the relations are very remote.     H. C.

Ilocana or Iloco.

Malayan: a dialect of the Philippines. Vocaby. by Carro, Manila, 1849.

Inbask or Inbazk.

Moghol: a dialect of Yeniseian or Ostiak, somewhat allied to Arini. Klaproth: “Asia Pol.,” p. 171.

Inca.

American: a name given to the Quichua language, after a dynasty of Peru. See Quichua.

Incorporating.

A name for the agglutinative languages of America. See Polysynthetic.

Indeni.

A dialect of Papuan, also called Nitendi.

India.

Name for Hindostan: land of the Indus, or of the Hindoos, who inhabit it.

⁂ For aboriginal languages see Hunter’s “Comparative Vocabulary of the Non-Aryan Languages of India”; Caldwell’s “Comp. Gr.”; Papers by Dr. Seth Stevenson, &c. See West Indies.

Indian.

A name given to many dialects of the aborigines of New England and other parts of America. ☞

Indian Archipelago.

Languages Polynesian: classed as Malayan and Negritic.

Indian, Old.

A name for Sanskrit.

Indians.

N. American: The Nova Scotia Indians have all decayed away. They were a people who in their habits more especially used the sea-coast, banks of lakes, rivers, &c.; the mountaineer is the country Indian, solely engaged in hunting spoils for trade and subsistence. The E. States have still a sprinkling of mongrel races, so intermixed as to leave but a slight trace of the old N. American sons of the forest. The Red Indian of Newfoundland was cannibal in his habits, and the race is utterly extinct. I have not met, on the Labrador, any mixture between the Esquimaux and the mountaineer and Mic-mac tribes, but frequently children of English and Esquimaux.     J. T.

Indic.

A name for the Hindoo branch of the great Aryan family of languages, comprising Sanskrit, Prakrit, Pali, Mahratta, Hindi, Bengali, &c. The country N. of the Indus was called Arya-âvarta, “abode of the Aryas.”

⁂ A S.W. branch of the great Aryan family, who in pre-historic times were settled to the N. and N.W. of Kâbul, became in the end the Brahmanic Aryans of India, and the Zoroastrian Aryans of Iran (Persia). There is no doubt that the Indian Aryans travelled mainly to the S.W., crossing first, and settling in the Land of the Seven Rivers—the Indus, Punjâb (or Five Rivers), and the Sarasvâti—and that they proceeded thence gradually along the Jumna and Ganges, till they reached the Bay of Bengal. Ultimately, under the name of Hindûs (whence Hindûstan), they occupied all the district around and in connection with this great river system, displacing and driving to the south an earlier race, who still inhabit the S.E. and S. of the Deccan (Dakshina, so called as on the right hand—dexter—of the invading Hindû race), and who are allied to the Moghols of Central Asia. The dialect of the earlier, as of the existing populations to the S. and E., is of Turanian or Nishada origin. The principal Aryan dialects at present are Bengali, Hindi, and Mahratta, all of them lineal descendants of the Devanagari or Sanskrit, which is no longer a spoken language. Hindustani, though mainly Aryan in its vocabulary, and wholly so in its structure, is rather the language of general communication than a distinct dialect. See “Comparative Grammar of the Aryan Languages of India,” by Beames.     W. S. W. V.   See Dravidian.

Indo-Chinese.

A collective term for a class of languages embracing Anamite, Siamese, and allied dialects. See Leyden in “Asiatic Researches,” vol. x.; Brown’s “Comparative Table” in the “Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,” 1837.

Indo-European, see Aryan.

Bopp’s “Comparative Grammar”; “Vergleichende Grammatik des Sansk., Zend., Griech., Lat., Lithau., Altslav., Gothischen und Deutschen,” 4 vols., Berlin, 1833-42; English translation by Eastwick, 3 vols., London, 1862.

Indo-Germanic.

Same as Indo-European. See Schleicher: “Indo-Germanische Chrestomathie,” Weimar, 1869; Fick: “Wörterbuch der Indogermanischen Sprachen,” Göttingen, 1871.     W. W. S.

Indo-Parthian.

Name for an early dynasty of Kabulistan, then probably of much greater extent; their coins are found over the whole of the Punjab and into India.     W. S. W. V.

Indo-Portuguese.

Mixed dialect used at the seaports of Ceylon, formed by a combination of Portuguese with Dutch and Sanskrit.

Indo-Scythian, Indo-Scythic.

An early dynasty of Kabulistan founded about B.C. 80, by a nomadic people called Yue-tchi by the Thibetans.

⁂ The language used by these monarchs on their coins is two-fold; Aryan and Greek. See Wilson’s “Ariana Antiqua,” pp. 347-381.     G. R.

Inflectional.

Same as polysyllabic; name for the highest class of speech yet known to man. It is specially applied to the Aryan family of languages, which express the “moods, tenses, cases, and all other modifications of meaning in verbs and nouns by means of suffixes ... mutilated fragments of words.”—Farrar.

Inganos.

American: Indians of N. Granada. See “Vocabulario,” “Los Indios del Andaqui,” pp. 20-21.

Ingush.

Lesgian: a dialect of Tshetsh, spoken by the Lamur, hill-men of Georgia and Circassia.

Inhambane.

African: a dialect of the Mozambique.

Inkalait, Inkilik, Inkulukhluait, Ingelmut.

American: dialects of Athabascan, spoken at the Eskimo frontier in the N.W.; belonging to the Kenai stock. ☞

Inkra, see Accra.

Inniut or Innuit.

Native name for the Eskimo. It means “the people.”

Inongo.

African: dialect of Yarriba, vernacular on the W. Coast.

Insam.

A Papuan dialect of New Guinea.

Inscriptions.

The most durable means of preserving individual records of written speech. They are termed, variously, “incised,” “impressed,” “lapidary,” “monumental,” “numismatic,” “painted.” The famous Rosetta and Carpentras stones, and the decree of Canopus from Egypt, and the Behistun rock inscriptions, are examples of bilingual records, that serve, by means of comparison, to facilitate decipherment. The Assyrian cuneiform writing and the Egyptian hieroglyphs have thus been explained, and the Chinese have in use extensive libraries of stone inscriptions at the present day. See Gesenius: “Scripturæ Linguæque Phœniciæ Monumenta,” 2 vols., Leipsig, 1837.

Intibuca.

American: one of the four native languages of Honduras.

Ionic or Ionian.

A sub-dialect of classical Greek; the original Ionians are said to have been Pelasgoi. It was largely cultivated in Asia Minor, and is the dialect of Homer and Herodotus. For some time before the rise of the Attic school, circa B.C. 400, it was the established language of prose literature. See Portus: “Dict.: Ionicum-Græc.-Lat.” London, 1825.

Iowa.

American: a dialect of Dacota or Sioux. Iowa, a State admitted in 1846, is derived from the Pahoja, or “Grey-snow,” Indians, who now reside N. of the R. Des-Moines. Schoolcraft: “History ... of the I. Tribes,” Philadelphia, vol. iv., p. 307.

Iquito.

American: a dialect of Carib.

Iranic or Iranian.

Class name for the Persian branch of the Aryan family of languages. It includes Bactrian or Zend, ancient Persian, Pehlevi, Pazend, and modern Persian. The word “Iranian” is from “Arya.” See under Aryan.

Ireland, New, under N.

Irish or Erse (Fenic).

Celtic: the native dialect of Ireland, and closely allied to Gaelic. In writing it an alphabet is still in use, formed from the Latin, and closely resembling the old Anglo-Saxon characters, which were in fact borrowed from it. See Dicty. by O’Reilly, Dublin, 1864; “Old Irish Glosses,” by Stokes and others.     W. W. S.

Irofa.

Japanese alphabet, taken from the first three letters.

Iron, Irun, Iran.

A dialect of the Caucasus. See Osset.

Iroquois, Irokese.

American: it has a double import—1. As the special name of a tribe or nation, of the State of New York. 2. As a general name for the class, the most important members of which, the Iroquois themselves, the Onondagas, the Senecas, the formidable Mohawks, and others are, probably, the most familiar representatives of the traditional Red Indian, especially in his capacity of hero and warrior.     R. G. L.

See Schoolcraft: “Comparative Vocaby.,” Albany, 1847; Vocaby. by Howse, “Proceed. Philol. Socy.,” vol. iv., London, 1856.

Irula, Irular.

Dravidian: a dialect of Canarese, vernacular in the Nilgherry Hills; it is allied to Budugur. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Isanna.

American: a dialect of Baniwa; others are the Tomo-Maroa and the Javita.

Isère.

A sub-dialect of Provençal. Ducoin: Notice in “Courrier de l’Isère,” 1834.

Isiele.

African: a dialect of the Yoruba, allied to Aro, Mbofia, and Isoama.     H. C.

Ismaelite, Ishmaelite.

Arabic: dialect of N. Arabia.

Isoama or Iswama.

African: a dialect of the Yoruba, with the same affinities as the Isiele.     H. C.

Isolating.

A term for monosyllabic forms of speech.

Issel.

Over-Yssel: provincial dialect of Holland.

Isubu.

African: spoken near the Cameroon, W. Africa; it is classed by Bleek as Bantu.

⁂ One of the three best known languages of the coast belonging to the N.W. branch of the Kaffir; the Benga and Dualla being the other two. In all three there is a large and laudable amount of missionary literature: the most in the Dualla, the least in the Benga.     R. G. L.

Italian.

(1) The native tongue of Italy, spoken in many dialects. It is formed directly from the Latin or Old Italic, by union with the Teutonic forms of Gothic and Longobardic settlers. Called the “vulgar tongue” by Dante, Petrarch, and Boccacio, it has since been much polished in Tuscany, and now forms one of the most refined languages of modern society, lending itself specially to the requirements of vocal melody. See Manuzzi: “Vocab. della Crusca,” 4 vols., Florence, 1868.

(2) Dialects are divided into classes: 1, the Lombardic, or dialects of Upper Italy; 2, the Romanic, or dialects of Middle Italy; 3, the Neapolitan, or dialects of S. Italy; 4, Cant or slang, called Furbesco and Zerga or Gergo.

Italic or Old Italian.

A collective name for that branch of the Aryan family of languages which includes classical Latin, Oscan, Umbrian, Messapian or Iapygian, and perhaps Tosk, Tuscan, or Etruscan, all with alphabets allied to the early Roman. Fabbretti: “Glossarium,” Turin, 1838, &c. See Romance.

Itam.

Term in Malay. See Bolong.

Ite or Itenaz, and Itonoma.

American: dialects of Bolivia, spoken in the missions of Moxos, and allied to Chapacura.     H. C.

ADDENDA.

Ibbodah.

African: native name of the Kacunda, who speak Shabun.

Iddoa.

American: native name of the Scott’s Valley Indians; they speak a dialect of Shasta.

Idibae.

American: aborigines of Darien.

Igala.

African: a separate language from Igarra, spoken in the Yoruba district. See Kölle’s “Pol. Afr.”     H. C.

Ihongworong, under J.

Ildefenso.

American: same as Aldefenso. See Pueblo.

Illano, Ilyano.

Same as Hilluna. See Ilocana.

Inabak, Inagata.

Malayan: sub-dialects of Abak.

Ingrian.

Ugrian: a branch of Fin, government of St. Petersburg. They are called Ingricot or Izhor.     H. C.

Ingwa.

African: Nigritian dialect of Dagamba.

Inies (Tachies).

American: tribe of Caddoes.

Inta.

African: Bowdich’s name for the Fantee.     H. C.

Ionian Is., see Romaic.

Ipas.

American: tribe of Vilelas.

Isfor.

Same as Dofar; local dialect of Himyarite.

Isistine.

American: tribe of Lule.

Isi-Zulu, under Z.

Islandisch.

Same as Norse; German form of Icelandic.

Isty-Semole.

American: i.e. “Wild men,” Creek Indians of Florida. See Seminole.

Itelman, Itulmen.

Native name of the Kamtshatdales.

Izhor, see Ingrian.

J.

Jackson, under Port.

Jaconaiga, Jakonaiga.

American: a tribe of Aripones.

Jactung.

A dialect of Assamese.

Jagataic or Cagataic.

Alatyan: a dialect of E. Turkish spoken in Bokharia. It is a written language with a literature. See Vambery: “Cagataische Sprachstudien,” Leipsig, 1867.

Jagon or Jakon.

American: dialect of Lower Killamuks, spoken on the frontier of Oregon and U. California. Hale: “U. S. Expedition,” Philadelphia, 1846. See Nsietshawus.

Jagy.

A dialect of Albanian.

Jahyco.

American: shore tribes of Brazil.

⁂ These people are the Ge, Ges, or Geiko, the tribal name being post-fixed as in Ao-ge, Cran-ge, Canacata-ge, Poncata-ge, Paykob-ge. See V. Spix and V. Martius: “Reise in Brasilien,” Munich, 1823-31.

Jajuorong.

A native dialect of Australian. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Jakon, under Jagon.

Jakun.

Malayan: dialect of the S. Peninsula of Malacca.

Jakut, Jakuti, or Yakut.

Alatyan: dialect of the parts between Lake Baikal and the Arctic Sea, which nearly coincides with the Russian Government of Jakutsk (Irkutsk). Boehtlingk: “Ueber die Sprache der Jakuten,” St. Petersburg, 1851. See Yak.

Jallonka.

African: a dialect of Mandingo, allied to Fantee.

Jalloof.

African: a branch of Mandingo, much mingled with French and Arabic; it is spoken by a numerous people between the R. Gambia and Senegal on the W. coast. Called also Guiloffs, Jolofs, Oualoofs, and Woloffs. Clarke: “Dialects of Africa,” p. 6.

Jamaica, see W. Indies.

Jan.

A dialect of Malay. See Samang.

Jaoi, Jaoia.

American: Carib of Trinidad; it is closely allied to Tamanak. See De Laet: “Orbis Novus,” &c., Leiden, 1633.

Japanese.

Polysyllabic: the vernacular tongue of Nipon, Jesso, and the Kurile Is.; in its root words it is allied to the Moghol family, but its written characters are derived from Chinese; it has a syllabic alphabet, containing vowels and consonants in one sign, and is written in vertical columns from top to bottom. The language has no gender or article, but many pronouns, and the designations applied to various objects frequently change with the sex of the speaker. Dicty. by Hepburn, 1867; Grammar, 1861; “Dialogues,” by Alcock, 1863; “Anthologie,” by Rosny, Paris, 1871. See Loo-Choo.

Japhetan.

A name for the Aryan or Indo-European family of languages.

Jargon.

(1) French word for Gibberish.

(2) American: a mixed patois of L. Columbia and Vancouver’s I., combined chiefly of French, English, Chihaile, Nutka, and Chinuk, the last greatly preponderating. It is the trade language of Oregon, also called “Tshinuk-jargon.” Vocabularies in Hale: “Amer. Expedition”; Schoolcraft: “Indian Tribes.” See Menieng and Moors.

Javanese.

Malayan: the language of the greater part of Java. In the Western districts of the island the Sundanese language is spoken, though Javanese has been partly introduced into Bantam and Cheribon, probably by its being the language of the court in these otherwise Sandanese provinces. In the eastern districts of Java the Madurese prevails. Javanese is written with a peculiar native alphabet, derived and simplified from the Devanagari. Dicty. by Gericke and Roorda, Amsterdam, 1847-62; Grammar by Roorda, Amsterdam, 1855.     P. J. V.   See Kawi. ☞

Javita.

American: a dialect of Baniwa. Wallace: “Travels on the Amazon,” London, 1853. See Isanna.

Jazyges.

A people anciently settled in the tract between the Danube and the Theiss; it means “Bowmen”: a Magyar word.

Jebu.

African: a dialect of Yoruba, spoken on the Atlantic coast at the outlet of the R. Formosa.

Jecorilla, Jicorilla.

American: a dialect of Athabascan, allied to Navaho.

Jelliba, under Dzhellaba.

Jervis Bay.

A district of Australia. See “Voyage de l’Astrolabe,” Paris, 1834.

Jesso.

Kurilian: dialect of Aino. See Broughton: “Voyage N. Pacific,” London, 1804.

⁂ There is also a jargon of Japanese and Aino employed for inter-communication.     H. C.

Jewey, Jewish, or Judæan.

Names for modern Hebrew, as spoken by Jews in combination with many local idioms. ☞

Jhongworong.

A native dialect of Australian, closely allied to Gnurellean. See Eyre: “Journals,” London, 1845.

Jili.

A dialect of Assamese, allied to Singpo.

Jiliake.

A dialect of Mantschu; the same as Giliak. It is the Chinese name for the Koreans.

Jitano.

A name for Gipsey. See Gitano.

Joboca.

A dialect of Assamese, allied to Namsang.

Joliba, see Dzhellaba.

Jolof, see Jalloof.

Jooroo, Juru.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Malacca. See Samang.

Jower.

Papuan: a dialect of N. Guinea, allied to Seroci.

Juda.

African: dialect of Upper Guinea. “Grammaire abrégée” in “Des Marchais. Voyage,” Paris, 1730.

Judæo-Arabic.

Name for Arabic written in characters of Square Hebrew.

Judah, see Hebrew.

Juden-Deutsch.

Name for German written in Hebrew, Square, Rabbinic, or current-hand. Stern: Lex., Munich, 1833; “Heb.-Deutsche Druck- und Current-schrift,” Prague, 1817.

Jugaghir.

Ugrian: a dialect of Fin. It is the same as Dzukaghin.

Juiadge.

American: called Lenguas by the Spaniards. See “L’Homme Américaine,” vol. ii.

Jumboo, Jamoo or Jumoo.

Dialect of Punjabi. See Dogura.

Jupuroca.

American: a dialect of the Botocudo. Da Silva: Dicc. in Castelnau: “Exped.,” vol v., p. 249.

Juri, Juris, Yuris.

American: belonging to the R. Negro; an allied dialect is the Uainambeu. See Wallace: “Amazons,” &c., 1853.

Juriba, see Yoruba.

Juripixunha.

American: name for the Bocaprietos or Blackmouth Indians. Same as the Juri. It is vernacular in Brasil.

Juru.

Same as Jooroo. See Samang.

Jutish.

Teutonic: an extinct dialect, allied to Old Friesic, Anglo-S., &c.

Jutlandish.

Scandinavian: a sub-dialect of Danish.

Juyapoora (Jayapoori or Jeyapoori).

Indic: a dialect of Hindi, spoken at Jyanagur or Jeypoor, a province of Rajpootana, N.W. India. The dynasty of Jeypoor is next to Oodeypoor in antiquity.

ADDENDA.

Jamoo, see Jumboo.

Japurin.

American: native name of the Yarura Indians of New Granada.

Jar.

Caucasian: a branch of the Akush. Also written Dzhar.     H. C.

Jayapoori, under Ju.

Jebero, see Xebero.

Jemtlandic.

A dialect of Sweden, cited in Ihre’s “Svenskt Dialekt-Lex.” W.W.S.

Jenisch.

German word for Low-speech.

Jenisei, under Y.

Jeyapoori, under Ju.

Jezidi, under Y.

Jig.

Caucasian: a sub-dialect provisionally classed as Lesghian. It is also written Djig.     H. C.

Joakema, see Yakama.

John’s, St., see Passamaquodds.

Jokong, see Jakun.

Jomay.

African: dialect of Shikan.

Joway, see Iowa.

Juan, San, see Pueblo.

Juan, San, Bautista.

American: Mutsun Indians of Monterey County, California.

Juan, San, Capistrano.

American: Californian Indians of the Acagchemem nation, classed as Diegunos, and also called Netelas.

Juanga, see Puttoos.

Jura.

Patois of France. Vocaby. in “Mém. de la Soc. des Antiq.,” vol. v., vi.

Jurazen.

Ugrian: Samoied dialect of the N. group (Klaproth).

Jutes.

Teutonic: tribes of ancient Germans, called Goths.

K.

Ka.

Indo-Chinese: a dialect of Cambojan, allied to the Mon of Pegu.

Kabail or Kabyle.

African: an Arabic word; “Kabîlah,” singular; “Kabâyil,” plural, signifying “species,” “tribe,” “family,” or “kind.” It is applied to the people called Berbers. Dialects are Buji, Shilha, Tamaziht, Beni-Menasar, Gadamsi. Hanoteau: “Essai de Grammaire Kabyle,” Alger., 1858. See Showiah.

⁂ It is unwritten, but has remarkable alphabets of ancient type, and is supposed to represent the ancient Lybian.     H. C.

Kabala.

Hebrew word: “mysticism,” superstition of Cabalistic Jews.

⁂ An alphabet used by the Rabbis and Freemasons; is supposed to be a type of cuneiform and square Hebrew.     H. C.

Kabul.

Numismatic: early Indian coinage of Kabulistan, often bilingual; Greek and old Indian, or early Sanskrit, as represented under its Pali modification.

Kachari.

Non-Aryan; language of N.E. Bengal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Cacharese.

Kachiquel or Kichequel.

American: a dialect of the Maya class, spoken in the province of Solola, Guatemala. See Flores: “Arte de la Lengua Kakchiquel,” Antigua, 1753.

Kacunda, Kakanda.

African: a name for the Shabun.

Kadiak, Kadjak.

Eskimo: a dialect of the Aleutian class, vernacular in the island so named. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 104. See Konagi.

Kaffa.

African: a dialect of Gonga, allied to Woratta and Yangaro.

Kafir, Kaffir.

Arabic word for “pagan” or “infidel” from the Moslem point of view. We have “Káfir,” singular; “Kuffar,” plural.

(1) Asiatic: Káfir of Kafristan. A dialect spoken by the Shiah-poosh, allied to Sanskrit; it is the vernacular speech of Hindu-Kush. Tribes of Kafristan are Ashkin, Ashpin, Kamoz, Pashai.

(2) Kâfirí, the Caffres of S. Africa, the most widely extended family of speech found there. See Bleek’s “Comparative Grammar,” 2 vols., London, 1869; Boyce’s Grammar by Davis, London, 1863. ☞

Kagan or Kayan.

Borneo: sub-dialect of Dayak. See Crawfurd: “Dissertation,” p. 205.

Kagataic, see Jagataic.

Kahetan.

American: sub-dialect of N. Guarani; called Tupis of Brazil.

Kahna.

American: name for Blood Indians.

Kaibolu.

Malayan: dialect of Ceram.

Kaidipang.

Malayan: a sub-dialect of Menadu.

Kaili.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. See Bowdich’s “Mission to Ashantee.”

Kainulaiset.

Fin: a name for the Quains.

Kaioa.

Malayan: a sub-dialect of Menadu. Wallace, vol. ii., p. 296-7.

Kaithi.

Hindi: dialect of the N.W. provinces.     A. C.   See Kyt’hi.

Kajunah.

Indian: dialect of the Kanjútis of Hunza in Dardistan. See Cunningham’s “Ladak,” London, 1854.

⁂ This language has been erroneously represented as Dard. See Vocaby. by Dr. Leitner, 1870.     H. C.

Kakas, Kakasing.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Kake.

American: a tribe of Sitka. See Kolush.

Kakhyen.

Assamese: a dialect of Bhot. Classed as Singpho.

Kakongo.

African: “Ka,” tribal prefix. See under Kongo.

Kalanna.

African: dialect of the Soudan. See Bowdich’s “Mission.”

Kalbra.

African: dialect of W. Coast. Same word as Calabar.

Kalchaqui.

American: dialect of Quichua. Spoken in Tucuman.

Kaldani.

(1) A tribe or people of Chaldæa, mentioned in Assyrian inscriptions.

(2) A name for Chaldee, still used, in a much corrupted form, in the mountains of Kurdistan and by some tribes of Nestorian Christians.     W. S. W. V.   See Syro-Chaldee.

Kalka.

Dialect of Moghol, belonging to Chinese Tartary.

Kallapuiah.

American: dialect of Oregon. Vocaby. “Jl. Roy. Geog. Socy.,” London, 1841.

Kalmuk.

Moghol: same as Calmuk. The Kalmuks of the Volga are also called Eleuts, Olot, or Ulut; the dialect is called West-Mongolian. See Zwich’s “Grammatik ... Kalmükischen,” Donaueschingen, 1852.

Kamas, Kamassintzi.

Ugrian: nearly extinct dialects spoken by Ostiaks, on the S.W. boundary of the Samoied area.

Kambali.

African: a dialect classed as Kouri, but presenting many divergences; there is a Vocaby. by Kölle.     H. C.

Kambojan.

Peguese: same as Cambojan.

Kambojas.

Primeval tribes of India.

Kami.

Monosyllabic: a dialect of Burmese. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kamilaroi.

Native dialect of Australia. See Ridley: “Gurre Kamilaroi,” Sydney, 1856.

Kamoz, see Kafir.

Kamskadal, Kamskatkan, or Kamchatdal.

A class of dialects belonging to the N.E. of Asia, allied to the native dialects of Arctic America.

Kanada.

A name for Canarese.

Kanaka.

Native name for “man” in New Zealand, and applied to natives of the Sandwich Is.; but Tangata is the word more general in all other islands. Compare the African word “Kanyika,” and the American “Kenneka.” The language of the Sandwich Is. is closely allied to the Maori. See Hawaian.

Kanam, Kanem.

African: a district of Bornui, having the Kanuri and Tibbu in its area.

Kanawari, see Kunawari.

Kanchi, Kasnas.

American: sub-dialects of the Aymara.

Kandokov, Kondakov.

Turkish, classed as a sub-dialect of Koibal.

Kangulit, Kangjulit.

American: dialect of Eskimo, belonging to the N.W.

Kanjuti, see Kajunah.

Kanuj, see Canoj.

Kanuri.

African: the typical dialect of Bornui, spoken in Kanem. Köelle’s Grammar, London, 1854.

Kanyika.

African: a dialect of Kafir. See Kanaka.

Kanyop.

African: dialect of the Bissagos or Bijugos Is.

⁂ It is allied to Felup, Bagnon, Sarar, Bolar, Padsade, Biafada, and Papel.     H. C.

Kanza, see under Ko.

Kaotse.

Thibetan: Chinese name for the Hor.

Kapchak.

Alatyan: Tatar dialect of the lower Volga and the Ural.

Kapir.

Tatar form of “Kafir,” “infidel.”

Kapua.

Dayak: sub-dialect of Biaju, vernacular in Borneo.

Kapwi.

Monosyllabic: a dialect spoken to the N.W. of the Burmese Empire.

Karaga.

Dialects of Kamskadal, vernacular in E. Asia.

Karagas.

Alatyan: Tatar dialect of Siberia, allied to Koibal; Vocaby. by Castrén.

Karaite.

Dialect of Heretical, or reformed, Jews who reject the Talmud, and adhere closely to the literal text of the Old Testament. It is derived from the Hebrew root “kârâ,” “to read,” and they call themselves “sons of the reading,” or of “the text.” Compare Luke x., 26. See “History,” by Rule, London, 1870.

⁂ They are numerous in the Crimæa, but a few communities of them are to be found in Poland, Galicia, and at Constantinople. The Karaites use Hebrew, but also the dialect of the country where they dwell; thus in the Crimæa it may be Tatar, but at Wilna it is Polish.     R. P. S.

Kara-Kalpac.

Turkish: spoken by a Tatar tribe of Khiva, called “Black Caps.”     H. C.

Kara-Kirghis.

Alatyan: Tatar dialect of Siberia, spoken by the black Kirghis.     H. C.

Karass.

Ugrian dialect of Samoied, spoken on the Caspian Sea and by Nogais in Taurica.

Karatshai, Karachai.

Dialect of TURKISH, spoken in the Caucasus.

⁂ It is like Crim-Tatar, and is spoken on the Black River.     H. C.

Karaula.

A native dialect of Australia.

Karawi.

Sub-semitic. Same as Mahari.

Karekare, see Pika.

Karelian, Kirialaiset.

Ugrian: a division of Finnish. It is the dialect of Russian Finland, and is written in Russian characters, comprising Auramoiset, Olonetz, Savakot, Izhor, and Viborg. See Tavastrian.

Karen or Koreng.

Monosyllabic: numerous dialects of Burmese. See Grammar by Wade, Maulmein, 1861.

Mr. Hunter distinguishes them as Sgau and Pwo; Vocabys. in his “Comp. Dicty.” See Play.

Karif, see Carib.

Kariti.

American: Indians of Brazil. Known only by a catechism printed by a Capuchin monk in 1709.

Karnatika, see Canarese.

Karon.

Papuan: dialect of New Guinea.

Kasan or Kazan.

(1) Ugrian: dialect of Bulgarian tribes settled in the district; now called Kazan, in European Russia; also called Turkish-Tartar, or Turko-Tatar, but more like Osmanli. See Grammar by Kasem-Bek, Kasan, 1839.

(2) Caucasian: a tribe of the Akush.     H. C.

Kasange.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. Vocaby. in Kölle’s Polyglot.     H. C.

Kashkari.

Nearly allied to or identically the same with Arniya. Vocaby. by Dr. Leitner, also in “Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,” 1838.

Kashpura, see Kuswar.

Kasi, see Kusi-Kumuk.

Kasm.

African: a dialect sometimes classed as Kouri. It is related to Yula, Kru, Serawulli, &c.     H. C.

Kassub or Kashub.

Slavonic: dialect of Polish, spoken in parts of Pomerania.

Kata-Kana.

Japanese: name for their system of alphabetic characters.

Katchi, see Cutchi.

Kathe, see Munipoori.

Katodi.

Dravidian: a dialect spoken by a hill-tribe of Guzarat; they have been described by Dr. Wilson, who states that their language resembles the Malayalim.     W. E.

Katsha.

Turkish: dialect of the Katshalar or Katshintsi in Siberia.

Kaubul, see Kabul.

Kaukasian, under C. ☞

Kaure.

African: a dialect of the Kouri. It is allied to Legba, Keamba, Temba, &c.; Vocaby. Kölle’s Polyglot.     H. C.

Kawang-Koan.

Malayan: a sub-dialect of Menadu.

Kawelitsk, see under Ko.

Kawi.

Javanese: name for the early dialect called Old Javanese. It is used in literary compositions. See Humboldt: “Kawi-Sprache,” 3 vols., Berlin, 1836-9. ☞

Kawitsh.

American: dialect of the Vancouver Is., and of neighbouring parts of the continent.     R. G. L.

Kayan.

Dayak: same as Kagan.

Kazak-Kirghis or Kazan.

Tatar: same as Kasan.

Ke.

Papuan: dialect of the Malay Archipelago. See Wallace, vol. ii., pp. 296-7.

Keamba or Kiamba.

African: dialect of Kouri. It has the same affinities as Kaure.     H. C.

Kechua.

American: Same as Quichua. See Tschudi: “Die Kechua Sprache,” 2 vols., Wien, 1853.

Kedah.

Malayan: closely allied to Juru-Samang.

Keh-Doulan.

Malayan: somewhat allied to Bima.

Keilinschrift.

German name for inscriptions in cuneiform or wedge-shaped characters.

Kekuafi.

African: See under Ukuafi.

Kelenonesian or Kelænonesian.

Polynesian: term for the Negritos or dark-skinned natives. Also called Melanesian.

Keltic.

Same as Celtic. A division of the Aryan family of languages, represented by Armorican, Gaelic, Irish, Manx, the now extinct Cornish, and Welsh (pre-Roman dialect of Britain). ☞

Kema.

Malayan: a dialect of Celebes. Vocaby. by Wallace.

Kenay or Kinai.

American: spoken in several dialects, and classed as Athabascan. Vocaby. in Buschmann: “Der Athapask. Sprachstamm,” Berlin, 1856. See Inkalait.

Kennekas.

American: a dialect of the Fuegian, called Tekeenika. See Yakanaku.

Kentish.

Provincial dialect of England. See the Ayenbite of Inwyt, in the Kentish dialect, ab. A.D. 1340; ed. Dr. Morris, E.E.T.S. 1866. W.W.S.

Keres or Quires.

American: the most S. dialect of the Pueblos, in New Mexico. See Kiwomi.

Khache.

Thibetan: a name for the Hor.

Khajuna, see Kajunah.

Khamti.

Monosyllabic: a dialect of Siamese, closely allied to Ahom. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Khamtskatkan, see under Ka.

Khari.

Assamese: a dialect of the Naga tribes. Vocaby in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Khaspura.

Indic: the native dialect of Nipal; it is a mingled tongue, formed from Hindi and Bhot, using the Devanagri character.

Khassee, Khassi, or Khasia.

Monosyllabic: language of the Cossyahs who inhabit the mountainous region that separates E. Bengal from Assam; they are of Chinese or Tatar origin, and use the Bengali character. Pamphlet by Schott, Berlin, 1859.

⁂ Major Godwin Austin considers the Khassias more nearly allied to the Burmese than to the Chinese.     H. C.

Khivese.

Usbeg tribes of Turkestan. The Khanat of Khiva is inhabited by a mixed race of Iranian and Turanian origin; the Usbegs predominate. See Kara-Kalpac.

Kho.

Indo-Chinese: a dialect of Cambojan. It is allied to the Mon.

Khoibu.

Monosyllabic: a dialect of Burmese, classed as Koreng.

Khond.

Indian: a dialect of aborigines in Orissa. Quite distinct from the Gundi. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Khong.

Indo-Chinese: a dialect of Cambojan, allied to the Mon.

Khorin.

Moghol; closely allied to Selenga.

Khotovzi.

Ugrian: dialect of the Kanskoi Ostiaks, classed as Yeniseian.

⁂ Also known as Kotten, Kotowzi, Kanski; small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 96.

Khum.

Chinese: a name for the court dialect used at Pekin. “Lessons and Vocabulary, Pekin Dialect,” by Edkins, 1869.

Khumia.

A dialect of Burmese; also called Kami and Kumi.

Khurbat.

A gipsey dialect of Persia: also called Ghurbat.

Khus, see Parbuttia.

Khwakhlamayu.

American: dialect of Upper California; it is allied to Kulanapo.

⁂ Also to Yuma, Shasti, Oregones, &c.     H. C.

Khyen, Kiayn.

Monosyllabic: also called Kolun, and allied to Karen. See Sho.

Kiamba, see Keamba.

Kiang-Nan.

Chinese: name for the local speech of Nankin.

Kiayn, see Khyen.

Kichai.

American: a Pawnee language vernacular on the Canadian R. and in Texas, and allied to Hueco, Caddo, Witchito, &c. See “Pacific R. Report,” vol. ii., Washington, 1855.

Kichak.

Sub-Turanian: a dialect of the Himalayas.

Kiche.

American: dialect of Maya. Same as Quiche. See Kachiquel.

Ki-galla.

African: “Ki,” tribal prefix. Kaffir name for the Galla. Vocaby. by Krapf, Tübingen, 1850.

Kihany.

Name for the written characters of the Persian alphabet. See Neshki.

Kihiau.

African: dialect of the Mozambique. See Krapf’s Vocaby.

Kij or Kizh.

American: dialect of California.

Kikamba.

African: classed by Bleek as Zangian. It is the language of the Wakambas of the R. Mombas or Mombaza, N. of Zanzibar, and is allied to some dialects of the Nile. “Amba” means “the people.” See Krapf’s Vocaby.

Kikkapu.

American: dialect of Algonkin, spoken by a division of the Shawanoe.

Killamuck.

American: tribes of Flatheads. See Jakon.

Kinika.

African: a dialect of Suaheli. “Nika” means “the language.” See Krapf’s “Outline of Ki-Suaheli, with especial reference to Kinika.”

Kio.

Malayan: a dialect of Flores or Mangeyle, an island of the Indian Archipelago.

Kioway.

American: Indians of Texas. See “Pacific R. Reports,” vol. ii.

⁂ It has affinities to Shoshone, and there is some resemblance to Athabascan.     H. C.

Kipokomo.

African: a N.E. dialect of the Kaffir. See Krapf’s Vocaby.

Kiptchak, see Kapchak.

Kirata or Kiranti.

Language of the Limboo or Ekthoomba, and other tribes in E. Nipal and Sikkim.

⁂ According to Mr. Hodgson, it has fifteen dialects. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     H. C.

Kirghis-Kasak (Khirghese).

Turkish: spoken in the Khanat of Khiva, and closely allied to Uzbek. “Opisanie” by Lewschin, Fr. translation, Paris, 1840.

Kirialaiset.

Finnish; same as Karelian.

Kiriri.

American: a language of Bahia in Brazil, also classed as Sabuja. See Gabelentz: “Grammatik,” Leipsig, 1852.

Kisama or Kisambala.

African: a dialect of Kafir, classed by Bleek as Zangian. Vocaby. in Kölle’s “Polyglot.”

Kisi.

Tatar: dialect of Tungusian, closely allied to Mantshu. Also called Tungus of the Amoor.

Kissa, Kisser.

Malayan: a dialect of Javanese, closely allied to Baba.

Ki-Suaheli.

African: a dialect of Kafir, mingled with Semitic, spoken by the Suahelis, N. of the Mozambique. Krapf’s “Outline,” Tübingen, 1850.

Kitunaha or Kutani.

American: unclassed dialects of the Cootani or Flat-bow Indians, spoken along the ridge of the Rocky Mountains in New Caledonia and Oregon. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 97.

Kiwomi, Kioame.

American: sub-dialects of the Keres, Pueblo Indians of New Mexico, on Canadian R.; Vocaby. by Whipple, Washington, 1855.     H. C.   See Zuni.

Kizh.

American: dialect of New California. See Buschmann: “Die Sprachen Kizh,” &c., Berlin, 1856.

Kizzilbash, see under Ku.

Klabat.

Malayan: dialects of Menadu, sub-divided into Klabat-atas and Klabat-bawa.

Klamath.

American: Klamath-lake Indians is the English name for the Okshees, who are allied to the Modocs. See Lutuami.

Kliketat.

American: sub-dialect of Shahaptan, spoken in Oregon. They are the nez-percées of Canada.

Knistenaux.

American: name for the Crees. See Kristenaux.

Koama.

African: dialect of the Kouri, allied to Bagbala, Legba, &c.; Vocaby. by Kölle.     H. C.

Koceh, Koch, Kocch.

Sub-Turanian: a dialect of the Sub-Himalayas, and Cooch Behar, E. Bengal.

Kodah.

Dravidian: same as Kota. See Caldwell’s “Comparative Grammar;” and Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kodugu.

Same as Curgi. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kodun.

Dravidian: common dialect, known as Low Tamul, in distinction from the Shen.

Kohatar.

Canarese: a dialect of the Nilgherry Hills.

Kohistanee.

Dialect of Kohistân, i.e., “mountain country”—the highlands of Kâbulistan; it is allied to Shina.     W. S. W. V.

Koibal.

Alatyan: closely allied to Karagas, but slightly mixed with Tchudic, the population being Samoied in blood; it has dialects. Klaproth: “Asia Pol.,” p. 165; Castrén, &c.     H. C.

Koine.

Hellenic: ἡ χοινὴ διάλεχτοσ, the general language of Greece under the Macedonians, and subsequently.

Kol (Cole).

(1) Older Dravidian: language of the Kols, a wide-spread race of Chota-Nagpoor, Central India.     A. C.   See Dhangur.

⁂ Mr. W. W. Hunter distinguishes two dialects, the Ho and Singhbhum; see Vocabys. in his “Comp. Dicty.”

(2) Koli, Kooli: Mahratta word, applied to a tribe of aborigines, and also to a caste of water-bearers, hence Kuli, i.e., “Coolee,” in Tamil, a common labourer.

Koladyn.

Burmese: a dialect of Aracan.

Koldagi.

African: dialect of Kordofan. It is allied to the Furian.     H. C.

Koligon.

Australian: the Colack natives. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Kolun, see Khyen.

Kolush.

American: dialect of Sitka. Vocaby., “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 102.

⁂ These are a remarkable people, and the language is allied to Chepewayan and Kenai.     H. C.

Kolyma.

Eskimo: a dialect of Kamskadal spoken in Asia.

Konagi.

American: native language of the I. of Kadiak; its structure is Eskimo, but the vocabulary is Athabascan of the Kenai group.

Kondin.

A dialect of Samoied, allied to Yurak.

Kong (1).

African: dialect of the Soudan. See Bowdich’s “Mission.”

Kong (2).

Chinese: name for the dialect of Canton.

Konga.

(1) Malayan: dialect of the Is. of Flores or Ende.

(2) Indian: name applied by the Mahrattas to the Dravidian people and tongues.     W. E.

Kongo or Congo.

African: spoken in the Portuguese dominion and classed by Bleek as Bantu-Kafir. Grammar by Brusciottus à Vetralla, Rome, 1659.

Konguan.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 564.

Konkani.

Indic: a dialect of the Mahratti.

Konza or Kanza.

American: a dialect of Sioux.

Kooch, see Cutchi.

Kookie or Koonkie.

Monosyllabic: the same as Looshai; Aracanese and Bengali words, with others not referable to either of those languages, are found in it. Spoken by the Howlong, Panjas, Ruttun and Syloo.     A. C.

⁂ The name is sometimes applied to the Nagas.

Koomis, see Kumi.

Korana.

African: a dialect of Hottentot.

Korawi.

Dravidian: a dialect of Tamul. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 246. See Teling.

Korch.

Indian: tribe of the Himalayas. Essay by Hodgson, London, 1860.

Korean.

A geographical term for some dialects of Siberia. See Corean.

Koreish.

Semitic: the leading dialect of Arabic.

Although the literary importance of the tribe of Koreish does not seem to have been very great before the age of Mahomet, it was nevertheless the dialect which he adopted for the Koran, and it has from that day been the classical language of Arabia. See Renan, “Hist. Gen. des Langues Sémitiques,” p. 328.     R. P. S.   See Cufic.

Koreng, see Karen.

Koriak.

A Korean dialect of Okhotsk in Siberia, closely allied to Kamchatkan.

Korinchi.

Malayan: dialect of interior of Sumatra, written with a peculiar native character.     P. J. V.

Koskeemo.

A dialect of Vancouver I., belonging to its W. side, spoken by nearly extinct tribes of Koskeemos and Quatsinos; it is much mingled with Quakwolth.     R. B.

Kot.

Ugrian: dialect of the Yeniseian Ostiaks in Siberia, also called Kanski; Khotowzi is the Russian form of Kot. Grammar by Castrén.

Kota, see Kodah.

Kotofantshi.

African: dialect of the Hamarua.

Kou-ouen.

Chinese: name for Old Chinese, the ancient Archaic dialect, now extinct.

Kousulu.

Indic: dialect of Hindi, vernacular in Oude.

Kowelitsk.

American: western branch of the Flatheads.

⁂ Their dialect is allied to the Atna or Selish, and has affinities with Sekumne, &c.     H. C.

Kowrarega.

Australian: See Macgillivray: “Voyage of the Rattlesnake,” vol. ii., p. 279.

Kowri.

African: Dr. Latham’s name for a variety of native dialects, arranged by Kölle as N.E. High Soudanian. ☞

Krain, see Carniolan.

Krama.

“Krama” in Javanese means “politeness” or “courteousness”; hence the High Javanese (on the use of which see the article Javanese) is called “Basa Krama,” or the polite language. A few words equally used in High and Low Javanese, but only in speaking of persons of the very highest rank and consideration, are designated by the name of “Krama inggil” or “High Krama.”     P. J. V.

Kredy.

A language sometimes called Fertit, but there is another language in Fertit allied to Agaw. The people are S. of Darfur, between 7° and 8° N. Lat. There is a vocabulary by Dr. S. Schweinfurth, Berlin, 1873.     H. C.

Kreepee or Krepi.

African: names for the Grebo, closely allied to Adampi, Anfue, and the Whydah group.     H. C.

Kretan.

Same as Cretan; a sub-dialect of Greek. See Vocaby. in Höck’s “Kreta,” Göttingen, 1823.

Krim-Tartar, under C.

Kristenaux.

Algonkin: name for the Crees.

Kroatian, under C.

Kru.

African: dialect of Grebo and Gbe, belonging to the Ivory-coast, and classed by some as Mana or Mandingo. It has resemblances to Aro, Kasm, Serawulli, Yala, &c.     H. C.

Ku.

A dialect of Dravidian. See Caldwell’s Grammar.

Kuan-Hoa.

Chinese: name for Mandarin form of speech.

Kubitshi.

Lesghian: name for the Feringhee.

⁂ It is a dialect of the Caucasus, like Akush, between the Koi Su and Buam.     H. C.

Kudi.

Older Dravidian: dialect of the Himalayas.

Kufic, under C.

Kuki.

Burmese: closely allied to Khumia.

Kulanapo.

American: Indians of N.W. California.

⁂ The language is allied to Khwakhlamayo, Oregones, Shasti, and Yuma.     H. C.

Kum.

African: dialect of Kafir.

Kumaon.

Hindi: local dialect spoken near the sources of R. Ramgunga, in Kumaon, a province of N.W. India.

Kumha.

Older Dravidian: dialect of Nipal.

Kumi.

Burmese: almost identical with Kami. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kumuk.

Turkish: dialect of the Caucasus. Klaproth: “Reise in den Kaukasus.”

⁂ It resembles Krim-Tatar, and is not to be confounded with Kazi-Kumuk.     H. C.

Kunawari.

Mixed language of India: Bhot, Kanet, Milchan, Sugnum, &c.

⁂ Kunawar is a Trans-Himalayan province, N. of Simla.     A. C.

Kunkuna.

Indic: old dialect of the Concan. See Konkani.

Kupang.

Malayan: dialect of W. Timor.

Kupuas.

Malayan: dialect of Borneo.

Kurd or Kurdish.

(1) Armenic: the dialect of Kurdistan, the mountain country dividing Mesopotamia from Persia, halfway between the Black Sea and the Persian Gulf, now divided between Persia and Turkey. It is closely allied to Ossetic and Pushtoo, and has been classed as Iranic; it is written with Arabic characters. Klaproth: “Asia Pol.,” p. 76.

⁂ It is not used as a written language, Persian being substituted. There is a Grammar in Italian by Garzoni, Rome, 1787.     H. C.

(2) Old Kurdish has been regarded as a dialect of Chaldee. See “Forschungen,” by Lerch, 2 vols., St. Petersburg, 1857.

Kurg, see under C.

Kurilian.

Also called Aino, the native language of the Kurile Is., also spoken by the aborigines of Yesso or Yezo, one of the Japanese group, and allied to Kamskadal and Koriak. The Ainos are a hairy race, easily distinguished from the smoother Mongols.

Kuring.

“Kuring” in Sundanese means a “serf,” a person of low origin. Hence the Low Sundanese is called “Basa-Kuring.”     P. J. V.   See Sundanese.

Kurland, see Curish.

Kurumba.

Non-Aryan: language of S. India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Dhangar.

Kusi-Kumuk.

Caucasian: language of Kara-Kaitak and Tabasseran. It is allied to the Lesghian group.     H. C.

Kuskokwim, Kuskutshewak.

American: dialect of the Labrador Eskimos on the R. Kuskukwim. See Richardson’s “Arctic Expedition,” 2 vols., London, 1851.

Kusunda, Kuswar.

Older Dravidian: dialects of Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kutani, see Kitunaha.

Kutchi, under C.

Kutshin.

American: dialect of Athabascan, spoken by Loucheux Indians, on the shores of the Arctic Ocean.

Kutzo-Wallachian.

Italic: dialect of Rumanian, spoken to the S. of the Daco-Wallachian or Rouman area about Thrace, Macedonia, and Thessaly.

Kuznetsk.

Alatyan: a dialect of Turkish, spoken in Siberia, classed by Dr. Latham as Turks of the Upper Tom; small Vocaby. in his “Elements,” p. 107.

Kuzzilbash.

Alatyan: a dialect of Turkish, spoken in Persia; also called Kizilbash.

⁂ “Kizilbash” means “red-head;” it is a term applied to the Yurukhs and other mountain tribes, who are regarded as non-orthodox Mussalmans.     H. C.

Kwaliokwa.

American: a dialect allied to the Tahkali or Carrier Indians, classed as Athabascan.

Kyrillic, under C.

Kyt’hi, Kaithi.

A cursive handwriting used by Hindoos of the N.W. provinces in B. India.

ADDENDA.

Kabardinian.

Caucasian: a dialect of Circassian.     H. C.

Kabka.

African: a language of Bornu.

Kabuch.

Caucasian: a member of the Lesghian group.     H. C.

Kacha, see Katsha.

Kadir.

A semi-nomade race, inhabiting some forests of S.W. India.     W. E.

Kajenjah.

African: a language of Bornu.

Kakanda.

African: a dialect classed as Nufi.     H. C.

Kalalat.

Caucasian: seemingly Lesghian; referred to in the Mithridates.

Kalasha.

Paropamisan or Dard: a dialect of the Himalayas. Vocaby. by Leitner and Mander.     H. C.

Kalbunga.

African: a dialect allied to Mandingo. See Kölle’s “Polyg.”     H. C.

Kale.

Romany: a name for Gipsy.

Kalhuri.

Armenic: dialect of S. Kurds.

Kalina, Kalinago, Karina.

American: native terms for Carib. See Galibi.

Kalinga.

Dravidian: a form of Telinga.

Kallagi.

African: Nigritian dialect of the Soudan.

Kaloschen.

German form of “Cant” or “Slang.”

Kamakan.

American: (1) Camacan civilisada; Brasilian Indians of Espiritu. The same as Menieng.

(2) Camacaes Mongoyos or Monxocos; Indians of Bahia.

Kamakon.

African: classed with Kalbra.

Kamba.

African: dialect of the Congo.

Kamentes, Karaikas.

American: tribes of Pescherai.

Kanacata-ges.

American: Jahyco Indians of Brasil.

Kanai, Kanhawa, see Canaway.

Kanam, see Kanem.

Kanas, see Kanchi.

Kando.

African: dialect of the Congo, classed as Mandongo.

Kandy (Candy).

Sinhalese: local dialect of Ceylon; also called Mangala.

Kanga.

African: dialect of Nigritian.

Kankam, Kankamtshi.

African: language of the Hamarua, described by Dr. Barth.     H. C.

Kankanka.

African: allied to Mandingo. See “Polyg. Afr.”     H. C.

Kannadi.

Correct designation of Canarese.

Kanski, Kanskoi, see Kot.

Kanyakubja.

Indian term “of or relating to Canoug or Kanauj,” applied to any caste.

Kapul.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan. See Inabak.

Karaba, Karabari.

African: a language allied to Ebo, quoted from Kilham’s “Specimens.”

Karabulakish.

Caucasian: dialect of Mizdeghen.

Karakaitak.

Caucasian: sub-dialect of Kazikumuk.     H. C.

Karali.

American: native name for the Eskimo of Greenland.

Karanka.

American: classed as Aymara (Ludewig).

Karankua, Karankoway.

American: classed as Athabascan (Balbi).

Karina, see Kalinga.

Karnten.

Wendic: German form of Carinthian, classed as Slovenian.

Karub.

African: tribe of Adareb, classed as Troglodytes.

Kashmiri, under C.

Kashna.

African: a language of Bornu.     H. C.

Kasia.

Indian tribe near the Garo hills, remarkable as the builders of stone monuments; their language is allied to Garo, Naga, Shan, &c.     H. C.

Kassentee.

African: language of central district.

Kassianthes.

African: same as Tiemba.

Katahba, under C.

Kattanahaws.

American: tribe of Minetare.

Kaudard.

African: unclassed language of the N.E.

Kavasumsenk.

American: tribe of Narragansets.

Kavere.

American: Maipure Indians. See Caveri.

Kazi-Kumuk or Kathi-Kumuk, under Ku.

Keesarn, Kigarnee, Kyganies.

American: Haidah Indians of Q. Charlotte’s Is.

Keikadi.

Non-aryan: a language of central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kementes, under Ka.

Kensy (Kenu).

African: a dialect of the Nubian; same as Barabra.

Kerat.

Moghol: same as Torgot, and classed as Kalmuck.

Kermans.

Armenic: classed as Kurdish (Niebuhr).

Kerrapay, Kerrapong.

African: one or more sub-dialects of Akwapim.     H. C.

Kerrapi, see Kreepee.

Ket.

Ugrian: a dialect of the Samoied (Klaproth).

Keyes.

American: (1) same as Kichai.

(2) Same as Keyus, a tribe of Vuta-Huilliche.

Khaling.

Indo-Chinese; a sub-dialect of the Kirata or Limbu. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Khari-Boli.

Hindi: local dialect of Delhi and Agra.

Khenar.

Caucasian: a branch of the Kisti or Thush.     H. C.

Kheng, see Khyen.

Khirghese, see Kirghis.

Khisti, see Kisti.

Khoazi.

Iranic: Persian dialect of Kuseistan.

Khunzag.

Caucasian: a dialect allied to the Avar.     H. C.

Kiaorana.

Polynesian: a form of salutation, “May you live.”     W. G.

Kigarnee, see Keesarn.

Kigindo.

African: a dialect of Kaffir.

Kikatsa.

American: name for the Crow Indians.

Kilba, Kilbantshi.

African: a language of the Hamarua, described by Dr. Barth.     H. C.

Killisteno, see Cree.

Kinalug.

Caucasian: a sub-dialect of Lesghian.

King George, under G.

King George’s Archipelago.

American: tribes of Kolusches. See Sitka.

King’s R. Indians.

American: a tribe of California.

Kisilbek.

Caucasian: a dialect of Absne. See Kuzzilbash.

Kiskapocoke.

American: tribe of Shawnees.

Kissi.

African: a dialect of Sierra Leone, supposed to be Susu. See Kilham’s “Specimens.”

Kisti, Kistian, Kistic.

Caucasian: Georgian term, from “Kisteti,” the country of the Kists, also called Kistinzes. A name for the Mizdeghen.

⁂ It is the same as the Tush or Thusch language, is largely mixed with Lesghian, and sometimes called Chech or Tschetsch. Grammar by Schiefner, St. Petersburg, 1856.     H. C.

Kitzbuhel.

Teutonic: High-German dialect of the Tyrol.

Kizaramo.

African: a dialect of Kaffir, like Kigindo.     H. C.

Kling.

Burmese: designation of the people on the Coromandel Coast employed in Burma.     W. E.

Knenkorenwurro.

Australian. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Ko.

Malayan: prefix to all proper names in E. Polynesia.     W. G.

Kobroor.

Malayan: Wokkha, dialect of the Arroo Is.

Kochaboth.

American: dialect of Guaykuru.

Kochemer-Sprache.

German form of “Cockney.”

Kodiara, Korbiar.

Dravidian: dialects of Bowri.

Kokama.

American: same as Cocama, a tribe of Omaguas.

Kolambo.

African: dialect of Mandongo.

Kolami.

Non-Aryan: a language of Central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kolhui.

American: Nahuatlac tribe of Mexico.

Kolla.

Dravidian: dialect of Korawi. See Kol.

Kollagua, under C.

Koltschanes.

American: same as Galzanes, a tribe of Atna.

Komanian.

Alatyan: dialect of Tatar, allied to Uigur and Uzbeg.     G. R.

Komi.

Tchudic: native appellation of the Sirenians.

Kondakov, see Kandokov.

Kono.

African: allied to Mandingo. See “Polyg. Afr.”     H. C.

Kontshaba.

A name for the Kamtshatkan, applied by Koriaks.

Konungzi.

American: a native appellation of the Irokese. See Onega.

Kookas.

A modern sect among Hindoos; they are fanatical, and practise cow-worship.

Kooyen, Kooyon.

American: Kolusch dialect of Cape Decision.

Kora.

American: Mexican Indians of Najarit. See Cora.

Koravar.

Dravidian: dialect of a wandering race of basket-makers in the Carnatic. Same as Korawi.     W. E.

Korbian.

Dravidian: a dialect of Bowri.

Koringa.

African: spoken about 170 deg. N.L.     H. C.

Koruboih.

African: a language of Bornu.

Kossa, Kossoo.

African: dialect of Sierra Leone, described from Kilham’s Specimens.

Kotora.

African: also Koto Fantshi, language of the Kobofo; described by Dr. Barth.     H. C.

Koya.

Indian: a tribe of Goands.     W. E.   See Gundi.

Kran, Cran.

American: (1) a name for the Timbiras of Goyaz in Brasil.

(2) Tribe of Jahyco, called Cran-ges.

Krango.

African: sub-dialect of Timmani.

Kubease.

African: unclassified sub-dialect of Akwapim.     H. C.

Kudagu, see Curgi.

Kudic, see Tchudic.

Kui.

That is “Kui-jatalu”: native name of the Khonds.     W. E.

Kulaw.

Indo-Chinese: Arrakanese name for Hindoos.

Kuli, see Kol.

Kulino, under C.

Kullespelm.

American: native name of the Ponderays.

Kulung, Kulungya.

Non-Aryan language of India, belonging to the Kiranti group; classed as a sub-dialect of Kirata or Limbu. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Kumbar, see Taremuki.

Kumian.

Alatyan: Tatar dialect, allied to Kirghis and Nogai.     G. R.

Kumshallahu.

African: a dialect of Mosi.

Kunaguara.

American: Caribs of the lower Orinoco R.

Kungrat.

Name of the Uzbeg dynasty at Khiva, from the Kungrade stock.

Kura, Kurali, Kurian.

Caucasian: a division of the Lesghian, on the River Kurachai; the dialects include Anzug and Dzhar or Jar.

Kurnata, see Canarese.

Kwe-mi.

Indo-Chinese: true form of Koomi or Kumi.

Kwombi.

Indo-Chinese: a dialect of the Kirata.

Kyen.

Indo-Chinese: same as Kheng, Kolun, Kiayn.

Kyganies, see Keesarn.

Kymru.

Keltic: a form of Cymru. See Welsh.

Kyo.

Indo-Chinese: a division of the Arrakanese.

Kyra.

Caucasian: a sub-dialect provisionally classed as Lesghian.     H. C.

L.

Labourdin.

Sub-dialect of French Basque.

Labrador.

American: dialect of Eskimo.

Labrung.

Indo-Chinese: tribe of Singpho.

Lachlan.

Australian: dialect of Regent Lake.

Laconian.

Hellenic: a dialect of modern Greek; also called Tzakonian. See Spartan.

Laconic.

Short, pithy, terse forms of expression, derived from the mode of speech adopted in Laconia.

Ladakhi.

Sub-dialect of Bhot, vernacular at Ladakh in Thibet.

Ladiniche, Ladino.

Romance: called also Upper and Lower Enghadine. It is a corruption of Latin, spoken in the valley of the Inn, on the confines of Switzerland with the Tyrol and Italy.

Ladrones.

Micronesian: dialect of the Marianne Is. Also called Chamori.

Laghman, see Lughman.

Lagoa.

African: Kafir of Delagoa Bay. Vocaby. in White’s Journal, London, 1800.

Lake, see Ostiak.

Lamano or Lamissa.

American: dialect of Quichua, belonging to the district of Truxillo.

Lambich-hong.

Non-Aryan language of India, belonging to the Kiranti group, E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s Comp. Dicty.

Lampong.

Malayan, with Javanese elements.

⁂ Dialect of the Lampong district in S. Sumatra, and written with a peculiar native character. See “Dissertation,” Crawfurd’s Malay Grammar.     P. J. V.

Lamur.

Caucasian: a name for Ingush.

Lamut.

Dialect of Tungus, closely allied to Yakutsk.

Lanarkshire.

Dialect of that district in Scotland.

Lancashire.

Provincial dialect of English. See Tim Bobbin: “Lancashire Dialect, with Glossary”; Bamfords’s “Dialects of So. Lancashire,” London, 1854.

Landoma.

African: closely allied to Bago, Timmani, and Bullom.     H. C.

Langobardic.

(1) Teutonic: unclassed. See Türk: “Die Langobarden,” &c., Rostock, 1835.

(2) Provincial Italian. See Margharini: “Dict. Longobardicum,” Tuderti, 1670.

Langowan.

Polynesian: a sub-dialect of Menadu. Wallace: “Malay Arch.”

Langres.

Patois of French. “Vocaby.,” Langres, 1822.

Language.

Speech: the expression or communication of ideas by means of articulate sounds, divided into written and spoken language; the form of speech peculiar to a nation. See Classification.

Langue de si.

Mediæval name for Italian. More properly “Lingua de Si.” (“Si” means “yes.”)

Langue d’jo or ja.

Mediæval name for German. Farrar. (“Ja” means “yes.”)

Langue d’oc.

(1) Name for the ancient Provençal or Romance dialect of S. France, derived from their use of the word “oc,” for “yes,” instead of “oïl”; it was in especial the language of the early poets, called Troubadours, who cultivated the “gai-science.”

(2) Patois of French, the dialect of Toulouse. Dicty., Montpellier, 1820.

Langue d’oil.

Old name for the northern dialect of France, derived from using the word “oïl” for “yes,” since superseded by “oui”; it was especially used by that class of poets called “Trouvères.” Grammar by Burguy, 3 vols., second edit., Berlin and Paris, 1870.

Lanka-Bhasa.

Ancient Sinhalese; Ceylon being called Lanka or Lenka in Sanskrit. See Pali.

Lanzerota.

A dialect of the Canary Is.

Laos or Law.

Indo-Chinese: a northern and central dialect of Siam, spoken along the R. Menam. See “Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,” 1837, and Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Lap, Lapponese, or Lapponic.

Tchudic: dialect of the Ural-Altaic family of languages; it is agglutinative, closely allied to Fin, and spoken in Swedish and Russian Lapland, N. Europe. See Friis: “Lappisk Grammatik,” Christiania, 1856.

Lapanas, see Lipan.

Lar.

Hindi: dialect of Lower Scinde. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 229.

Lariki.

Malayan: dialect of W. Amboyna. See Wallace: “Malay Arch.”

Lasen or Lazen.

Sub-dialect of Georgian. Rosen: “Die Sprache der Lazen,” Lemgo, 1844. See Lazic.

Lassa.

Bhot. Lassa, capital of Thibet, is the head-quarters of the Moghol-Buddhists.

Lasta, see Agau.

Latin.

Head of the Italic branch of the Aryan family of languages, and closely allied to Oscan, Samnite, and Umbrian; originally the vernacular speech or idiom of old Italic, spoken in Latium, a small state S. of the basin of the R. Tiber. It originated the six so-called Romance languages, viz.: (1) Italian, (2) Spanish, (3) Portuguese, (4) Wallachian, (5) Romansch, of the canton Grisons, and (6) French, the latter being further sub-divided into two principal divisions, viz., Northern-French and Provençal. The Northern-French was called by Roquefort “La Langue Romaine”; the Provençal was called by Raynouard “La Langue Roman,”—both titles are misnomers.     W. W. S.

Lausitz.

Sub-dialect of High-German. See Vocaby., Anton: “Oberlausitz üblichen,” Görlitz, 1825-39. See Lusatian.

Law, see Laos.

Layamon.

American: dialect of Lower California. See “Nachrichten,” by Von Murr, Halle, 1809.

Lazic.

Lesghian: Georgian dialect of Lazistan, in Asia Minor; same as Lasen.

⁂ It is unwritten, and differs much from Georgian and Swan.     H. C.

Lebu, see Feejeean, &c.

Legba.

African: dialect of Kouri, closely allied to Tembu, Kaure, and Keamba.     H. C.

Leghi.

Old name for Lesghian.

Lekamtshi.

African: assigned by Barth to the Hamarua.

Lekhi.

Name for the Lesghian of Daghestan.

Leki.

A dialect of Kurdish.

Lemba.

Malayan: dialect of Sumatra.

Lemozi.

That is, Limousin, one of the sub-dialects of Provençal.

Lenca.

American: vernacular in Honduras; dialects are Guajiquero, Intibuca, Opatoro, Similaton. See Squier: “Notes on Central America,” Spanish ed.; “Apuntamientos,” &c., by Alvarado, Paris, 1856.

⁂ These languages are allied to the Kouri dialects of Africa.     H. C.

Lenguas, see Juiadge.

Lenni-Lennape.

American: original Indians of Delaware State, since in Delaware county, Indiana. Tribes were (1) Minsi, “the wolves,” (2) Unalachtgo, “the turkeys,” (3) Unami, “the turtles.” Grammar by Duponceau, Philadelphia, 1827. See Delaware.

Leonarde.

Keltic: a sub-dialect of Bas-Breton, spoken in the former diocese of St. Paul de Léon.

Lepcha or Lepsha.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of the Lepchas, a tribe of Sikim, in Trans-Himalaya. See “Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,” vol. ix., and Hunter’s Comp. Dicty., London, 1868.     A. C.

⁂ It has a written character of its own, and is closely allied to Nowgong and Abor.     H. C.

Lesbian.

Provincial dialect of ancient Greek, spoken in the I. of Lesbos (Mytilene). It belonged to the form of Greek known as Æolic.     G. R.

Lesghian.

Caucasian: native speech of Lesghistan, a province of Georgia, the ancient Albania.

⁂ Used as a class-name for several languages, including (1) Avar, Andi, Dido, &c.; (2) Kasi-Kumuk, Akhwash, &c.; (3) Kyra, &c. The Ude also has sometimes been placed in this group.     H. C.

Lett, Lettic, or Lithuanic.

Class name for a division of the Wendic or Slavonic branch of the Aryan family of languages, represented by (1) the Old-Prussian, extinct; (2) Lithuanian, the Lettish of Lithuania; (3) Livonian, the Lettish of Livonia.

⁂ Dr. Latham considers that the Lett or Lithuanian should form a class by itself, but Prof. Max Müller combines them with the Slavonic as a branch of Wendic.

Letters.

The constituent parts of an alphabet, distinguished by form, name, and sound. The primitive forms of early letters have been traced by some to picture writing, and the objects so represented are said to have originated the early names: thus, the ox—“aleph,” used as a symbol, has become letter A; “beth”—a house, has become B; “ghimel”—a camel, has become G, or C, and so on. See Phonology.

Letti.

Malayan: a dialect of the Serwatty Is., allied to Timorese.

Lettish.

The special language of Livonia and Kurland; it is, like the Lithuanic, a form of, or allied to the Slavonic language. Bielenstein: “Grammatik,” Mitau, 1863. See Lief.

Lhopa.

Native name for the people of Bhotan or Bútan. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Bhot.

Liang.

Malayan: dialect of Amboynese. Wallace: “Malay Arch.”

Libyan.

Languages often called by the vague term Berber. These languages must now be reckoned as at least five in number: the Showiah, or Algerine Berber; the Shilha, or Morocco Berber; the Tamashight, or Berber south of Mount Atlas. The last is the purest and most widely extended. Besides these there are two others of very limited extent, that of the town of Ghadames and that of the Benî Menasser. These languages were formerly all one, as Augustine says: “In Africâ barbaras gentes in unâ linguâ plurimas novimus.” Hanoteau has made the very interesting remark that to translate from the Tamashight into Arabic, and reciprocally, though the vocabulary is widely different, is peculiarly easy, yet this proves common cultivation rather than a common origin. In a preface to the 4th appendix to Barth’s fifth volume of “Travels in Africa,” a summary is given by Professor F. W. Newman of the grammatical relations of the three chief languages to one another, but it was written without the advantage of Hanoteau’s Tamashight Grammar. We can now judge pretty accurately how they are all related to Hebrew.     F. W. N.   See Hebræo-African.

⁂ Many inscriptions in the ancient written languages remain, some bilingual, Phœnician, and Lybian.     H. C.

Lief.

Ugrian: dialect of Fin, spoken in Kurland.

⁂ This name is the root word of Livonia or Lief-land, a Russian government on the Baltic, but the native name for the original population is “Rahwa,” and these forms of speech are separated. The Liefs of Kurland call themselves “Sea-shore men”; the true Kurlanders speak Lithuanic. See Curish.

Lieflandic.

A dialect of Low-German. See Hüpel: “Livländisches Idiot.,” Riga, 1795.

Liegeoise.

French: Wallon dialect of Liége in Belgium, full of Keltic words. Grammar by Michiels, Liége, 1863.

Lifu.

Negrito: dialect of the Loyalty Is., S. Pacific. See Uea.

Ligurian.

Ancient dialect of the country round Genoa, classed by some as Keltic, but really not sufficiently known to admit of exact classification.     G. R.

⁂ The Ligurians appear to have accompanied the Iberians, and may represent the Kol.     H. C.

Likupang.

Malayan: dialect of Celebes.

Limba-Karajia, Limba-pyu.

Dialects of Australia.

Limba-Romanesca.

A name for Wallachian.

Limbos or Limbu.

Tribe of Nipal and Sikim, Trans-Himalaya. Vocaby. in Hunter’s Comp. Dicty.     A. C.

⁂ They are also called Ekthoomba, and have an alphabetic character.     H. C.

Limestone-Creek.

Dialect of Australia. See King’s Survey, London, 1827.

Limosin.

(1) Romance: dialect of Spanish. See Catalonian.

(2) Dialect of Provençal. “Dict. du patois du Bas-Limousin,” by Béronie and Vialle.

Lincoln Port, see Parnkalla.

Lingayit.

Siva-sectaries of India. It is a phallic or Priapean worship.

Lingoa-geral.

American: name for the corrupt Guarani or Tupi, mingled with Portuguese, current in Brazil. “Diccionario,” &c., Bahia, 1854.

Lingua-rustica.

Italic: (1) Provincial or rustic dialect of classical Lingua-Latina-vulgaris. (2) Common dialect of mediæval Italy.

Linonian.

Wendic: a dialect of Slavonic, same as Polabian; formerly vernacular in Luneberg.

Lipan.

American: spoken by tribes of Apache in Texas, classed as Athabascan, and also called Lapanas. See “Jnl. Ethnol. Soc.,” London, 1850.

Lithuanian.

(1) A language classed as Wendic, and closely allied to Lettish. It is the vernacular language of old Lithuania, as now spoken in the Russian governments of Kovno, Wilna Grodno, and in E. Prussia. Kurschat: “Lithauischen Wörterbuch,” Halle, 1870.

(2) Dialects are called Polish-Lithuanian or Samogetic. See Grammar by Staniewicz, Wilna, 1829. Prussian-Lithuanian; Pott: “De Borusso-Lithuanicæ,” Halle, 1837. See Crivingian.

Lithuanic.

Class name for the Lettic division of the Wendic family of languages.

Liudin-Kiele.

Name for the Chud, Tshud or Vesp. See Tavastrian.

Livonian.

Wendic: a name for the Lettic of Livonia. Sjoegren: “Livische Grammatik,” St. Petersburg, 1861. See Lettish.

Loango.

African: dialect of Kongo, classed as Kaffir.

Lobo.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan, vernacular in New Guinea, and closely allied to that of Triton Bay.     H. C.

Logone.

African: dialect of Kanuri, classed as Bornu, spoken S. of Lake Tshad.

Logos.

African: sub-dialect of Timmani.

Logudore.

Italian: dialect of Sardinia.

Lohar.

Indic: Mahratta name for the Taremuki.

Lohorong.

Non-Aryan language of India, belonging to the Kiranti group, E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s Comp. Dicty.

Lok-tai.

Tribe of Laos in Siam. See Pe-y.

Lolos.

Local dialect of Chinese.

Lombardian.

Romance: provincial dialects of Italian. See Langobardic.

Lombok.

The island of Lombok or Salaparang, lying to the east of Bali, has a two-fold population; the original inhabitants of the island, called Sasaks, and forming the great majority, and the Balinese, who have conquered it but are greatly in the minority. The language of the Balinese is the same as in Bali; that of the Sasaks does not belong to the Java group, but seems to be nearly allied to that of the adjacent island Sumbawa.     P. J. V.

Londo.

African: a dialect of Bantu.

London.

City dialect of English, sometimes called Cockney. “Pegge’s Anecdotes,” by Grose, London, 1818.

Loochooan or Luchu.

Japanese: dialect of the Loo-choo Is., off the E. coast of China.

Looshai.

Indian tribes inhabiting the hills of Cachar and Chittagong, Bengal.     A. C.

Lord North’s Is.

“Memoir” by Pickering, Cambridge, 1845.

Loretto, see Layamon.

Lori or Luri.

Dialect of Kurdish.

Lorraine or Lothringian.

Romance: patois of France. “Essai” by Oberlin, Strasburg, 1775.

Lot.

Sub-dialect of Provençal: patois of the French department of Lot and Garonne.

Lothian.

Dialect of Scotland.

Lothringian, see Lorraine.

Loucheux, see Kutshin.

Louisiade.

Malayan: dialects of the Coral Seas. Macgillivray’s “Voyage of the Rattlesnake,” London, 1851.

Lourenzo-marques.

African: dialect of Delagoa Bay.

⁂ There are considerable diversities, showing the survival of other elements.     H. C.   See Tekeza.

Low-German, see Dutch.

Low-Latin.

Name for the corrupted forms of Latin that survived the general use of the classical language of ancient Rome, chiefly used in many countries of Europe for legal, medical, and ecclesiastical purposes, and largely augmented from other languages, thence called Monkish and Dog-Latin. See Ducange’s Glossary by Henschel.

Low-Saxon.

Teutonic: branch of Platt-Deutsch or Low-German.

Loyalty Islands.

Melanesian: dialects are known as Lifu, Mare or Nengone, and Uea, forming a small group E. of New Caledonia. See Wallis’s Is.

Loyes.

Dialect of Annamese.

Lubalo.

African: dialect of Kaffir, allied to Songo and Kasange.     H. C.

Lubu.

Malayan: dialect of Sumatra.

Lucerne.

Sub-dialect of High-German, spoken in Switzerland. See Glossary by Häffliger, Lucerne, 1815.

Lughman.

Dialect of Kohistani, spoken in Kabul. Vocaby. in “Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,” 1838.

Lugunor.

Polynesian: a dialect of the Carolines.

Luhuppa.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Burmah, closely allied to Koreng. See “Jnl. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal,” 1837.

Luis, San, Obispo; Luis, San, Rey.

American: Kechi Indians of California, classed as Diegunos.

Luitizian.

Slavonic: a dialect of Polabian, also called Wiltzian, allied to Linonian.

Lule.

American: dialect of the Chaco district, considered to resemble Vilela. Vocaby. by Machoni, Madrid, 1732.

⁂ Spoken on the R. Vermejo, on the drainage of R. de la Plata. The Isiftene, Tokistine, and Oristine are considered to be dialects of Lule, but no specimens are known. See Tonocote.

Lumbari.

Name for the Gohurs or Benjari of Rajputana and Gujerat.

Lummi.

A dialect of N. America. Vocaby. by Gibbs, N. York, 1863.

Lung-khe.

A dialect of Arrakan.

Luoh, see Dyur.

Lupaka.

American: a dialect of the Aymara.

Lusatian.

A sub-dialect of Wendish, allied to Livonian and Polabian. It is a name for the Serb, Sorb, or Sorabian dialect of Sclavonic, vernacular in the German province of Lausitz, belonging in part to Prussia and in part to Saxony, and sub-divided into Upper and Lower Sorbian. See Wendic.

Lusitanian.

Classical name for the language spoken in the country now known as Portugal.     G. R.

Lutheran.

Teutonic: a name for modern High-German; it is the Saxon of Meissen or Misnia, an ancient province, now parted by Prussia and Saxony. This dialect represents the old standard of High-German, as popularised by Martin Luther in his magnificent version of the Scriptures. See Saxon.

Lutuami.

American: spoken at Lake Clamet, or Klamath, on the boundary of Oregon and California; also called Clamets and Tlamatl, and allied to Palaik, Shasti, and Sahaptin. See “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

⁂ Gallatin treats this as distinct; it has affinities with the Aino.     H. C.

Lybian.

African: same as Libyan. See Thugga.

Lycaonian.

Ancient dialect of Lycaonia in Asia Minor. See “Disquisition,” by Jablonski, Berlin, 1714: frequently reprinted.

Lycian.

Extinct dialect of Asia Minor, known only by inscriptions. See Fellow’s “Lycia,” London, 1841; “Asiatic Researches,” vol. xii.

⁂ It is Aryan in character, and more like the Zend than any other Aryan form of speech.     G. R.

Lydian.

An extinct dialect of Asia Minor, known very imperfectly; classed by some as Semitic (Lassen, Bunsen, Bötticher), by others as Indo-European.     G. R.

⁂ Dr. Hyde Clarke classes both Lycian and Lydian as Palæo-Georgian.

ADDENDA.

Lacondona.

American: a language of Verapaz.     H. C.

Laktho.

Indo-Chinese: a dialect of Annamitic.

Lamurek.

Malayan: a dialect of Ulea, grouped with the Carolines.

Landoro.

African: a language said to be Mandingo. Vocaby. in “Polyglotta Africana.”     H. C.

Leicestershire.

A dialect of England. Glossary by Dr. Evans.     W. W. S.

Lekhian.

Slavonic: a name for the old language of Poland.     G. R.

Leuvuche.

American: tribe of Puelche, on the boundary of Chili.

Lincolnshire.

A dialect of England. Glossary by Brogden.     W. W. S.

Lingua Franca.

Mixed dialect, said to be used in the Levant, but where I never met with it.     H. C.

Lingua de Si.

A name for Italian. (“Si” = “yes.”)

Lohitic.

A class name for the languages spoken in the valley of the Lohita or Brahmaputra, east of the peninsula of Hindustan. See Bunsen: “Philosophy of History,” vol. iii., pp. 371-386.     G. R.

Lonsdale.

A sub-dialect of Lancashire. See “Glossary of the Hundred of Lonsdale,” by R. B. Peacock (Phil. Soc.), London, 1869.     W. W. S.

Lower California.

American: the Fico appear to be the same as the Peco or Pico, who are Yemes, and are classed as Pueblo Indians. Dr. Latham suggests that they are identical with the Ika. Vocaby. by Simpson Washington, 1850.

Luri, see Lori.

M.

Maas, see Mosel.

Maba, Mabang, under Mobba.

Macahua.

American: dialect of Mexico. See De Nagera: “Doctrina y Ensenança,” &c., Mexico, 1637.

Macaronic.

Species of burlesque or comic speech. See “Lexicon-Macaronicum, &c.,” by Bee, London, 1825. Macaronic verse is semi-polyglot, or full of philological absurdities.

Macassar.

Polynesian, of Malay character; dialect of S. Celebes, a large island adjoining Borneo. It is written in a peculiar native character. See Bugis.

Maccabean.

Old Hebrew: name for the numismatic alphabet found on Jewish coins of the Maccabee period, and closely allied to the Phœnician characters.

Macedo-Wallachian.

Sub-dialect of Roumanian; same as Kutzo-Wallachian.

Macedonian.

(1) Hellenic: sub-dialect of ancient Greek, allied to the Alexandrian. See Sturz: “De Dialecto Macedonica, &c.,” Leipsig, 1808.

(2) Sub-dialect of Romaic or Neo-Hellenic, much corrupted by Turkish.

Machakali.

American: dialect of Botocudo, classed as Camacan, and allied to Maconi.     H. C.

Maconi.

American: dialect of Brazil, allied to Camacan. See Vocaby. in “Da Silva’s Dicty.”

⁂ It is Botocudo, and perhaps allied to Natchez.     H. C.

Macos.

American: sub-dialect of Saliva.

Macquarie.

Australian: dialect of Port Macquarie. See King’s “Narrative,” London, 1827.

Macusi, Macoussie.

American: sub-dialect of Carib, belonging to Guiana, classed by Schomburgk as Caribi-Tamanaque.

Madagasse, see Malagasy.

Madi, Madia.

Non-Aryan dialects of Central India, allied to Gondi and Gayeti. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     H. C.

Madjar, see Hungarian.

Madlija.

Javanese: same as Madya.

Madurese.

Javanese: dialect of Madura and of the Madurese colonists in Java, very numerous in the districts east of Surabaya and Kediri. It is mixed up with Balinese, Malay, and other foreign elements, but is written with the Javanese characters; it has two sub-dialects, those of W. Madura and of Sumanap in the E. See Diss. in “Crawfurd’s Malay Grammar.”     P. J. V.

Madya.

Javanese term for “middle,” hence “basa-madya” for the middle dialect of Java; it comes intermediate between “basa-krama,” or high, and “basa-ngoko,” or low-speech.     P. J. V.

Maer.

Polynesian: a dialect of Miriam, spoken in Darnley Islands.

Mæso-Gothic, under Mœ.

Mag-Reading.

American: Indians of California. See Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iv. It is allied to Copeh.

Magadhi.

Indic: corrupt Bengali, some say derived from Prakrit, spoken in the province of Bahar, S. of the Ganges. It is rather the old Pali dialect of S. India.

Magar.

Dialect of Nipal, spoken by a military tribe; has Thibetan affinities with admixture of Hindi. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Magindanao.

Malayan: language of the Philippines, closely allied to Bissayan, and spoken in several dialects.

Magyar (Madjaric).

Ugrian: native name for the dominant race of Hungary, classed as Fin.

The Ugrians settled in Hungary about 894 A.D., and have had a literature since the days of St. Stephen, the “Apostolic King,” about A.D. 997-1000. ☞

Maha, see Omaha.

Mahari, Mahri.

Sub-Semitic: dialect of Amharic, also called Karawi. See Himjarite.

Mahi.

African: a dialect of Dahomey.

Mahikan, see Mohegan.

Mahratti, Marathi, Murathee.

Indic: dialect of an extensive district, spoken chiefly in the Bombay Presidency. It is derived from Sanskrit, but largely compounded with Tamil, Teloogoo, and others, and is written in the Devanagari characters. The word “Mahratta” is said to mean “Pariah” or “outcast.” Dicty. by Molesworth and Candy, Bombay, 1857; Grammar by Stevenson, 1868.

Mahren, see Moravian.

Mahunga.

African: dialect of Angola, allied to Bunda.

Maia, Maija, see Maya.

Maiha.

African: dialect of Bornu.

Mainas.

American: dialect of Peru, allied to Quichua.

Mainot.

Romaic: local dialect of Neo-Hellenic, allied to Messenian.

Maiongkong.

American: dialect of Carib, closely allied to Guinau.

Maipur, see Maypur.

Mairassis.

Negritic: a sub-dialect of Papuan.

Maithili, Mithili.

Hindi: dialect of Tirhoot, district of Bahar. See Tirhai.

Makoby.

American: Indians of the Gran Chaco; allied to Abiponian.

Makololo.

African: a sub-dialect of Kaffir.

Makua, Makoa.

African: dialect of Kaffir, belonging to the Mozambique; also called Monju and Muntu.     H. C.

Malabari.

Dravidian: the same language as Malayalim; but there are local variations. See Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Malagasy.

The native language of Madagascar, a large island off the S.E. coast of Africa; it is a Polynesian compound, comprising elements from the Bali, Javanese, Nias, and Toba; the language and people are called Malagash; the native term for the island is Nosindambo, “wild-boar island.” The Hovas are the dominant race. See early Catechism, 1658; Flacourt’s “Dicty.,” 1658; works by Freeman and Ellis; Introduction by Kessler, London, 1870; Grammar by Van der Tuuk.

⁂ The history of the Hovas is still very obscure, but Mr. Van der Tuuk has sufficiently proved that their language is a peculiar branch of Malayan, showing affinities to Javanese, Batak, Dayak, &c.     P. J. V.

Malali.

American: a dialect of Botocudo classed as Camacan, and allied to Maconi. See Vocaby. in Da Silva’s “Dicty.”     H. C.

Malay.

(1) High-Malay: typical Polynesian; language of the peninsula of Malacca. See “Grammar and Dicty.” of Crawfurd, London, 1852; by Marsden, London, 1812; by Pynappel, by Hollander, Breda, 1864.

(2) Batavian or Low-Malay. See “Handleiding,” by Homan and Van der Tuuk. Zalt-Bommel, 1868.

⁂ Low-Malay is merely corrupt Malay, as introduced by Europeans. The best vocabulary is by Badings, Dutch-Malay and Malay-Dutch, Schoonhoven, 1872. Batavian-Malay is a dialect of Sundanese, with an admixture of Balinese and other foreign words.     P. J. V.

(3) Dialects are known as Amboynese Malay, Menang Kabaw, or Sumatran Malay, Achinese and other Polynesian forms.

⁂ All languages spoken in the Indian or Malay Archipelago [except those of the Galela group], and not directly Papuan, are called “Malay languages,” and considered to belong to the one great Malayan family.

More particularly Malay is the language of a nation spread over a great part of Sumatra, the Malay Peninsula, Singapore, and the archipelago of Rhio-Lingga, and which has founded many colonies on the coasts of Borneo and the eastern islands of the Indian Archipelago. Besides the common or so-called cosmopolitan Malay, it is spoken in a peculiar dialect, called the Menangkabau Malay, in the interior of Sumatra.

Malay in a very corrupt form, disfigured by ignorance of the character of the language, and the arbitrary intermixture of foreign words, has become the ordinary means of intercourse between Europeans and the natives of the Indian Archipelago. This is called Low-Malay, and differs in almost every locality.

Malay is written with the Arabic character. Through the contact with Europeans the use of the Roman alphabet is gaining ground.

The affinities of Achinese are still very obscure, and we have no vocabulary of the native language except that in Marsden’s miscellaneous works; therefore Mr. Crawfurd errs when he calls Achinese (p. lix.) “a cultivated and written language,” for the literary language of the Achinese is genuine Malay.     P. J. V.

Malayalim, Malayalma.

Dravidian: vernacular speech of Malabar, and other provinces of the Madras presidency; it is closely allied to Tamul, using an alphabet of somewhat similar character. It has stages; anct. and mod. Grammar by Peet, Cottayam, 1860; School Dicty., Mangalore, 1870.

Malayan.

Class name for all dialects of the Malay family.

Malayo-Polynesian.

Crawfurd’s term. See Malagasy.

Maldivian.

Dravidian; mixed dialect of the Maldives, a chain of coral islands off the coast of Malabar, B. India. Vocaby. in Jnl. Asiat. Socy. of Bengal, 1841.

⁂ This is a spoken and written language with some resemblance to the Agaw group.     H. C.

Mallicollo.

Negritic: Papuan dialect of New Hebrides.

Malo.

(1) Sub-dialect of Uriya, spoken by highland tribes of Orissa, B. India.

(2) Sub-dialect of Dayak, Borneo.

Maltese.

Mixed dialect of Malta; it is of Semitic origin, closely allied to Arabic, but much infused with Italian. Dicty. by Vella: Maltese, Italian, and English, Livorno [Leghorn], 1853.

Mamalla.

Malayan: dialect of N.W. Amboyna.

Mame or Mam.

American: dialect of the Maya class: same as Poko-mam; allied to Kachiquel, and spoken in Guatemala. “Arte, &c.,” by Larios; Mexico, 1697.

Mami.

Negritic: sub-dialect of Papuan. It has some affinities with Formosan, Mangarei, and Guebe.     H. C.

Mana.

African: class name for Mandingo, including the Kru group; its area extends as far inland as the Niger and as far south as the Ashantee frontier; the Mandingo of Senegambia is the most N. Eastern of the Mana class. See Kölle’s “Polyglotta Africana.”     R. G. L.

Manatoto.

Dialect of Polynesian with Australian affinities. Dissertation, Crawfurd’s “Malay Gr.”

Manchu, under Mantshu.

Mandahar, see Mandhar.

Mandailing.

Batta: dialects of Angkola and Mandailing in So. Sumatra.     P. J. V.

Mandan.

American: dialect of Sioux; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iii., p. 446.

Mandara.

African: dialect of Lake Tschad. Denham’s “Vocaby. of Central Africa,” collected from between 10° and 9° N.L.

Mandarantshi.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua.

Mandarin.

Chinese: the most refined dialect, also called Kuan-Hoa; used in classical literature, at Court, and in commerce. Dicty. by Perny, “Fr., Lat., Ch. (Mandarine),” Paris, 1869; Grammar by Edkins, 1864.

Mande.

A Negro speech; Treatise by Steinthal, Berlin, 1867.

Mandhar.

District of Celebese or Macassar; the language is allied to Bugis. It is little known, but has a large admixture of Malay and Javanese.     P. J. V.   See Menado.

Mandingo.

African: class name for several languages of the W., much influenced by Arabic; it is more especially the native dialect of Senegambia. Grammar and Dicty. by Macbrair, London, 1837. See Mana.

Mandongo.

African: dialect of Kaffir.

Mandschu, under Mantshu.

Mandurese, see Madurese.

Mang.

Dravidian; a local dialect of Tamul spoken in the Mahratta territory.

Mangala.

Singalese: dialect of Kandy.

Mangarei (Mangureo).

Polynesian: dialect of Flores or Mangeyle, with Australian affinities. It is spoken on the W. coast; the people are subject to the Sultan of Bima.

Mangaseia.

Ugrian: dialect of Samoied, closely allied to Tungus. Small vocabulary in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 77.

Mangeea.

Polynesian: dialect of the Friendly Is., situated 158° 16′ W. long.; 21° 27′ S. lat.

Mangkasar.

Proper spelling of Macassar. This Malayan language is spoken in the S. peninsula, viz., in the capital of Celebes and its environs; in Tallo, Gowa, Saurabone, Takalar, Turuteya, Bouthain, and part of Bulecomba. It is nearly allied to Bugis, which is spoken in Maros, Pangkajene, Segéri, Tanette, Barru, the Aja Tapparang, the remaining part of Bulecomba, Boui, Soppeng, Waju, and Luwu.

⁂ The grammatical structure and syntax are alike in Bugis and Mangkasar, though the difference of words is considerable, and the alphabet is the same in the main, with slight modifications, but not sufficient to justify the assertion of Mr. Wallace (“Malay. Archip.,” vol. ii., p. 472) that Bugis is written in a native character distinct from that of Macassar. There still exist some ancient MSS., written in an older alphabet, now quite obsolete. See “Makassaarche Spraak-Kunst,” by Matthes, Amsterdam, 1858; “Woordenbock,” 1859: “Chrestomathie,” 1860.     P. J. V.

Mangri.

African: spoken S. of the Gambia.

Manikolo, see Mallicollo.

Manipoora, see Munipoori.

Manks or Manx.

Keltic: the Gaelic or Gadhelic of the I. of Man. It is a written language, and is closely allied to the Erse and the Gaelic of Scotland. Dicty. by Cregan, Douglas, 1835.

Manoa.

American: dialect of the Rio Negro, allied to Barree.

Manona, Manono.

Polynesian: dialects of the Navigator’s Is., S. Pacific. It is the same as Samoan.     W. G.

Mansurmur.

Bhotya; sub-dialect of Thibetan.

Mantawai, Mantawei.

Malayan: language of Mantawai and Pagai or Poggy, islands to W. of Sumatra.     P. J. V.

Mantshu, Manchu.

Moghol: typical language of Turanian, vernacular with the Mantshu Tatars, now the reigning dynasty of China, but originally from the R. Amur, Chinese Tartary. The characters are written in vertical columns and read from left to right. Vocaby. by Gabelentz, Leipsig, 1864; “Sketch” by Castrén, St. Petersburg, 1856.

Mantuan.

Sub-dialect of Italian; Vocaby. by Cherubini, Milan, 1827.

Manua.

Polynesian: it is the Samoan with a few words of the E. Islands.     W. G.

Manyak.

Bhotya: tribe of E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Manyunya, see Sandeh.

Maori.

Polynesian: native name of the New Zealanders, closely allied to Kanaka and Tahitian. The word “Maori,” pronounced “Mowry,” means “natural,” “native,” “indigenous.” “Dictionary and Grammar,” by Williams. London, 1852.

Maplu.

Dialect of Peguese, classed as Karen.

Mapoje.

American: dialect of Saliva, in New Granada; same as Quaquas.

Maqua.

American: same as Mohawk; extinct language of the Iroquois family; closely allied to Onondaga. The name was applied by the Dutch. See vocabulary in “Bulletin Hist. Soc. of Pennsylvania,” 1848. See Mingo.

Mara.

Dialect of Adali.

Maradiços.

American: Spanish name for Shoshones.

Maraha.

Older Dravidian: dialect of Nipal.

Maram.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of the Nagas or Kookies. See “Jnl. Asiatic S. of Bengal,” 1837.

Maramomisios.

American: Indians of Brazil. See Pinelo’s “Epitome, &c.,” Madrid, 1737-8.

Marathi, see Mahratti.

Marauha, see Maroa.

Maravi.

African: dialect of N.E. Kaffir, spoken on the Mozambique coast. Vocaby. in Kölle’s “Polyglot.”     H. C.

Mare.

Negritic: dialect of Papuan, spoken in the Loyalty Islands. See Nengone.

Margantshi.

African: assigned by Barth to the Hamarua.

Marianne.

Polynesian: dialect of the Ladrone Islands.

Mariate.

American: spoken near the junction of the Iça with the Amazons, and allied to Barree and Manoa. See Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 266.

Maring.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of the Nagas.

Markish.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of Low-German. Vocaby. in “Weddigen’s Magazine,” Lemgo, 1790.

Maroa, Marauha.

American: dialect of Baniwa or Carib. Vocaby. by Wallace.     H. C.

Marocco, see Morocco.

Maronite.

(1) Semitic: sub-dialect of Arabic. Grammar by Sionita, Paris, 1616.

(2) An alphabetic character of Syriac.

Maros.

(1) Malayan: district of Nias, a small island near Sumatra.

(2) Bugis: district of Celebes.

Marquees (Lourenzo), see Tekeza.

Marquesan.

Polynesian: a dialect of Eastern Polynesia, closely allied to Tahitian, vernacular in the Marquesas Islands, S. Pacific, situated in 7°-10° S. Lat., 139°-141° W. Lon. De Gembloux, “Idiomologie des îles Marquises,” Bourges, 1843.     W. G. L.

Marrane, Marron.

French: people of Moorish extraction; “a renegade.”

Maru.

Japanese: hard accent on consonants.

Maruvi, Maruwi.

Malayan: language of the Banyak islands, and of Si-Malu, W. Sumatra; it is said to bear great affinity to the Batta and Nias.     P. J. V.

Marwari.

Hindi: dialect of Joudpoor or Jodpur in Rajpootana.

Masacara.

American: dialect of Ges spoken in Brasil. Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 144.

Masaya or Masya.

American: dialect of Nicaragua, but allied to the Sioux.     H. C.

Masoretic.

Hebrew: “Masora,” i.e. “traditional”; applied to the received Jewish version of the O. T. It owes its value to the system of points introduced to supply the want of vowels.

Massachusett.

American: extinct dialect of Algonkin. Vocaby.: “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 110.

⁂ The name carries with it its own geographical position. The town of Boston, U.S., now stands on the land of the Massachusett Indians. I find that Natik or Nadick is rather a synonym for Massachusetts than the name of a separate form of speech, whether language or dialect; on the coast, the name changed, and the language also, which is Narraganset. The two forms are closely allied, but Massachusetts means the parts about Boston, Narraganset the language of Connecticut and Rhode Island. The greatest work in any American language is, undoubtedly, the translation of the Bible by Eliot; but no one knows whether the language is to be called Natick or Massachusett. Eliot also wrote a Grammar, dated A.D. 1666; the author merely calls it Indian; reprinted at Boston in 1832.     R. G. L.

Massaratty.

Malayan: dialect of Booroo, closely allied to Cajeli. See Wallace: “Malay Archip.”

⁂ The language of Booroo is a dialect of the Moluccan Alfuru.     P. J. V.

Massied.

Dialect of Australian, allied to Gudung.

Massina.

African: dialect of the Fulah.

Massit.

American: Indians of Q. Charlotte’s Is.

Masuric.

Slavonian: sub-dialect of POLISH.

Matabello.

Negritic: sub-dialect of Papuan. Wallace: Appx. (Malay Archip.).

⁂ According to the best authorities it should be written Watubello.     P. J. V.

Matabili.

African: sub-dialect of Bechuana.

Mataguaya.

American: dialect of the district of Gran Chaco, classed as Patagonian, and related to the Abiponian.     H. C.

Matara.

American: Indians of Paraguay, closely allied to Vilela.

Matheo, San.

Negritic: dialect of the Philippines.

Matlazinga.

American: Archaic dialect of Mexico. See Pinelo’s “Epitome,” Madrid, 1737-8.

Maturnantshi.

African: assigned by Barth to the HAMARUA.

Mau.

Polynesian: dialect of Maori, vernacular in the New Hebrides.

Mauhe, see Uainambeu.

Maukor (Maikor).

Negritic: dialect of Papuan, belonging to the Aroo Islands.

Maurish, see Moorish.

Mawakwa.

American: dialect of Carib spoken in Guiana, most closely allied to Soerikong.

Mawi, see Maori.

Maya or Mayan.

American: Class name for many languages of Central America, especially those of Yucatan and Guatemala. In the former it rules exclusively; in the latter it is a closely allied form of speech. The Poconchi (with the exception of certain rude dialects belonging to the same class) is the representative language. The Kachiquel is a third language of equal importance. In Vera Cruz, for the parts about Tampico, an allied language, the Huasteca, separated from its congeners, is (or was) the original vernacular. Grammatical sketches, “artes,” as they are called by early missionaries are as early and fully as numerous for the Maya languages and dialects as for any in America, dating from the seventeenth century. A short but valuable work by Squier is the chief authority for them. “States of Central America,” by T. G. Squier, N. York, 1858; “Etudes,” by Brassier De Bourbourg, Paris, 1869-70; “Silabario,” by Ruz, Merida, 1845; “Phonetic Alphabet,” described by Brinton.     R. G. L.   See Vey.

Mayorga.

Polynesian: dialect of the Friendly Islands.

Mayoruna.

American: Indians of the Rio Yavari, in the province of Rio Negro, Brasil.

⁂ This language has affinities with the Suntaha Sow languages of Borneo, and belongs to the Pygmean or Mincopie class of Colebrook.     H. C.

Maypur.

American: dialect of the Orinoco, closely allied to Moxos, also to Baniwa, Coretu, Saravica, &c.     H. C.   ☞

Mazenderan.

Sub-dialect of Persian, spoken on the S. shores of the Caspian. Klaproth: “Beschreibung,” Berlin, 1814.

Mbamba.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. It is allied to Kanyoka, Musentando, Netere, &c.     H. C.

Mbaya.

American: same as Guaykuru. They are called Cavalleros by the Spaniards; Paraguay Indians of Cujaba, and allied to Mbokobi.     H. C.

Mbofia.

African: dialect of Brass-town, allied to Abo, Isoama, and Isioli.     H. C.

Mbokobi.

American: dialect of the district of Gran Chaco, classed with Abiponian and Toba, Mataguaya and Mbaya.

Mech.

Trans-Himalayan: language of the Meches, a lowland tribe of the Terai, at base of Himalaya in Nipal, noted for enjoying immunity from malarious fever. No written character. “Jnl. A. S. of Bengal,” 1840.     A. C.   See Dhimal.

Mech-chaooh.

American: same as Mohegan. See Meko.

Mecklenburg.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of Low-German. Grammar by Ritter, Rostock, 1832.

Meckley, see Moitay.

Median.

Properly the language of the ancient Medes, a people of the high country between Mesopotamia and the Persian desert, only known through names and a few words, which show it to have been Aryan, and closely allied to ancient Persian. The term “Median” was at one time applied to the language of the third column of Achæmenian cuneiform inscriptions, but it is now admitted that this was a misnomer. On the real Median language, see Rawlinson: “Ancient Monarchies,” Media, vol. iii., pp. 137-156.     G. R.

Medo-Persian.

Class name for the branch of Aryan speech, with slight differences, common to the ancient Medes and Persians.     G. R.

Medo-Scythian.

Dr. Hincks’ name for the language of Scythic tribes dwelling in Media and Persia, known to us by a peculiar form of inscriptions in cuneiform.

⁂ The best account of the language, which is decidedly Turanian, will be found in Norris’s “Scythic Inscriptions of Behistun,” “Jnl. of R. As. Soc.,” vol. xv.     G. R.

Mefur.

Negritic: dialect of Papuan, vernacular in New Guinea.

Meherrin.

American: name for the Tuteloes.

Meistersangeren, see Minnesingers.

Meko.

American: old race of Mexico, prior to the Nahuatl. Same as Cici-mech.

Mekri.

Dialect of Kurdish.

Melanesian.

Same as Kelenonesian; it represents the S.W. Islands of the Pacific, consisting of the Loyalty group, Bank’s Santa Cruz, the Solomon Archipelago extending W. by N., to include New Guinea.

Mellele.

Class of Gipsey.

Melon.

African: allied to Nhoten and Nhalemoe.     H. C.

Memphitic.

Egyptian: an extinct dialect of Coptic; it was spoken over the district about Memphis, and represented the language of middle rather than upper or lower Egypt.     R. G. L.

Menado or Menadu.

A large class of dialects spoken in Celebes or Macassar, classed as Alfuru, and somewhat allied to Bugis. (Wallace.) See Minahassa.

Menak.

Javanese: in the Sundanese dialect “Ménak” means “a noble, one of high birth;” hence high-Sundanese is called Basa-Menak.     P. J. V.

Menangkabaw.

Malayan: dialect of the Dutch residency in the highlands of Padang, Sumatra, which was anciently an independent monarchy called Menang Kabaw. It differs considerably from ordinary Malay. Vocabulary, &c., edited by Pynappel (Dialogues: Menangkabaw and Malay).     P. J. V.

Menasser (Beni).

Language of the Beni Menasser, a branch of the Berber. See Libyan. Baron de Slane first published the pronouns of this language, which differ so much from the other Libyan languages that it must be unintelligible to those who know only the others; yet it is small and unimportant. H. Duveyrier (1857) places the tribes near to the Hhallûla Lake, and says that they have adopted Arab manners, an Arabic name, and an immensity of the Arabic language. He gives an extremely limited vocabulary. He thinks that it and the dialect called that of the Benî Mezâb, is a branch of the Zenatia dialect, and is connected with that spoken in the oasis of Touât. But the last is supposed to be Tamashight.     F. W. N.

Mende, see Tschur.

Mendi.

African: quoted from “Outline of a Vocabulary,” London, 1841.

Menemoni, see Menomeni.

Menero-downs.

Dialect of Australian. Vocaby. “Jnl. R. Geog. Soc.,” 1839.

Mengwe, see Maqua.

Menieng.

American: dialect of Brazil, mixed with Negro-Portuguese, and sometimes called S. American Jargon. See Kamakan.

Menomeni.

American: dialect of Algonkin spoken to the S. of L. Superior. “Amer. Ethnol,” vol. ii., p. 113; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 470.

Menyamnyam, see Sandeh.

Mequachake.

American: tribe of Shawnees.

Meri.

Sub-dialect of Dyak in Borneo.

Merusy.

Persic: sub-dialect of Khorassan.

Meshtsheriak.

Turkee: tribes of Ugrians speaking Turkish.

Meso-Gothic, under Mœ.

Messenian.

Hellenic: a provincial dialect of Modern Greek.

Messissaugi.

American: Algonkin tribes S. of Lake Superior and N.E. of the Huron.

Mestizo.

Ethnological: issue of whites and native Americans. In Spanish the word “Mestizo” means “a mongrel.”

Metz, Meurthe, Meuse.

Romance: sub-dialects of French. (1) Vocaby. by François, Metz, 1773; (2) Vocaby., “Fr. Socy. Antiq.,” vol. ix.; (3) “Dissertation” by Cordier, Bar-le-Duc, 1843.

Mewara.

Same as Rhatore, sub-dialect of Bowri.

Mexican.

It is of some importance to remember that Mexican is not a philological but a geographical term, and that the indigenous name of the occupants of the parts about the present city of Mexico was Nahuatl, akin to whom were the Tlaskala. The Asteks were conquerors and intruders—the Chetimacha probably the same. This is important when we remember that the three names, Nahuatl, Huasteca, and Tlaskala are to be found in three different districts far away from Mexico. At present Mexican and Astek are nearly synonymous; just like Quichua and Peruvian. See “Dialogues,” by Arenas, Paris, 1862; Glossary by Biondelli, Milan, 1869; “Cuadro Descriptivo,” by Pimentel, 1862-5. For Picture Character, see Humboldt’s “Atlas Pittoresque.”     R. G. L.   See Aztec.

Mfut.

African: language of the Gaboon, closely allied to Afudu.

Miami.

American: tribes of Algonkin, W. of the Mississippi. Vocaby. in Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii.

Miaos, Miau.

Sub-dialect of Chinese; Miautsze means “children of the soil,” i.e., Aborigines. Vocaby. by Edkins, Foochow.

Mic-mac.

American: French name for the native Indians of Nova Scotia, &c.

⁂ (1) As a special name it means the Algonkin of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, and Prince Edward’s Island. The still more special name for the present dialect is Miramichi.

(2) As a class name it may conveniently be made to include (i.) on the North the Skoffi and Sheshatapoosh of Labrador; (ii.) the Mic-mac proper of the South; (iii.) the New England forms of speech, as the Abenaki, Penobscot, and Etchemin, whence we derived the present name for the State of Mayne. It corresponds thus with the Acadian and Gaspesian of the French, including the French denominations Souriquois, Montagnard, and others. Grammar by Maillard, New York, 1864.     R. G. L.

Micronesian.

Lesser-Polynesian: class of oceanic dialects in the lesser islands of the Pacific.

Middle-High-German.

Teutonic: period of language from 12th century until Luther. Dicty. by Benecke, Leipsig, 1854-60.

Middlesex.

Local dialect of English; sometimes called Language of the Metropolis, sometimes Cockney. See London.

Mien-ting.

Local dialect of Chinese.

Miguel, St.

Negrito: a dialect of the Philippines.

Miguel, San.

American: dialect of Californian Mission, allied to San Antonio, and classed as Diegunos.

Miktlantongo.

American: same as Mitlantongo.

Milanese.

Italic: sub-dialect of Milan. Vocaby. by Cherubini, Milano, 1814; by Cappeletti, Milano, 1848.

Milchan.

Indo-Chinese: vernacular dialect of Rampoor, B. India.

Milcocayac.

American: dialect of the Guarpes, Indians of Chili, almost identical with Alleutiac.

Milicite.

American: Indians of New Brunswick, using Iroquois numerals.

Millanow.

Sub-dialect of Dyak in Borneo.

Mille.

Polynesian: dialect of the Ladrones or Marianne Islands.

Mincopie.

Dialect of the Andaman Islands.

⁂ In the Great Andaman island of the Indian Seas at least two distinct languages are known, viz., that of Colebrooke’s Vocabulary, and that of Tickell’s. These people are Negritos of small stature and with glossy skins. Their affinities are with those of the short races in other parts of the world, and they have probably the most ancient languages yet known. See “Asiatic Researches,” vol. iv., p. 393; x., 218. H. C. See Pygmean.

Mindanao, see Magindanao.

Minetari.

American: dialect of Sioux, N. division, called “Grosventre,” i.e. “big-bellies,” Ehatsar; other dialects are Alasar, or Fall-Indians, and Kattanahaws. Ludewig, London, 1858, p. 119.

⁂ Dr. Latham objects to the word “Alasar.” According to that great authority it is a misnomer, arising from some confusion between the words “Ahnenin” and “Atsina.” The former are classed by Gallatin as Arrapahoes. See “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., where the same vocabulary is printed as Atsina. We have no original authority for the word “Alasar,” but it appears in Jülg’s “Vater,” p. 253. See Trübner’s “Ludewig,” p. 12; also Latham’s “Elements,” p. 457, where it is shown that there are two different tribes called Fall-Indians, one Algonkin and one Sioux.

Mingo.

American: tribes of Iroquois, now extinct. Sometimes called Maqua, Mengwe.

Mingrelian.

Caucasian: sub-dialect of Georgian, closely allied to Lazic. Klaproth: “Jnl. Asiatique,” 1829.

Minnesingers.

Early minstrels of Germany, using the Swabian and other dialects. See “Manessische Handschrift,” by Vander Hagen, 1838; “Die Deutschen Minnesänger,” 4 vols. 4to. The Meistersangers are of a later date.

Minsi.

American: classed as Algonkin. Also called Ministi or Munseyi, meaning “Wolf-tribe.”

⁂ A tribe of the Lenni-Lenape or Delaware Indians; of the others, the Unalachtgo speak a similar dialect, but the Unami is different.

Miramichi.

American: Mic-mac of New Brunswick.

Miranha.

American: dialect of the U. Japura, allied to Barree. See Vocaby. in Von Martius, vol. ii., p. 279.

Mirbat.

Extinct dialect of Arabic.

Mirdites.

A local dialect of Skipetar, spoken in a political division of Albania.

Miri.

Dialect of Assamese, closely allied to Abor. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Sibsagan.

Miriam.

Negritic: collective term for insular dialects of Papuan, belonging to the Torres Straits.

Mirups.

Burmese: dialect of Singpo.

Mishimi.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Assam. “Jnl. Asiat. Socy. of Bengal,” 1837.

Misnian.

Teutonic: old High-German of Meissen, Saxony, but best known by the later modern or New High-German, found in the writings of Martin Luther. See Lutheran.

Missions, under San.

Misskito, see Mosquito.

Misteco, see Mixe.

Mithan.

Assamese: dialect of the Naga tribes, allied to Tablung. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Mithili.

Bengali: vernacular in Behar, Hindostan. It is allied to Magadha, and sometimes called Tirhutya.

Mitlantongo.

American: dialect of Misteco.

Mittel, see Middle.

Mixe, Mixteca.

American: tribes of Oaxaca in Mexico, speaking several dialects. See “Catechismo,” Puebla, 1837.

Miyung.

Burmese: dialect of Singpho.

Mizdzhedzhi.

Caucasian: Klaproth’s name for the central group of languages which the Russians call Tshetsh or Chech. Various spellings are Mitsjeghi, Mizjeji, Mizdeghic.

Mjammaw.

Native name for Burmese. It is a mutation of M into B.

Mkuafi, see Ukuafi.

Moa.

Negritic: sub-dialect of Papuan, belonging to the Letti group of the Serwatty Islands. Vocaby. by Heymering: “Tydschrift voor Ned. Ind.,” 1846.     P. J. V.

Moab, Moabite.

Name for a supposed variety of HEBREW; pre-historic dialect of Wady Mujib, the valley of the river Arnon. Known only by the fragments of an inscription brought from ancient Dibon, now Dîbhan, with characters resembling those of the Phœnician alphabet. Treatise by Dr. Ginsburg, London, 1870.

Moan, see Mon.

Mobba, Maba, Mabang.

African: dialect of Dar-Saleh, E. of Lake Tschad. See Burckhardt’s “Travels in Nubia,” London, 1819.

Mobilian.

American: name for the Chikkasa of the R. Mobile, spoken in Alabama and Arkansas.

Mobima, see Movima.

Mochika, see Yunga.

Mochono, Muchojeone, Mocorosi.

American: Indians of Moxos in Bolivia, allied to Maipur.

Modenese.

Romance: sub-dialect of Italian.

Modoc or Moadoc.

American: small tribe of warlike Indians at Lake Clamet or Klamath, on the boundaries of California and Oregon. See Ok-kow-ish.

Mœso-Gothic.

Teutonic: the Gothic of ancient Mœsia. See Gabelentz and Löbe: “Ulphilas,” Leipsic, 1836-1843; also Skeat’s “Mœso-Gothic Glossary” (Phil. Soc. 1868), in the preface to which is a list of all the editions of “Ulphilas” and an account of all MSS. written in Mœso-Gothic, the most famous of the MSS. being the “Codex Argenteus” at Upsal.

⁂ Prof. Max Müller thinks that the era of Ulphilas should be stated as 311-381 A.D. The Mœso-Gothic is Low-German, and varies widely in spelling from high-German. This important fact is often passed over in the text-books, which copy from each other.     W. W. S.   See Suio-Gothic.

Moghol, see Mongol.

Moghril-el-Aksa, see Mongrebin.

Mogialua.

African: Douville’s class name for Bunda and Kongo. See “Voyage au Congo,” Paris, 1832.

Mohave.

American: dialect of U. California, belonging to the Yuma class.

Mohawk.

American: same as Maqua, a dialect of Iroquois formerly spoken on the R. Mohawk, a tributary of the Hudson, and still spoken to the E. of N. York State; but these tribes are principally settled in Canada. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 482.

Mohegan, Mohican.

American: tribes of Algonkin formerly settled on the Hudson, sometimes called Pequots. Sub-divisions were Mech-chaooh, or “Wolf-tribe;” “Much-quanh”, or “Bear-tribe;” and Toon-paooh, or “Turtle-tribe.” Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 110.

Mohilian.

Dialect of the Commorro Is., E. Africa, classed as Kaffir.     H. C.

Moitay.

Indian tribe on boundaries of Assam and Bengal; also called Meckley and Muggalu.

Moko or Mokko.

African: dialect of Benni or Bini.

Mokoby, see Mbokobi.

Mokorosi, see Mochono.

Mokscha, Mokschanischen.

Ugrian: dialects of Orenburg, allied to Mordvinian and Tcheremiss, both classed as sub-dialects of Mordowskaja. Grammar by Ornatow, Moskwa, 1838 (Moscow).

Moldavian.

Romance: dialect of Rouman, closely allied to Wallachian.

Molonglo.

Australian: See Eyre’s “Journals”, London, 1845.

Molua.

African: tribes of Guinea. See Mogialua.

Moluccas.

Malayan: languages of the Spice Islands in the Malay Archipelago.

Moluche.

American: name for Araucanians. It means “men of the West.” Indians of Chili.

⁂ In Chileno ethnography the terminal “che” is important: it means “man”; so the compounds Moluche, Puelche, Huilliche, &c., are all Chileno names.     R. G. L.

Momenya.

African: sub-dialect of Kaffir.

Momoyeentshi.

African: assigned by Barth to the Hamarua.

Mon.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Pegu, same as Talain. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Mong-Jung.

Indo-Chinese: tribes of Laos, speaking a dialect of Siamese.

Mongol or Mongolian.

Correctly Moghol, the typical dialect of a large family of Turanian languages, allied to Mantshu and Turkee; it is spoken in Central Asia, and written in perpendicular lines, reading from left to right. An old form of character is called Baspa-Moghol, and a modern variation is known as Galik. Dicty. (1855), Grammar (1831), by Schmidt, St. Petersburg. See Kalmuk.

Mongoyo.

American: a sub-division of Camacan spoken in the province of Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, classed as Botocudo. See Kamakan.

Mongrebin, Mogrebin.

Semitic: a dialect of Arabic spoken in Africa; it is the vernacular speech of the Moors (anciently of Mauritania) and vernacular in Algiers, Barbary, and Marocco. It is called Moorish or Moghrib-el-Aksa. Grammar and Vocaby. by De Dombay, Vienne, 1800; see also “Asiatic Jl.,” 1828.

Monogram.

Single letter, one letter duplicated, any combination of initials into one device; a single character used for an entire word, as the Arabic numerals.

Monosyllabic.

A name for certain primitive forms of speech, including Chinese, wherein each letter or character represents an entire word, and polysyllables are recognised by the speaker as compounds. In such languages “roots are used as words, without change of form.” Also called Isolating.

Monqui.

American: Hervas’ name for the Waikur.

Monsonik.

American: dialect of Cree.

Montagnards.

American: French name for the Sheshatapoosh.

Montak, Montauk.

American: Indians of Long Is. “Arch. Amer.,” vol. ii.

Monte-Negro.

Slavonic: sub-dialect of Servian.

Montese.

Romance: sub-dialect of Walloon. See Sigart: “Glossaire Etymologique.”

Moor (1).

Papuan: dialect of Moor or Mohr, an island in Geelvink Bay, on the north of N. Guinea.

Moor (2) or Moorish, see Mongrebin.

Moormi, Murmi.

Tribe of E. and Central Nipal, closely allied to Gyarung. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Moors.

Hindostani: a jargon or corrupt dialect of Bombay and Calcutta, much compounded with English and Portuguese.

Moorunde.

Australian: same as Aiawong. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Moquelumne.

American: allied to Talatui.

Moravian.

Slavonic: same as Mahren, sub-dialect of Check or Bohemian.

Mordowskaja.

Ugrian: dialect of Orenburg. See Mokscha.

Mordvinian.

Ugrian: dialect of Finnish, spoken near the confluence of the Russian rivers Oka and Volga. Sub-dialects are Ersa and Mokscha. Tribes anciently called Bulghars. Grammar by Wiedemann, St. Petersburg, 1865.

Morella.

Batu-Morella: dialect of Amboyna, closely allied to Liang. Wallace: “Malay A.” See Batu-Merah.

Moreton.

Australian: dialect of Moreton I. and Bay.

Morocco, Marocco.

Arabic of N. Africa; same as Moorish. Norberg: “Disputatio, &c.,” 1787. See Mongrebin.

Morotoco.

American: sub-dialect of Zamuca.

Morphology.

Botanical term: adopted in philology in relation to the general laws or grammatical structure of a language.

Mose, Mosi.

African: dialect of Kouri, allied to Guresa and Barba.     H. C.

Mosel.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of High-German. Becker’s “Idiotikon,” Berlin, 1799.

Moses Islands.

Polynesian. Vocaby. in Dalrymple’s Collection, London, 1771.

Moska, Mozka.

American: same as Chibcha. Grammar by De Lugo, Madrid, 1619; Comparative Vocabularies by Paravey, Paris, 1835. Grammar and Vocaby. by Uricoechea, Paris, 1871.

Moskito, Mosquito.

American: same as Miskito; Samboes or mixed tribes of the Moskito coast, Central America, largely infused with African blood. Grammar by Cotheal, N. York, 1848.

Mosotie.

American: sub-dialect of Moxa.

Mossa, see Moxa.

Motorian.

Ugrian: an extinct dialect of Samoyed, closely allied to Koibal, and classed as Ostiak of the Lakes.

Moultani.

Dialect of Sindhi, spoken in the Punjab. Also called Wuch.

Mountaineers.

American: name of the Sheshatapoosh.

Movima or Mobima.

American: dialect of the Moxos missions, related to Apiaca, Sapiboconi, and Guarani.     H. C.

Moxa, Moxos.

American: Indians of province and mission of Moxos in Bolivia. All are dialects of Maipur. “Arte,” by Marban, Lima, 1701.

Mozaby.

African: i.e., Beni-Mozah, sub-dialect of Touarik.

Mozambique.

African: large class of Kaffir dialects belonging to the E. Coast. Vocabularies by Dr. Bleek, London, 1856.

Mozka, see Moska.

Mpongwe (Empungwa).

African: sub-dialect of Kaffir spoken on the lower Gaboon. It is spoken by the Pongos, and is classed by Bleek as Bantu. Grammar, with vocabularies, N. York, 1847.

Mramma.

Name for the Burmese. See Mjammaw.

Mru, Mrung.

Burmese of Arrakan; also called Toung. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Msambara.

African: dialect of Kaffir.

Msegua.

African: Kaffir tribes of Suaheli.

Much-quanh.

American: Bear-tribe of Mohicans.

Mucury.

American: tribe of Brasil, allied to Botocudo. See Da Silva’s Dicty.: “Lingua. Geral.”

Mudsan.

African: Kaffir of the Mozambique.

Mug, Mugs.

Names for the natives and dialect of Arracan and Chattagong, who are probably Malays.     A. C.

Muggalu, see Moitay.

Muhheekanew, see Mohican.

Mukabi, see Ukuafi.

Mulatto.

Ethnological: issue of white and African.

Mundala.

Non-Aryan dialect of Central India, classed as Kol. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Mundrucu.

American: sub-dialect of Guarani, tribes of utter barbarians, allied to Botocudo.     H. C.

Mundy.

Australian: natives at Lake Mundy. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Munich, see Xebero.

Munio.

African: dialect of Bornui, allied to Kanuri and Ngurio.     H. C.

Munipoori, Munipuri.

Monosyllabic; dialect of Assam, closely allied to Khassee, and classed as Indo-Chinese. These people are called Kathe, no doubt the same word as Cathay, anciently applied to China. See Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Munseyi, under Minsi.

Mura.

American: dialect of the Amazons, classed by Von Martius as Brasilian.

Murathee, see Mahratti.

Murmi, under Moormi.

Murray R.

District S.W. Australia. Vocaby. Cap. Grey, 1841.

Murrumbidgee.

Australian: dialect of Hume R. Vocaby. in Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Murundo.

African: dialect of the Gaboon, allied to Nkele, &c.     H. C.

Murung.

Sub-dialect of Dyak in Borneo.

Musentando.

African: sub-dialect of Kaffir, allied to Mbamba, Kanyika, Ntere, &c.     H. C.

Musgantshi.

African: assigned by Barth to Hamarua.

Muskoghi, Muskogulge.

American: native name of the Creek Indians. See Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iv. p. 416; “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 82. ☞

Musnad.

Semitic: form of Himyaritic inscriptions.

Mutsaya.

African: sub-dialect of Kaffir, with the same affinities as Musentando.

Mutschuana.

African: Salt’s name for tribe of Sechuana.

Mutsun.

American: same as Mission of San Juan Bautista, County Monterey, Upper California. Vocaby. by Cuesta, London, 1862.

Muysca, see Moska.

Myncquesar.

American: a dialect of Algonkin, spoken on R. Delaware, formerly known as Swedish America or New Sweden. See Holms: “Kort Beskrifning,” &c., English ed. by Duponceau, Philadelphia, 1834. See Sankikani.

Mysol.

Malayan: dialect of N. Ceram. Wallace: “Malay A.”

⁂ Mysol is an island north of Ceram, belonging to the Waigiou-Mysol Archipelago, and inhabited by true Papuans, who on the coast are mixed with Moluccan Malays. Hence there is a difference of language between the coast and the interior. Mr. Wallace has given a vocabulary of both.

ADDENDA.

Macao.

Chinese: commercial dialect of Macao and Canton. Vocaby. 1824.

Mahabhrata, Mahabharatam.

Sanskrit: name of the great Indian epic, treating of early mythology.

Manche.

American: a dialect of the Maya class.     H. C.

Mangasejan.

Ugrian: Samoied dialect of the northern stem (Klaproth).

Mano.

African: dialect of the Mandingo class. See “Polyg. Afr.”     H. C.

Marahuas.

American: Tupi Indians of Brazil.

Mararit.

African: a dialect allied to Tama.     H. C.

Maroon.

Spanish word: cimaron, simaron (“sima,” “a cavern”; “cimarron,” “wild”), applied to runaway slaves or escaped negroes.

Marsian.

An early Italic dialect, closely allied to the Volscian, known only from inscriptions. Mommsen: “Unteritalische Dialekte,” Leipzig, 1851.     G. R.

Massowa.

African: dialect of Gafat. Mithridates, v. 432.     H. C.

Mbarike, Mbe, Mbofon.

African: dialects of the Gaboon.

Menagon.

African: a dialect allied to Mararit.     H. C.

Messapian.

A dialect of ancient Italy, spoken in the Calabrian peninsula. It is known to us only by inscriptions and a few glosses, which show it to be Indo-European, and not very unlike Greek. See Mommsen: “Unteritalische Dialekte,” Leipzig, 1851.     G. R.

Mikir, Muhu.

Assamese: allied dialects of Cachar.     H. C.

Mimi.

African: spoken about 17° N. Lat.     H. C.

Minahassa.

Alfuru dialects of Menado in Celebes.

⁂ Mr. De Clercq distinguishes eight dialects, viz.: Bantik, Bentenan, Ponosakan, Toumbulu, Toumpakewa, Toundano, Tounsawang, and Tounsea, all of which differ so considerably that some scholars hold them to be distinct languages. They are spoken by about one hundred and twenty thousand people in the aggregate.     P. J. V.

Momunds.

Tribe of Pathans, between the Swat and Cabul rivers.

Monju, see Makua.

Morley.

Provincial dialect of English, spoken in Yorkshire. Vocaby. in Scatcherd’s “History,” London, 1830.

Muhu, see Mikir.

Muntu, see Makua.

Murut.

Dyak tribe of N. Borneo, on the river Lembong. See St. John’s “Life in the Forests of the Far East,” vol. ii., ch. l.; Vocaby. of Adang, a settlement of the Muruts, appx., p. 407.     P. J. V.

Muskonong.

American: Indians of the Algonkin-Chippeway stem. See Jülg’s “Vater,” p. 13.

N.

Naas or Noosdalum.

American: tribes of the W. coast, spoken about N.L. 53°.

Nabadache.

American: tribes of Caddos.

Nabathæan.

Semitic: a form of Syriac; name for character of early Bedaween inscriptions.

Nachhereng.

Non-Aryan language of India, belonging to the Kiranti group, E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Nadic, see Natic.

Nadowessier.

American: tribes of Dacotah or Sioux.

Naga.

Indo-Chinese: aboriginal tribes of snake worshippers; same as Kookie. The word “Naga” means “snake” or “serpent” in Sanskrit; compare the Latin “a-nguis.” Pánchála, the ancient dominion of the Nágás, is now Rohilcund; they were also in the Deccan. Mr. Hunter distinguishes the following dialects, viz.: Angami, Khari, Mithan, Namsang, Nowgong, Tablung, Tengsa. See Vocabys. in “Comp. Dicty.”

⁂ It is also used as a general term applied to mountaineers of the N.E. frontier of Bengal.     W. E.

Nagailer.

American: tribe of Tacullies or Carriers; also called Chin-Indians.

Nagoe, Nagoo.

African: sub-dialect of Papaa, i.e., Popo or Dahomey, spoken on the Slave-coast.

Nagranda.

American: tribes of Chorotegans in the plains of Leon. See Squier’s “Nicaragua,” New York, 1852.

Naguegtgaquehi.

American: tribes of Abipones.

Nahuatl.

American: primitive language of Anahuac, or Mexico, before the Aztec. See Niquiran.

Naikude.

Non-Aryan language of Central India, allied to Kolami and Gondi. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     H. C.   See Naik.

Nakhchuo.

Native name for the Chech or Tschetsch, language of the Caucasus.     H. C.

Naknanuk.

American: dialect of Botocudo, spoken by mountaineers of Brasil. See Castelnau’s “Exped.,” vol. v., p. 249.

Nalu.

African: somewhat allied to Felup. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 596.

Namaqua.

African: Hottentot of the W. coast. Grammar and Vocaby. by Tindall.

Namollo.

Tschuktshi: Eskimo of N.E. Asia.

Namsang, Namseng.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Singpho. See Naga.

Nancowry.

Malayan: dialect of the Nicobar Is.

Nandako.

American: tribes of Caddos.

Nankinese, see Kiang-Nan.

Nano.

African: classed by Bleek as Bunda.

Nanticok.

American: Algonkin of the Susquehanna. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 111.

Napoli, see Neapolitan.

Narea.

Sub-Semitic: dialect of Amharic.

Narragansetts.

American: Algonkin of the Massachusetts coast-line. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 110. See also Vocaby. in Wood’s “New England’s Prospect,” &c., Boston, 1764; “A Key into the Language of America,” &c., by Roger Williams, Boston, 1810.

Narymshen.

Ugrian: tribe of Samoyed.

Na-Squally, under S.

Nassau, see Poggy.

Natchez.

American: tribe of Creek Indians; it is spoken in Louisiana. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 94.

⁂ It appears to be related to the language of Terra del Fuego.     H. C.

Natic.

American: tribes of Massachusetts. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. i., p. 288.

Navaho.

American: Athabascan of U. California and New Mexico, allied to Chepewyan and Apache. Schoolcraft’s “Ind. Tribes,” vol. iv., p. 416.

Navarrese.

A name for Basque. Prince Louis L. Bonaparte distinguishes four spoken dialects, viz.: N. and S. High-Navarrese, E. and W. Low-Navarrese.

Navigators, see Samoan.

Nawer.

Gipsey dialect of Egypt.

Ndob.

African: dialect of the Gaboon, allied to Tumu and Nfut.     H. C.

Neapolitan.

Romance: the patois of Naples; a sub-dialect of Italian. Vocaby. by Galiani, Naples, 1789.

Neger-Englische, see Creolese.

Negrij-baru.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Negritic, Negrito.

Class name for dialects of Polynesian, spoken by dark-skinned races of the Indian Archipelago, applied primarily to New Guinea, Australia, &c.

⁂ The true Negritos are the black population of the Philippine Islands and the Malay peninsula, and, according to Mr. Wallace, “Malay Archipelago,” vol. ii., pp. 451-3, are quite distinct from the Papuans, as well as from the Malays, and rather of Asiatic than of Polynesian origin.     P. J. V.   See Pygmean.

Negro.

(1) African, see Nigritian.

(2) American, see Creole.

Nehethowuck, Nenawehk.

American: tribes of Crees.

Nenetsch.

Ugrian: tribes of Samoyeds.

Nengone.

Papuan: dialect of the Loyalty Is., S. Pacific. Also called Mare.

Neo-Hellenic.

Later Greek. See under Romaic.

Nepaulese, see Nipal.

Nepesang, see Nipissing.

Nertshinsk, Nerchinsk.

Moghol: dialect of Tungus, closely allied to Yakutsk.

Nestorian.

Semitic: a name for Estrangelo, an ancient form of Syriac. See Syro-Chaldee.

Netela.

American: dialect of New California, allied to the Kij, Paduca, Uta, and Comanche. See Buschmann: “Die Sprachen Netela,” Berlin, 1856.     H. C.

Netherlandish.

Germanic: classed as Low-Dutch. See Flemish.

Neufchatel.

Romance: French dialect of Switzerland. “Dialogue,” &c., Neufchatel, 1825.

Neu Hoch-Deutsch.

Teutonic: literary High-German, dating from Luther. See Misnian.

Nevome.

American: same as Pima.

New Caledonia, see Baladea.

New England Indian.

American: dialects of Algonkin.

Newfoundland.

American: classed in E. branch of Algonkin. Dialects are Belhuck (extinct), Mikmak, and Millicite.

New Guinea.

Negritic of the Indian Archipelago. Native Christian teachers landed there in 1871.     W. G.

⁂ I believe that Mr. Wallace is right in his distinction between Negritos and Papuans, and that the name of Negrito, given by the Spaniards to the black population of the Philippines, should not be applied to the inhabitants of New Guinea.     P. J. V.   See Papuan.

New Hebrides.

(1) Negritic. The principal islands of this archipelago are Tana, Aneitum, Erromango, Mallicolo, and L’Espirito Santo; for the first four we have vocabularies and grammatical sketches, of which Tana and Mallicolo date from Cook’s voyage in 1772-5.

(2) Polynesian. In Futuma, Nina, and some parts of the Fate or Sandwich Is., the language is not Papuan but Polynesian, and allied to the Rarotongan and Samoan. See Cook’s “Voyage to the S. Pole,” London, 1777.

New Holland, see Australian.

New Ireland.

Negrito: a dialect of Polynesian. See Crawfurd’s Dissert., “Malay Grammar.”

New S. Wales.

Province of Australia. Specimens by Threlkeld, Sydney.

New Sweden, see Myncquesar.

New Zealand, see Maori.

Newari.

Language of the valley of Nipal; it is allied to Pahri. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Nez-Percees.

American: French name for the Sahaptin Indians.

Ngoala.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. See Angola.

Ngodzen.

African: dialect of Bornui, allied to Bode, Dodi, Houssa, and perhaps to Puelche.     H. C.

Ngoko.

Javanese. A verbal form derived from “Ko,” the pronoun of the second person, by which common people are addressed. Hence the low or common Javanese is called “Basa-Ngoko.” The term “Ngoko” may be compared to the French “tutoyer,” or the German “duzen.” A few words peculiarly used in contemptuous language are designated by the name of “Ngoko andap,” “Low Ngoko.”     P. J. V.

Ngoten.

African: dialect of the Gaboon, allied to Melon and Nhalemoe.     H. C.

Nguru.

African: dialect of Bornui, allied to Kanuri and Munio.     H. C.

Nhalemoe.

African: dialect of the Gaboon. It has the same affinities as Ngoten.     H. C.

Niam-Niam, see Sandeh.

Nias.

Malayan: the language of the I. of Nias on the W. coast of Sumatra. The dialects of the N. and S. parts of the island differ considerably, but both are akin to the Batta language of Sumatra.     P. J. V.

Nibalu.

African: sub-dialect of Kouri; said to be spoken in the Chamba country.     H. C.

Nicaraguan, see Niquiran.

Nice, see Nissarda.

Nicobar.

Malayan: islands in the Bay of Bengal. Language of mixed character.     H. C.

Niebelungen-Lied.

Great German mythological poem, attributed to Herr von Ofterdingen; Eng. by Lettsom.

Nieder-Deutsch, see Dutch.

Nieder-Sachsisch, see Low-Saxon.

Nieue, Niuen.

Polynesian of the Savage Islands, S. Pacific, 19° S.L., 169° W.L.; closely allied to Tongan, and also to Rarotongan.     W. G. L.

Nigori.

Japanese: accent word.

Nigritian.

African: pure Negro of Negro-land; dialects of the Soudan, situated along the course of the R. Niger.

Nihaloitih.

American: Watlala tribe of Chinuks; also called Echeloots. See Nihal.

Nij.

Caucasian: a sub-dialect of the Ude.     H. C.

Nilgherries, Nilgiri, see Tuda.

Ning-po.

Colloquial Chinese.

Nipal.

Mixed forms of speech: Indo-Chinese, Indic, Sub-Dravidian; many aboriginal tribes of the Himalayas. Denwari, Newari, Khaspoora. They use the Devanagri character. Papers by Hodgson in “Jnl. As. Socy. of Bengal,” 1830. See Parbuttia.

Nipissing.

American: Algonkin of Montreal, L. Canada.

Nippegon.

American: name for the Winnebagos.

Niquiran.

American: Nahuatl dialect of Mexican, spoken in Nicaragua. See Tlaskalteca.

Nishada.

Sanskrit word for “outcast,” applied as a name for Dravidian, and to all aboriginal races.

⁂ It is the best and most comprehensive name, dating at least from as early as the fourth century B.C.     W. S. W. V.   See Pariah.

Nishi or Niski (Neshki).

Semitic: modern alphabetic character; name applied to the “nice” or finished writing of Arabic; also adopted in writing Turkish, Urdu, Malay, &c.; used also in printed Persian. See Talik.

Nissarda.

Romance: Italian dialect of Nice. Grammar by Micen, Nizza, 1841 (Nice).

Nitendi, see Indeni.

Niuen, under Nieue.

Nizhni.

Moghol: closely allied to Selenga; also called Nizniah-Uda.

Nizza, see Nissarda.

Njenez, see Nenetsch.

Njoko, see Ngoko.

Nkele.

African: dialect of the Gaboon.

Nogay.

Turkee: closely allied to Bashkir.

Nogoten, see Ngoten.

Norfolk.

Provincial dialect of English, classed as E. Anglian. See “Promptorium Parvulorum,” Edit. Way (Camden Soc.); Forby’s Vocaby., London, 1830; Nall’s “Guide to Great Yarmouth,” London, 1866.     W. W. S.

Norfolk-Sound.

American: Kolush of Sitka.

Norman.

Romance: patois of France, sometimes called Norman-French. Old Norman was a dialect of the Langue d’oïl. See Kelham’s Dictionary, London, 1779.

Norse, Norsk.

Same as Icelandic or Scandinavian. See “Old nordisk Formlaere,” by Wimmer, Steen, 1870.

North American, under Indian.

Northumbrian.

Provincial dialect of England, to which Lowland Scottish is closely allied. Glossary in Ray’s Collection; Brockett’s “Glossary of North-Country Words,” London, 1846; also “Proceedings of Ethnol. Soc.,” vol. i., pp. 123-39.

⁂ The best examples of Old Northumbrian are exhibited in the glosses to the Latin Gospels in the celebrated Durham Book, and the Rushworth MSS.     W. W. S.

Norton-Sound.

American: dialects of Eskimo.

Norwegian.

(1) Scandinavian: Old Norwegian is the Norse of Iceland; Modern Norwegian is a form of Danish. Grammar by Foss, Christiania, 1858; Practical Introduction by Fraedersdorff, London, 1860.

⁂ Twenty sub-dialects are enumerated by Aasen: “Ordbog,” Christiania, 1850.

(2) Ugrian: see Quanian.

Nosindambo.

Native appellation for the I. of Madagascar.

Notargekon.

Hebrew anagrams: superstition of Cabalistic Jews.

Nottoway.

American: S. dialect of Iroquois, spoken in N. Carolina, and closely allied to Tuscarora. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 115.

Noub, see Nubian.

Nova Scotia.

American: Mikmak dialect of Algonkin.

Nowgong.

Indo-Chinese: Singpo dialect of Assam. See Naga.

Nsietshawus.

American: Upper Killamuks; dialect of Atna or Selish, spoken in the Oregon district. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 120. See Jagon.

Nso.

African: dialect of the Gaboon.

Ntere.

African: dialect of Kaffir, allied to Mbamba, Kanyika, Musentando, &c.     H. C.

Nubian.

African of the Valley of the Nile, from the frontier of Egypt (i.e., the Tropic of Cancer) to the boundary of Abyssinia. Its three known dialects are (1) the Kenuz, that of the most northern portion: the Dodeka Skoinos of the classical geographers, the most northern division of the Roman province of Egypt—of this the word “Kenuz” is a corruption; (2) the Noub, or Nubian proper; (3) the Dongolawy of Dongola on the south. The Arabic has greatly encroached upon the languages or dialects of this class.     R. G. L.

Nufi.

African: dialects of Nigritian; also called Tappa or Tapua.

⁂ The following vocabularies are Nufi:—Appa, Basa, Bujanne, Dsuku, Ebe, Egbira-Himi, Eregba, Esitako, Goali, Kakanda, Kupu, Musu, Nupayse, Opanda, Shabbie, Yala. See Clarke’s “Dialects,” p. 35.     R. G. L.

Nukahiva.

Polynesian of the Marquesas Is. See Marquesan.

Numelaha.

Koriak name for the Kamtshatlans.

Numidian.

African: from “Numidæ,” a Latinized form of nomades; Greek “nomos,” “a pasture.” Known by inscriptions in the form of dedication stones from N. Africa, and consisting of picture-writing and variants of the early Semitic alphabet.

Numismatic.

Many archaic forms of ancient alphabetic characters, known by inscriptions on coins. See Akerman’s “Numismatic Manual.”

Nurnberg, Nuremberg.

Teutonic: dialect of High-German. Dicty. by Gerischer, Leipzig, 1835.

Nusdalum, under Naas.

Nut (Bazeegur).

Hindostani: dialects of Bazighurs in Bengal. See Nat.

Nutka.

American: tribes of Van Couver’s Is. Same as Wakash and Yucuatl.

Nyamnyam.

African: spoken on the Nile about 5° N.L. Known only from a short vocabulary by Petherick.     R. G. L.   See Sandeh.

Nyangeyarentshi, Nyegantshi.

African: both assigned by Barth to the Hamarua.

Nyffe, see Nufi.

Nyombe.

African: dialect of Kaffir, allied to Lubalo, Songo, Runda, &c.     H. C.

ADDENDA.

Naik, Nayak, Naikara.

A predatory tribe of Guzarat, N.E. of Baroda.     W. E.   See Naikude.

Nat, Nata, Natwa.

A gipsey tribe of U. India.     W. E.   See Nut.

Nayadi.

Outcast race of Malabar, inhabiting the forests N. of Cochin. They wear a covering of leaves, and their language is not intelligible to the people of the plains. Corruptly Naiadis.     W. E.

Nesakula, Nesabidaru.

A class of bird-catchers in the Carnatic, speaking a corrupt dialect.     W. E.

New Caledonia, see Takulli.

Nihal.

An aboriginal race of Central India, said to be older than the Gonds.     W. E.

Nisovi.

Ugrian: local dialect of Samoied, spoken N. of the Beresov.

Nomadic.

A term applied to the Turanian dialects, as the languages of nomades or wandering tribes, in contradistinction to the Aryan and Semitic dialects, which have been called “state or political languages.”     G. R.

Northamptonshire.

A dialect of England. See the Glossaries by Miss Baker and Sternberg.     W. W. S.

Nukonono.

Polynesian: mixed dialect of Tahitian and Rarotongan. One of the Manüki group.     W. G.

O.

Oampi, see Oyapok.

Ob, Obi, Obdorsker.

Ugrian: dialects of Samoyed: true Ostiak. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 134. See Odh.

Obane or Obany.

African: a form of the word Bonny. The class includes Okuloma and Udso, and is allied to Sobo, Egbele, Bini, and Olomo. Vocaby. by Köler in the “Geographical Journal of Berlin,” 1843.     H. C.

Oberland.

Romance: name for Upper Engadine. See Romana.

Ober Sachsen.

German of Switzerland.

Obispo, under Luis.

Obotritian.

Slavonic: Spoken in Mecklenburg. See Luitizian.

Occitanian.

Romance: name for Provençal or Langue d’oc. See Osset.

Oceanic.

General name for all classes of Polynesian, taken collectively. See Introduction.

Ocoles.

American: tribe of Vilela.

Odh.

Ugrian: in full, Odh-Shosh; name for the Denka or Sable Ostiaks.

Odjii, see Ashantee.

Oezbeg, under U.

Ogham (Tree Alphabet).

Name of ancient linear characters found in some Irish lapidary inscriptions. See Prospectus of Vallancey’s Dicty., Dublin, 1802.

Oje.

American: tribe of Tamanaque.

Ojibwa, Ojibway.

American: name for Chippewayan.

Chief dialect of Algonkin: tribes with dialectical variations are distinguished at St. Mary’s, Grand Traverse Bay, Saganaw, Michilimackmac, Chegoimegon; the name is also written Otchipwe. See Ogibois.

Okanagan.

American: (1) Tribe of Atnah: “chin” or “flat heads.”

(2) Tribe of Sahaptin, or “nez-percées,” on the upper part of Frazer’s river.

Ok-kow-ish.

American: native name of the Moadocs; the latter word means “alien” in the Shasta language.

Okshee.

American: name applied to the Klamath-Lake Indians; they are allied to the Modocs.

Oktolakto.

American: a name for the Oto Indians of Platte river.

Okuloma.

African: dialects of Bonny, allied to Egbele, Udso, Zobo, Bini, and Olomo.     H. C.

Olamentke.

American: native name for the Bodega Indians of California. See Tchokoyem.

Old Bactrian, see Zend.

Old English, see Anglo-Saxon.

Old High-German.

Teutonic: period of language till 12th century.

Old Norse, see Icelandic.

Old Persian, under P.

Old-Prussian, under P.

Old Saxon.

Teutonic: extinct dialect of Low-German; allied to Frisian and Anglo-Saxon. See Heyne’s edition of the “Heliand.”

Old Slavonic, see Cyrillic.

Oldenburg.

Teutonic: dialect of Low-German or Dutch. See Work by Wolke, Leipzig, 1804.

Olhones.

American: Costanos; Indians of the coast in N. California.

Olomo.

African: dialect of the Niger, with the same affinities as Okuloma.     H. C.

Olonets or Olonetzian.

(1) Finnish: a sub-dialect of Karelian.

(2) Slavonic: provincial dialect of Russian.

Olot, see Ulut.

Omagua.

American: dialect of the Amazons; allied to the Guarani and the Tupi.

Omaha.

American: dialect of Sioux. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 117. Vocaby. by Dr. Hayden.     H. C.

Omar.

Papuan: dialect of New Guinea.

Ombay.

Negrito: insular dialect of Polynesian.

Onega, Oniga.

American: a form of “Ongwe,” speech of the Irokese; it became Maqua with the Dutch, Mingo with the French.

Oneida.

American: a dialect of Iroquois, closely allied to Mohawk, and spoken in the W. of N. York State. See Schoolcraft’s “Ind. Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 482.

Onim.

Papuan: dialect of New Guinea.

Onolascha, under U.

Onomatopœia.

Mimetic speech; treats of the formation of words in imitation of natural sounds. It is the origin of many reduplicated words, and, when applied to the science of language, has sometimes been called “the bow-wow theory.”

Onondaga.

American: dialect of Iroquois, closely allied to Mohawk and Oneida. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 482; Dicty. by Shea, London, 1860.

Onthagamies, Ottogami.

American: a name for the Fox-Indians. See Sac.

Ontoampa.

American: tribe of Vilela.

Oodeypoora.

Hindi of Mewar or Chitore in Rajpootana. The Rajah of Oodeypoor is said to hold the most ancient hereditary sovereignty in the world.

Oojeini.

Hindi of Malwa.

Oordu.

Same as Urdu. See Hindostani.

Opata.

American: dialect of Sonora, in Mexico. Classed with Pima and Eudeve.

Opatoro.

American: dialect of Honduras.

Opulu.

Polynesian: dialect of Samoan.

Orang.

Malay word for man; hence “orang-benua,” “orang-laut,” “orang-utan,” &c.

Oregones, Orejones.

(1) American: dialects of large-eared tribes on the R. Amazon and the Iça or Putumayo and the Negro. Castelnau V., appdx.

(2) Indians of Texas.

⁂ The State of Oregon, N. America, is said to have been named from the abundance of labiatæ, called “Oregano” or “Wild marjoram,” i.e., “mountain-joy.” See Orelhudos.

Orenburg-Tatar.

Dialect of Kirghis: closely allied to Karagas; it is spoken in the Ural provinces of Russia.

Orinoko.

American: geographical class name for a group of languages including Betoi, Otomaka, Yarura, &c.

Oristine.

American: dialect of Lule; it is closely allied to Vilela.

Oriya, Orissa, Uriya.

Indic: closely allied to Bengali; spoken in the sacred city of Jugganath. The alphabetical character only faintly resembles the Devanagari. Grammar by Lacey, Calcutta, 1861.

Orkney Is.

Language of the Orkney Isles, N. Britain, containing many words of Icelandic or Old Norse; also called Orcadian.

Orne.

Romance: French patois, Dept. de l’Orne.

Oro, see Oru.

Orosz.

Slavonic: dialect of the Carpathians; a form of Russ. See Russniack.

Orotong or Orotshong.

Turanian: dialects of Tungus.

Orthography.

The proper spelling of words. In the present work all various spellings are treated as synonyms. Some difficulty will always be found in trans-literating proper names from foreign languages; modes of spelling fluctuate rapidly, becoming in general a mere matter of habit or fashion. It would be impossible to ignore the long-established usage in such words as Mongol and Tartar; but an attempt has been made to give the most recent forms in addition.

Oru (Ejo).

African: native dialect of Brass-Town. It belongs to the Ashantee group, and as a class name, includes Aro, Ebo, and Mbofia, and is allied to Isoama and Isiele.     H. C.

Osage, Osawses, Ous.

American: Sioux Indians of Arkansas, on the R. Osage. It is also written Huzzaw and Washas. Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iv., p. 275; Bradbury’s “Travels,” London, 1817.

Oscan.

Italic: early dialect of Italy, allied to Latin, Umbrian, &c.; but belonging especially to Central and S. Italy. Known by archaic inscriptions. See Mommsen’s “Unteritalischen Dialekte,” Leipzig, 1851; “Versuch,” &c., by Enderis, Zürich, 1871.

Osmanli.

Alatyan: dialect of Western Turkish; it is the typical literary language of the family, spoken by the Oghuz or Ottoman Turks; it is closely allied to Tshuvash, Kirghiz, Turcoman, and Igur or Uigur and Jagatai, but very much softened.

Osnabrück, Osnaburg.

Teutonic: dialect of Low-German. See Strodtmann: “Idioticon,” Leipzig, 1756.

Osset, Ossetian, or Ossitinian.

Caucasian: modern dialect of Abascia, classed as Armenic. Also called Iron (i.e., Irân), from the name of the Caucasian people who speak it. See Klaproth: “Asia P.,” p. 89; Dicty. by Sjögren, St. Petersburg, 1844; Grammar by Rosen, St. Petersburg, 1846.

Ostiak.

Ugrian: dialect of Finnish spoken in Asiatic Russia, on and between the R. Obi and the Yenisey. Chief divisions are the Lake and Sable Ostiaks. (Klaproth.) Vocaby. by Castrén and Schiefner, St. Petersburg, 1858. See Denka.

Otaheite.

Polynesian: an erroneous spelling of Tahiti.     W. G. L.   See Tahitian.

Otakapa, under A.

Otam.

African: dialect of Kaffir, spoken on the Old Calabar R. Used also as a class name for the languages of that district. It is also written Udom.     R. G. L.

Otchagras.

American: same as Winnebago. French spelling of Hochungorah.

Othomi or Otomi.

American: monosyllabic dialect spoken in Sonora, to the frontier of Guatemala, 24° N.L. to 16° W.L. Grammar and Vocabulary, Paris, 1863.

⁂ Much has been written of this language on the strength of its real or supposed monosyllabic structure—indeed, it has been compared with the Chinese. It is, however, truly American, differing, so far as it indeed does differ from the others, in the fact of its agglutination being either less, or less represented in the grammars and vocabularies. See Grammar by Piccolomini, Rome, 1841.     R. G. L.

Oto, Otouez.

American: Sioux dialect of the Platte R. Vocaby. in Long’s “Expedition,” &c., Philadelphia, 1822.

Otshi.

African: name for Ashantee, the dialect of the Gold Coast; otherwise called Odjii, Oji, or Ochi. See Riis: “Elemente ... der Odschi-sprache,” Basel, 1853.

⁂ Ashantee is much like Fantee, and is allied to Whydah, Dahomey, Oro, Ebo, Dzelana, &c.     H. C.

Ottare.

American: Mountain Cherokees.

Ottawa, Ottoway.

American: dialects of Algonkin, closely allied to Chippewayan, spoken by tribes now located in Michigan and Ohio, but formerly belonging to the R. Ottaway, a confluent of the St. Lawrence. See Tanner’s “Narrative,” N. York, 1830; “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 107.

Ottogami, see Onthagamies.

Ottomaca.

American: spoken by Indians of Venezuela, on the Meta and Orinoco. See Taparita.

Otuke, Otugue.

American: a tribe of Chiquitos missions.

Otyiherero.

African: allied to Nano. See Herero.

Ougia, see Aroo.

Ouigour.

Most ancient form of the alphabetic character used by the Turks; it is still used in a modified form in Moghol and Manchu, which are written in vertical columns, from top to bottom, but not the older Ouigour. See Uigur.

Ouloff (Ouolofe).

African: French spelling of Woloft. Vocaby. by Faidherbe, St. Louis (Africa), 1860. See Jalloof.

Oulx.

Romance: intermediate between French and the Italian.

Ous, see Osage.

Owyhee.

Polynesian: properly spelled Hawaii.

Oyampis, Oyapok.

American: Carib of French Guiana; also called Oampi. See “Bulletin de la Soc. de Géographie,” Paris, 1834.     R. G. L.   See Emerillon.

Ozbeg, under U.

ADDENDA.

Ogibois, Ojibois.

American: name of the E. Chippeways; also called Sauteu, Salteux. See Ojibwa.

Oji, see Otshi.

Olosenga.

Polynesian of the Samoan family, with a few words and letters of the more easterly islands.     W. G.

Ondo, Ota, Oworo.

African: Aku languages. Vocaby. by Kölle.     H. C.

Ooriah.

Indian: the language of Orissa, a province of Bengal. See Hunter’s “Orissa,” &c.     A. C.

Oraon, see Uraon.

Orelhudos.

Portuguese word—“large-eared”—applied to the Oregones or Orejones, and also to the Aroaquis.

Ota, see Ondo.

Otchipwe, see Ojibwa.

Oworo, see Ondo.

P.

Pacaguara.

American: language of Bolivia, belonging to the missions of Moxos. Allied to Quichua and Panos.     H. C.

Pacasas, see Pakasa.

Pada or Podo.

Javanese: marks of punctuation and modes of address used in composition.

Paderborn.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of Low-German.

Padovani, Paduese.

Italic: dialect of Padua. “Tratta,” by Brunacci, Venice, 1759.

Padsade.

African: somewhat allied to Biafada.

Paduca.

American: Dr. Latham’s class name for the Comanche, Shoshoni, Utah, and other allied languages, including the Netela and Kij.

Paegan.

American: same as Pieds-noirs.

Pahi or Pahri.

Dialect of Newari. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Pahlavi, see Pehlevi.

Pahoja.

American: sub-dialect of Oto.

Paicotschi.

Indic: a dialect of Prakrit.

Paioconeca.

American: language of Bolivia, belonging to the Mission of Chiquitos. See Paunaca.

Paiure.

American: tribe of Tamanaque.

Pakasa.

American: sub-dialect of Aymara.

Pakhya.

Non-Aryan: a dialect of Nipal, allied to Tharu Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Pakpak.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Batta.

Palæo-Georgian.

Class name for primitive languages of the Caucasus, and for others resembling them, including Amazon and Etruscan.     H. C.

Palæography.

The science which deals with ancient forms of writing in inscriptions, MSS., &c., and sometimes applied to the ancient forms of writing themselves.     G. R.

Palæo-Slavic, see Cyrillic.

Palæotype, see Glossotype.

Palaik.

American: dialect of Oregon and California (frontier), allied to Lutuami, Shasti, and more remotely to Sahaptin. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 98.

Palaong.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Siam, allied to Ahom.

Palaos, see Pelew.

Palembang.

The Malay language, as it is spoken at Palembang, on the eastern coast of Sumatra, where it is mixed with a good deal of Javanese, in consequence of the Javanese having anciently colonised this country. It is written partly with the Arabic, partly with an indigenous alphabet; also used for the Rejang and Passumah dialects, and called “Satra renchong.”     P. J. V.

Palenca.

American: dialect of the R. Orinoco, allied to Tamanaque.

Pali.

Indic: an extinct dialect of Sanskrit, derived through Pracrit, forming the sacred language of the Buddhists; it has a peculiar alphabetic character of its own. Bali and Lanka-Bhasa (ancient Sinhalese) are derived from it, and it has very largely influenced modern Cinghalese. Dicty. by Thero and Subhuti, Colombo, 1865; and one now in progress by R. C. Childers; Kachcháyana’s “Grammar,” by Mason, London, 1870.

Palimpsest.

Palæographic: “written-over”; used of MSS. having a second inscription laid over a previous one.

⁂ A term signifying “twice-rubbed,” or “scratched,” and applied properly to parchments which, after having been written on, have been prepared for a fresh writing by an erasure of the original one. In the middle ages, when parchment came to be scarce and dear, many valuable MSS. were thus used, and a second worthless writing placed over one infinitely more precious. In some cases the original MS. has been recovered by careful examination, e. g., the text of Cicero’s treatise, “De Republica.”     G. R.

Palla.

Sub-Turanian: tribe of Awalias in Nipal.

Palmyrene.

Semitic: the Syriac of Tadmor or Palmyra, with an alphabet of very ornamental character derived from Old Aramaic, but not earlier than the third century A.D., and connected with lapidary Sassanian.     W. S. W. V.

Palpa.

Indic: Sanskrit of Nipal.

Pampanga.

Malayan of the Philippine Islands: classed with Bissayan and Tagala.

Pampas.

American: Quichua word for “field” or “plain,” applied to the district of roving tribes who occupy vast level regions between Buenos-Ayres and Chili. The Spanish limit the appellation to the Divihet and Taluhet. See Puelche.

Pampticough.

American: Algonkin dialect of N. Carolina.

Panch.

Indian term signifying “five”: (1) Panch Gaura, used for the five northern languages of India, taken collectively, including Bengali, Guzarati, Hindi, Scindi, and Urya. (2) Panch Dravida, used for the five southern dialects, including Canarese, Malayalim, Tamil, Telugu, and Tulu.     W. E.

Pani, see Pawnee.

Panjabi or Punjabi, see Sikh.

Panos.

American: dialect of the R. Apurimac or Ucayale in Peru. Somewhat allied to the Baure of Moxos, to the Pacaguara and Quichua.     H. C.

Pan T’hai.

Mohammedans of Yunnan, W. China; also written Panthay.

Papaa.

African: same as Popo. A Nigritian dialect of the Slave-coast. See Nagoe.

Pape.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of the Mong-Jung in Assam.

Papel.

African: dialect of the Bejugas or Bissagos Is.; it is allied to Kanyop, to Felup, Bagnon, Sarar, Bolar, &c., and spoken also on the coast S. of the Cacheo.     H. C.

Papiah.

African: dialect of Kaffir.

Papoloka.

American: the Pokoman of Oajaca. A dialect of the Maya class.

Papuan.

Negritic: typical language of dark-skinned Polynesians. It is the vernacular speech of New Guinea, and spread through many smaller islands. “Papua” is said to be a Malay word for “frizzled hair,” but see the Greek πάππος (lanugo carduorum), and our own “pappous” = “woolly.” See Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago,” and Dissertation: Crawfurd’s Malay Grammar. See Alfuros.

Param.

African: a dialect of Kaffir.

Paranapura, see Xebero.

Parauana, see Wapisian.

Parbuttia.

This word means “the language of the hills”—“purbut” “a hill.” It is a dialect of Hindi, the Court language of Nipal, and is spoken generally by the Khus, a military tribe of Nipal, and generally by all the Nipalese people, as Hindustani is in British India.     A. C.

Parechi.

American: tribe of Tamanaque.

Pareni.

American: spoken by tribes of Maypur Indians on the R. Mataveni in Venezuela. See Barre.

Paria, Pariagoto.

American: classed with Tamanaque.

Pariah.

Indian term: “an outcast,” lower than a Sudra; from a word in the Tamul language, signifying “mountaineer.” See Nishada.

Parigi.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Parita, see Piede.

Parma, Parmesan, Parmigiano.

Romance: sub-dialect of Italian. Dicty. by Peschieri, Parma, 1840.

Parnkalla.

Australian: dialect of Spencer’s-gulf and Port Lincoln. Vocaby. by Schürmann, Adelaide, 1844; Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Paropamisan.

Dr. Latham’s class name for the Hindu-Kush dialects, as Dard, Shina, &c.

Parsee.

(1) Indians of Persian descent. The modern Parsees or fire-worshippers speak Gujerattee.

(2) Fire-worshippers of Persia. See Guebre.

Parsi.

Iranic: extinct dialect of Old Persian, belonging to the province of Farsistan; it is the same as Pazend, and is derived from Pehlevi, being the third stage of Old Bactrian or Zend, and was the dialect used by Firdusi, the poet (Farrar: “Families of Speech,” p. 104). See Spiegel: “Grammatik der Parsi Sprache.”

Parthian.

The Parthians have been classed as Medo-Scythic, but few words remain of their original language; the later dialect on their coins is akin to the Pehlevi. Prof. Rawlinson regards them as Turanian. See “The Sixth Great Oriental Monarchy,” London, 1873.

Pasaine.

American: tribes of Vilela.

Pasanbangko, see Bentenang.

Paschai, Pashai.

Kafirs of Kohistan; the dialect is allied to Lughman. See “Jnl. A. S. of Bengal,” 1838.

Passamaquodds.

American: Indians of St. John’s, N. Brunswick, classed as Abenaki.

Passang.

Malayan: a sub-dialect of Menadu.

Passumah, see Sarawi.

Pasuku.

Monosyllabic: dialect of Peguese, classed as Karen.

Pasummah.

Malayan: same as Lemba.

Patacho.

American: dialect of Brasil, classed as Camacan.

Patagonian, see Tehuelet.

Patani (Pathan).

The language of Affghanistan. The Affghan rulers of Delhi were called Patans.     W. S. W. V.   See Pushtoo.

Paternosters.

Derived from the Latin for “Our Father”; versions of the Lord’s Prayer in polyglot. See “Linguarum duodecim introductio,” by Postel, 1538; De Mofra’s “Exploration,” Paris, 1840-2; “The Lord’s Prayer in 100 Languages,” by Apostolides; and the large works by Pallas and Adelung. See Bibliography.

Pati.

African: a dialect of Kaffir.

Patois.

French word for local or provincial dialects.

Patos.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Paumotu.

Polynesian: somewhat allied to Kanaka.

Paunaca.

American: sub-dialect of Paioconeca.

Paunch Indians (Ventrus).

American: name for the Allakaweah; Crow Indians of Snake R. For Big-bellies (Gros Ventres). See Minetari.

Pa-uta, see Paduca.

Pavia.

Romance: sub-dialect of Italian. “Dizionario Domestico,” Pavia, 1829.

Pawnee.

American: typical dialect of the Riccaree Indians, spoken between the R. Quicourre or Running Water and R. Platte or Shallow, W. of the Missouri. Both Pawnee and Ricaree are classed together by Dr. Latham as allied sub-dialects of Caddo. “Amer. Ethnol.,” ii. 96.

Paya.

Malayan: dialect of Malacca. See Semang.

Payagua.

American: dialect of Brasil, at present only spoken by a small remnant, removed to the town of Assuncion in Paraguay, somewhat allied to Bororo.

Paycobge, Paykoge.

American: tribe of Jahyco in Brasil.

Pays de Vaud, under V.

Pazand, Pazend.

Iranic: same as Parsi. Glossary by Haug and Asa, London, 1870.

Peagans.

American: same as Pieds-noirs.

Peba.

American: dialect of the Amazons, spoken in N.W. Brasil, and probably allied to Oregones.

Pedro, San.

American: missions of Brasil of the Almeida class. See Da Silva’s Dicty., Bahia, 1854.

⁂ It is allied to Guarani and Agaw.     H. C.

Peguese.

Indo-Chinese: a monosyllabic dialect, called Talain or Mon, allied to Burmese, and spoken in Pegu.

Pehlvi or Pehlevi.

Iranic: extinct dialect of Old Persian, belonging to the Pahlav district of Western Iran or Media, but with large Semitic infusion. It is the language of the Sassanian coins, of several inscriptions of early Sassanian kings, and of the earliest comments on the Avesta, closely allied to the Zend and Old Persic; it is also called Huzvaresh, a suggestion of Spiegel’s. See Spiegel’s “Grammatik der Huzvareschen Sprache;” Haug’s Old Pahlavi-Pazand Glossary, by Asa, Bombay, 1870.

Pehuenche.

American: tribes of Araucans.

Pekinese, see Khum.

Pelasgian.

An aboriginal tribe of Greece. Herodotus states that their speech was “barbarous”—i.e., distinct from or unintelligible to the Hellenes; but it seems to have been the basis out of which was developed classical Greek. Later writers propose to class the pre-historic dialects of Greece with the Illyrian.

Pelasgic.

Class name for combined Greek and Latin stems, sometimes called Græco-Italic, otherwise Illyrian or Thraco-Illyrian.

Pelew, Pelu.

Dialects of the Palaos or Pelew Is., allied to Tobi, and classed as Micronesian.

Pelu.

Moghol: dialect of N. W. tribes.

Pend d’Oreilles.

American: French name for the Kullespelm.

Pendschabi.

Same as Punjabi; German form. See Sikh.

Pennsylvanian.

American: State formerly called New Sweden, and inhabited by Algonkin and Iroquois. See “Thomas’ Account,” N. York, 1848.

Penobscot.

American: language of Indians in the States of Maine and N. Brunswick; classed as a dialect of Abenaki.

Pequod or Pequot.

American: dialect of Algonkin spoken in Connecticut.

Periods of Language.

Successive stages in the development of a language, each occupying a certain interval of time. The changes sometimes indicate growth, sometimes decay and approaching extinction.     G. R.

Permian or Permic.

Tchudic: Ugrian dialect of Perm in Russia, closely allied to Wotiak and Zirianian. Also called Biarmian. The Permians were the first of their race converted to Christianity by St. Stephen, apostolic King of Hungary, 997 or 1000 A.D. Dicty. by Rogord, 1869.

Persian.

Iranic: modern dialect of Persia, derived from Old Persian, but with a large infusion of Arabic words, and written in a modification of the Nishki-Arabic characters, called Taalic, and in a running hand called Shikestah. Grammar by Vullers, Gissæ, 1870; Dictys. by Johnson and Richardson. Dialects are Mazenderan; see Klaproth’s “Beschreibung,” Berlin, 1814. Tatt, the dialect of Baku in Daghestan; see Eichwald’s “Reise,” Stuttgart, 1834. Twelve are specified by Von Hammer, “Asiatic Jl.,” 1833. See Tajik.

Persic.

Under this term are comprehended all the various forms of the Persian language, with the exception of the dialect now spoken. The Persic is known to us in three stages:—

(1) The language of the Achæmenian dynasty, recovered from the cuneiform inscriptions of Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes, and other kings. See Spiegel: “Die Altpersischen Keilinschriften,” Leipzig, 1862.

(2) The Pehlevi or Huzvaresch, the language of the Sassanian period (A.D. 226-650). Iranic, with considerable Semitic infusion; known from coins, inscriptions, and literary productions.

(3) Parsi or Pazend; the language as it reappears subsequently to the Arab conquest; purified to a great extent of the Semitic ingredients, and once more thoroughly Iranic. Known from translations of the Avesta, &c.

The Persic, in its earliest form, is closely allied to Old Bactrian or Zend. Latterly it branched out into several dialects, as the Deri, the Herevi, the Parsi, or Pazend, the Segzi or dialect of Seistan, the Sogdi of Sogdiana or Bokharia, and the Zavuli of Zabulistan.     G. R.

Perth.

Native dialect of S.W. Australia. Vocaby. by Capt. Grey, 1841.

Peruvian.

This is a geographical rather than a philological term. The Peruvian area, nearly coinciding with the present republic of Peru, reaches along the coast from the north of Quito, on the boundaries of the Ecuador and New Grenada, to Chili, i.e. from the Equator to 24° S.L. Its most eastern extension is in Tucuman; its general run, however, is from north to south. The two (allied) languages which most especially belong to it are the Quichua and Aymara. Notices of ruder tribes within the same area we have many, but with few and exceptional vocabularies. Juracares, Mayoruna, and Calchaqui, Atacama, Changos. Lopez: “Les races Aryenne de Peru,” 1872.     R. G. L.

Pescherai.

American: language of Terra del Fuego, belonging to the Pygmean or Mincopie of Tickell.     H. C.   See Yakanaku.

Peshito.

Semitic: “faithful or exact”; used of a so-called literal version of the scriptures in Syriac.

Pessa.

African: dialect of the Mana class.

Petiguaren.

American: anthropophagi of Ceara and Paraiba in Brasil.

Peul, see Pulah.

Pey.

Indo-Chinese: language of the Lok-tai in Siam.

Peyes, see Poyus.

Pfalz.

High-German: dialect of the U. and L. Palatinate.

P’hansigars.

Name for the Thugs of India, applied by Hindoos.

Pharsmanic.

Caucasian: dialect of the Mizdeghen or Tshetsh.

Phellata.

African: same as Fulah.

Philip (Port).

A native Australian dialect, allied to Mena.

Philippine.

Polynesian: dialects of the Philippine Islands. Bissayan, Haraya, Hiligueina or Ilocana, all classed as Malayan. Dicty. by Mentrida, Manila, 1841. See Negritic.

Philology.

Science of words and language. See Comparative.

Phœnician.

Semitic: extinct language of Tyre, Sidon, and other towns in ancient times, and closely allied to Biblical Hebrew; the alphabetic characters are similar to those found upon Hebrew coins, and having been adopted in Greece and Italy, have originated those of modern Europe. Gesenius: “Scripturæ Phœniciæ Monumenta,” 4to, 1837; “Die Phönizische Sprache,” by Schröder, Halle, 1869: Levy: “Phöniz. Lexicon,” 8vo, 1866. See Punic.

Phonetics, Phonology.

Writing by sound. See “Early English Pronunciation,” by Ellis, containing a pronouncing vocabulary of all leading dialects, London, 1867-71; Philosophy of Utterance in Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. v. See Maya.

Phrisones, under F.

Phrygian.

Vernacular speech of Phrygia, a large country in the interior of Asia Minor, known only by inscriptions, but classed as Indo-European. See Rawlinson’s “Herodotus,” vol. i., p. 666; “Asiatic Review,” vol. 12.

Piacentino, Piacenza.

Sub-dialect of Italian. Vocaby. by Foresti, 1837-8.

Piankeshaw.

American: Algonkin dialect of Illinois.

Pianoghotto.

American: Carib dialect of Venezuela and Demerara.

Piaroas.

American: name for Macos.

Picaneux.

American: same as Pieds-noirs.

Picard.

Romance: (1) Old Picard is a sub-dialect of Langue d’oil. Dicty., Rouen, 1500.

(2) Patois of modern French. De Soilly: “Idiome Picard,” Abbeville, 1833.

Pictish.

Unclassed dialect of N. Britain in ancient times, but most probably a form of Celtic, with close affinity to Welsh.

Picture-Writing, see Hieroglyphic.

Piede.

American: same as Pa-Utah. See Paduca.

Piedmontese, Piemont.

(1) Romance: sub-dialect of Italian. Vocaby. by Ponza, Turin, 1843.

(2) Teutonic: sub-dialect of High-German. Schott: “Die Deutschen Colonien, &c.,” Stuttgart, 1842.

Pieds-noirs, see Blackfoot.

Piekanns.

American: same as Pieds-noirs.

Pika.

African: allied to Karekare.

Pikunche.

American: tribes of Araucans; same as Puelche.

Pilu, see Pelew.

Pima.

American: spoken in Sonora and U. California; it is closely allied to Eudeve or Heve, and is also called Nevome. Grammar by Smith, 1862.

⁂ In Sonora the Pima area is divided into the Alta, “upper,” and Baja, “lower,” Pimeria. In California the Pima villages, along with those of the Coco-maricopas, in the valley of the Gila.     R. G. L.

Pinaleno, Pinol.

American: dialect of Athabaskan spoken in N. Mexico, and classed as Apache.

Pindarees.

Roving tribes of Hindustan.

Pinegorine.

Australian: dialect of Goulburn. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Pinoco.

American: classed as Chiquito.

Pinol, see Pinaleno.

Piqua.

American: tribe of Shawnees.

Pirinda.

American: a dialect of Mechoacan in Mexico. See Taraska.

Pis.

A dialect of the Carolines, classed as Micronesian.

Piskaw, Piscous, Piskwaus.

American: classed by Hale in the N. branch of Selish. Vocaby., “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., 118.

Pitan, see Patani.

Plaau.

Native name for Shan.

Platt-Deutsch, under D.

Play.

Indo-Chinese: name for the Karen.

Pocomam, Poconche.

American: same as Pokoman. See Mame.

Poenulus.

Latin: a play written by Plautus, of great interest to philologists from its so-called Punic dialogues. Treatises by Gesenius, Ewald, Lindemann, Movers, and Wex.

Poggy (Pagei).

Malayan: dialect of the I. of Poggy or Nassau.

Poignavi, see Baniwa.

Poitou, Poitevine.

Patois of French. Vocaby. in “Mém. de l’Acad. Celtique,” vol. iii.

Pojuaque.

American: San Aldefonso Mission, New Mexico.

Pokomam, Pokoman, Pokonche, see Mame.

Polabian, Polatian.

Wendic: (1) Polatian, extinct dialect of Slavonic.

(2) Polabian, modern sub-dialect of Polish.

⁂ Forms of Slavonic spoken along the River Elbe.

Polen, see Posen.

Polish.

Wendic: a dialect of Slavonic, somewhat allied to Czech or Bohemian, vernacular in Poland. Dicty., Polish and English, Berlin, 1851.

For Polish-Lithuanic, see Samogitian.

Polynesian.

(1) Eastern: the language of the brown Polynesians of the S. Pacific. It is spoken in many dialects, such as Maori, Samoan, Tongan, Tahitian, Hawaian, Niuen. A large percentage of words in Eastern Polynesian are identical with Malayan, to which family it undoubtedly belongs.     W. G. L.

(2) Western: the language spoken by the black Polynesians or those of Papuan origin. The different dialects are very numerous, and widely distributed over the New Hebrides, Loyalty Is., New Caledonia, &c.     W. G. L.   See Kelænonesian, Micronesian. ☞

Polysyllabic.

“Of many syllables,” used of languages “when roots are modified by the addition of prefixes and suffixes.” Japanese is a typical language of polysyllabic character.

Polysynthetic.

Said of languages that incorporate many distinct words into one compound; the native languages of America are essentially incorporating. See Agglutinative.

Pome.

Papuan: dialect of N. Guinea.

Pommern, Pomeranian.

Sub-dialect of Low-German. See “Baltische Studien ... für Pommern,” Stettin, 1833.

Poncar, Poncha, see Punca.

Ponderay.

American: tribes of Flat Heads. See Pend d’Oreilles.

Pongo, Pongua, see Mpongwe.

Ponkatage.

American: tribes of Jahyco.

Ponosaken.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu, classed as Alfuru.

Poulains, Pullani.

Ethnological term: mixed race; Frank and Syrian during the Crusades.

Popo, see Papaa.

Popoluca, see Papoloka.

Port Doreh, under D.

Port Jackson.

Australian: See Flinder’s “Voyage,” London, 1814; King’s “Narrative,” London, 1827.

Port Lincoln, see Parnkalla.

Port Macquarie, under M.

Porto Rico, see W. Indies.

Portuguese.

Romance: a language derived from Latin, and closely allied to the Spanish Gallician; it is the vernacular speech of Portugal, and much spread by colonization in both hemispheres. Dicty. by Fonseca and Roquette, Paris, 1869; by Vieyra (a very handy book); Grammar by D’Orsey, London, 1868. See Brazilian.

Posen.

Teutonic: (1, 2) sub-dialects of High and Low-German. See Bernd: “Die D. S. in ... Posen und ... Polen,” Bonn, 1820.

Pottawattomie.

American: Algonkin of Lake Michigan (S.).

Poula (Poule).

African: French form of Foulah. See Fula.

Powhattan.

American: extinct dialect of Algonkin, formerly spoken in Maryland and Virginia.

Poyes, Poyus.

American: tribes of Vuta-Huilliche.

Pracrit, Prakrit.

Indic: a later form of Sanskrit, also called Sarawasti; formerly vernacular in the Punjab. The word “prakrit” means “derived.” It was the more popular form of speech, as opposed to the cultivated dialect. Inaccurately used as a class-name for all families of Indian languages. Grammar by Cowell, London, 1868.

Prairie.

French word: the Pampas of N. America. Not used now as a class-name.

Praslin.

Malayan: dialect of the Indian Archipelago.

Precopensian.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of Gothic.

Pressburg.

Teutonic: dialect of High-German. See “Description,” by Korabinski, Presburg, 1784.

Preussisch, see Prussian.

Princes Is.

Javanese: island in the Straits of Sunda.

Prince William’s Sound.

American: Eskimo of the W. Coast.

Priyadasi.

Inscriptions in the early Sanskrit of W. India, known as the Edicts of Priyadasi.

Provençal.

Romance: early language of S. France, derived from Latin, and originated in the district known as the Roman “Provincia”: the modern Provence. It is also called Langue d’oc, Limousin, Occitanian, and Romaunt. It was the dialect used by the poets called Troubadours. Allied dialects are Churwalsche or Engadine, Rhæto-Roman, Romanese or Romansch. Grammar by Bartsch, Elberfeld, 1868. See Romaunt.

Prussian.

(1) Old-Prussian: an extinct dialect of Lithuanic. See Nesselmann: “Die ... alten Preussen,” Berlin, 1845.

(2) Teutonic: a sub-dialect of Low-German. See Dicty. by Henning, Königsberg, 1785.

(3) Slavonic: a sub-dialect of Polish. Spoken in Prussia. ☞

Puan or Puant.

American: French name for the Winnebago.

Puctunc.

American: language of the Maya class spoken in Yucatan.

Pueblo.

American: Spanish term “town or village” used for “settled”—i.e. “civilised”—Indians. See Davis’s “New Mexico,” N. York, 1857.

⁂ The chief missions among the Pueblo Indians are San Aldefonso (Pojuaques), Santa Anna, Santa Clara, San Domingo, San Felipe (Sillas), San Juan. See Keres.

Puelche.

American: Chileno name for Indians of the Pampas; tribes are named Chechehet, Divihet, and Taluhet. Allied to Bode and Houssa. H.C.

Puemaja.

American: same as Camoyes, a sub-tribe of Cuchans. See Yuma.

Puerto Rico, see Porto.

Puinipet.

Micronesian: dialect of Ulea.

Pujuni.

American: dialect of U. California, spoken on the R. Sacramento, and somewhat allied to Tsamak. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 124.

⁂ Related to Atna, Attakapa, Galela, and the Agaw group.     H. C.   ☞

Pukhtu, see Pushtoo.

Pule, Pulen, Pulah.

African: same as Fulah. ☞

Pullani, see Poulains.

Pumpopolsk.

Ugrian: a dialect of Ostiak allied to Inbazk. Vocaby., Klaproth’s “Asia P.,” p. 171.

Punca, Puncaw.

American: dialect of Sioux, closely allied to Omaha.

Pundrabee.

Indo-Chinese: tribes speaking one of the languages of Kunawar.

Punic.

Semitic: the dialect of Phœnician belonging to ancient Carthage, in N. Africa, sometimes called Carthaginian; it is known only by inscriptions and some dialogues in Plautus. Kopp’s “Bemerkungen,” Heidelberg, 1824. See Poenulus.

Punjabi, see Sikh.

Punti.

Sub-dialect of Chinese. Dicty. by Lobscheid, 1866-9.

Puquina.

American: dialect of Peru, E. of the Andes, sometimes classed with Quichua.

Puranas.

Sanskritic: ancient poetry, explanatory of the Hindoo faith.

Purbi-Bhaka.

Hindi: dialect of Oude and Benares.

Purugoto.

American: classed by Humboldt with the Carib.

Purus, Purys.

American: Indians of Brasil; the dialect is spoken in Rio Janeiro and Espiritu Santo.

Pushtoo, Pushtu, or Pukhtu.

The native dialect of Afghanistan, an important district of Asia, W. of the Indus; it is also called Patan and Shia-push, has lately been classed, with other Caucasian languages, as Armenic, and is closely allied to Kurdish and Ossetic; it is written in the Taâlik character. Dicty. and Grammar by Ravesty, London, 1860.

Pustosersk.

Ugrian: a dialect of Samoied.

Puttoos.

Indian: a name for the Juanga, a very barbarous tribe in the tributary Mahals of Cuttack, wearing only a covering of leaves, and speaking a peculiar dialect. Specimens are given by Mr. Samuel in the “Jnl. A. S. of Bengal.”     W. E.

Pwo Karen.

Indo-Chinese: monosyllabic dialect of Burmah. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Pygmean.

The people known as Mincopie belong to the most remarkable ancient race of short, small people with glossy skins, called Negrito; as the affinities of their dialects are with the languages of other short races, I propose the name Pygmean: (1) The Septentrional Pygmean includes Colebrooke’s Mincopie; in N. America, Utah, Comanche, &c.; in S. America, Kiriri; in N.E. Africa, Conga, Dalla, &c. (2) The Austral Pygmean includes the languages of Terra del Fuego; in N. America, the Natchez and Creek; in Australia the Tasmanian.     H. C.

ADDENDA.

Pagei, see Poggy.

Papiah.

African: a language of the Gaboon, allied to Bayon and Bagba.     H. C.

Pillagers.

American: dialect of Chippeway, called Northern Ojibway.

Q.

Qamamyl, see Quamamyl.

Qua.

African: dialect of Calabar. Vocabulary by Robertson, “Notes on Africa,” London, 1819.

Quabaily, under Kabyle.

Quada, Quado.

American: dialect of Miranda, Brazil; same as Guato.

Quadroons.

Quarter-blood: issue of white and mulatto.

Quain or Quanian.

Tchudic: name used for that dialect of Fin, called also Norwegian-Laplandish; vernacular in Finmark, a portion of Lapland belonging to Sweden and Norway. It is the Norwegian and Swedish name for the northern half of the Gulf of Bothnia, and the name of the people is Kainulaiset.

Quaiquai.

African: same as Hottentot.

Quakwolth.

American: dialect of Vancouver Is., spoken N. of Nanaimo on the E. coast, and also by the Comoucs, but mixed with Cowichan at Port Augusta.     R. B.

Quamamyl (Gamamyl).

African: a vocabulary under this name is given by Cailliaud, which seems to be the Fazoglo of Rüppell under an earlier name.     R. G. L.

Quappa.

American: Sioux tribe of the Arkansas; dialect closely allied to Omaha.

Quaqua.

American: same as Mapoje.

Quaratshi.

Romany: Persian Gipsy.

Quedah.

Malayan: same as Semang-jan.

Queen Charlotte Cape.

Melanesian: a district of New Caledonia; the language is known as Baladea, but the name of Duaura has been proposed by Gabelentz.

Queen Charlotte’s Is.

American: The following races are found there: Cumshewar, Keesarn, Kigarnee, Massit, and Skittegat.

Quellimane.

African: dialect of the Mozambique.

Quengues.

American: same as Cayuga.

Queres, see Keres.

Quiche, Kiche.

American: Maya language of Guatemala; dialects are Cachiquel and Sutugil. Grammar by De Bourbourg, Paris, 1862.

Quichua, Kechhua.

American: native dialect of Peru, formerly spoken by the Incas, and still vernacular along the W. course of the Andes. A dialect is called Chinchaysayo. Analogies with Sanskrit suggested by Lopez. Grammars by Markham, London, 1864; by Tschudi, Vienna, 1853.

⁂ Allied to Aymara, Panos, and Pacaguayra.     H. C.   ☞

Quintikuk.

American: tribe of Narraganset Indians.

Quito.

American: local dialect of Quichua.

Quoja.

African: short vocabulary for the delta of the Niger, probably the Ibo of R. Kwá. Mithridates iii., 1.     R. G. L.

R.

Rabbinic.

Later Hebrew; applied also to the cursive alphabet used by the Rabbins, and in a modified form by German and Polish Jews. See Talmudic.

Radack, Ralick.

Polynesian: chain of islands in Lord Mulgrave’s archipelago; allied to Carolines.

Radigeurs.

American: French name for Shoshones.

Rafael, see Raphael.

Raffles’ Bay.

Australian: See Wilson’s “Narrative,” London, 1835.

Rafizies.

Shiah-Mohammedans of Ghazan, Central Asia.

Ragusan.

Slavonic: local dialect of Illyrian, spoken in Dalmatia.

Rahwa.

Native name for aborigines of Western Esthonia and Eastern Livonia. See Lief.

Raj-Mahali.

Dravidian: dialect of Tamil. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Rakkaing (Rukheng).

Monosyllabic: dialect of this tribe in N. Arracan, classed as Indo-Chinese.     A. C.   See Ro.

Ralick, see Radack.

Ramasi (Rah-már-syána).

Indian: slang of Thugs. Wilson.

Ramosi, Ramoosee.

Dialect of Mahratta spoken by a low race, resembling the Bheels, ranging from Poona, S. to Kolapur. Wilson.

Raphael, San.

American: Tchokoyem Indians of Californian Mission; closely allied to Talatui, and classed as Diegunos.

Rarotongan.

A dialect of Eastern Polynesia spoken by the natives of the entire Hervey group comprising the Islands of Rarotonga, Mangaia, Aitutaki, with several smaller ones. The group is situated 18° to 22° S. lat., and 157° to 160° W. long.     W. G. L.

Rarung, Rasgramee.

Indian: local dialects of Kunawar.

Ras, Rasena.

Native appellation of Old Etruscans; the word is supposed to survive in Rhætian, and Tschudi quotes a list of Romansch words, which he considers to have been derived from the Etruscan. See Taylor’s “Words and Places,” p. 49, 2nd edit.

Ratahan.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu. Vocaby. in Wallace’s “M. Archipelago.”

Ravensberg.

Teutonic: dialect of Low-German, “Westphalian Magazine” for 1788.

Rdjagar.

Indian: a Sanskritic dialect of Thibet.

Redscar Bay.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan. Vocaby. in Macgillivray’s “Voyage of the Rattlesnake,” vol. ii., p. 318.

Reduplicated.

Words found in all languages having sounds or syllables doubled, as “hoddy-doddy” for “snail;” “hogan-mogan,” “a Dutch man of rank.” Dicty. by Wheatley, London, 1866.

Reindeer.

Ugrian: a dialect of Koriak spoken by Tshuktshi in Kamskatka.

Rejang, Redjang.

A dialect of Malay, perhaps sufficiently distinct to be considered as a peculiar language, and spoken in Sumatra in the Rejang districts of the interior, and in the adjacent districts of Bencoolen. It is written with the Palembang or Renchong alphabet.     P. J. V.   See Palembang.

Rekhta.

“Mixed language,” applied to Hindostani or Urdu.

Rembokeng.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Rennes.

Romance; patois of French. “Memoirs Fr. Antiq. Society,” vol. vi.

Rennthier.

German form of “rein-deer,” applied to the Tshuktshi.

Reval, Revel.

Finnish: local dialect of Esthonian. See Dorpat.

Rhætian.

The class of languages spoken in the Tyrol, to which the Etruscan has also been referred. See Palæo-Georgian.

Rhæto-Romanic.

Same as Churwalsche; name for the patois of La Suisse Romane as spoken in the Rhætian Alps. Glossary by Bridel, Lausanne, 1866.

Rhatore, see Mewara.

Rhenish.

Germanic: sub-dialect of Nieder-Deutsch. See Müller’s “Provinzialismen,” Aachen, 1838.

Riccari.

American, also written Aricara; name for the Satrahe tribes of Pawnee Indians.

Rihani.

Arabic: term used for titular characters, or inscriptions on monuments.

Ro.

Monosyllabic; sub-dialect of Rakkeng. See Rossawn.

Rodiya.

Indian: rude dialect of Ceylon, allied to Hindi. Small Vocaby. by Dr. Roth in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 233.

Rodong.

Non-Aryan language of Nipal, belonging to the Kiranti group. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Roka.

Malayan: dialect of Flores or Mangeyle, E. Indies.

Roma, Romany, see Rommany.

Romagnol, Romagna, Roman.

Italic: dialect of Central Italy. See “Racotta,” Osinio, 1769.

Romaic.

Hellenic: language of Modern Greece, called also Neo-Hellenic. The vernacular speech is largely augmented with Slavonic, Turkish, and Italian, but not the written language.

⁂ Several dialects have been distinguished: there is most Turkish in the languages of Macedonia; most Italian in the languages of the Ionian Islands.

Roman.

Alphabetic character in universal use; adopted in early Italic from the Phœnician or early Greek, and spread by means of the Latin language.

Romana, Romanese, Rumonsch.

A modification of Latin, including upper and lower Engadine, vernacular in the Grisons, Swiss Alps.

Romance, or Romanic.

Class name for all modern languages derived from Latin; including, in chief, French, Italian, Portuguese, Spanish, Wallachian, and Romansch. See Etymological Dictionary by Diez and Donkin, London, 1864; Essay by Lewis, London, 1862.

Romance, Romaunt, or Roman.

A name awkwardly used as equivalent to Provençal, or the Langue d’Oc of South France; thus Raynouard’s Dicty. of Provençal is called “Lexique de la Langue Roman.”     W. W. S.   See Romaine.

Romano-Moldavian.

Dialect of Romanic, intermediate between Moldavian and Wallachian.

Rommany.

A name for Gipsy, self-applied; also called Bohemian, Zincali, Tchinghianes, Zigeuner, Gitano, &c. ☞

Romohon.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Romonan.

American: tribe of Costanos in California.

Ron.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan spoken in New Guinea.

Root-Diggers or Diggers.

American: Indians of the Sierra Nevada, California, classed as Shoshones. They are also called Gens de Pitie, Radigeurs, and Maradiços; the most degraded race of Red Indians in N. America.

⁂ The language is allied to the Negritic or Pygmean of the Andamans.     H. C.

Roots.

Ultimate forms of words, the primitive basis of a language, serving to connect related languages in different parts of the globe, and frequently transferred from one family of speech to another.

Rosetta-Stone.

Egyptian: remarkable object of antiquity in the B. Museum; Bilingual inscription of Ptolemy Epiphanes, B.C. 196, in Hieroglyphic, Demotic, or Enchorial, and Uncial Greek.

Rossawn, Rusan.

Indian: a dialect of Bengali spoken by Hindus of Arakan. See Ruinga.

Rothwalsh.

German term for cant, slang, or gibberish. See Diebes-Sp.

Rotti.

Malayan: Island of the Sunda group S. W. of Timor; it has straight-haired Polynesians, with a separate language. See Dissertation in Crawfurd’s “Malay Gr.”

Rotuman.

The language of the Island of Rotumah, situated in 12° S. lat. and 177° E. long., which appears to be a compound of Eastern and Western Polynesian.     W. G. L.

Rouchi-Française.

The same as Wallon. See Dicty. of Hécart, Paris, 1834.

Rouman, Roumana, Rumanyo (Rumanje.)

A name for Dacian. See Wallachian.

Roveredo.

Romance: sub-dialect of Italian. “Lezione,” by Pannetti, Roveredo, 1761.

Rucahee.

American: tribe of Abipones.

Ruinga.

Indian: dialect of Bengali spoken by Mohammedans of Arakan. See Rakkaing.

Rukheng, see Rakkaing.

Rumahkai.

Malayan: dialect of Ceram.

Rumonsch, see Romana.

Rumsen, Runsienes.

American: Achastlian Indians of the San Carlos Mission, Monterey.

Runda.

African: sub-dialect of Kaffir.

Runes, Runic.

Early alphabet of N. Europe, attributed to primitive Gothic, and found in Scandinavian or old Norse and Icelandic inscriptions; called Futhorc, from the first five letters. The Anglo-Saxon names are Feoh, Ur, THorn, Os, Rad, Cen. Dicty. by Dieterich, Stockholm, 1845; Work by Stephens: “Old Northern Runic Monuments,” London, 1869.

⁂ Historically viewed, Runes may be considered as associated with the Pagan era of Scandinavian races, having apparently been relinquished as each tribe, in succession, adopted the Roman alphabet in consequence of embracing Christianity. In English the rune Wen, or W., continued in use till about A.D. 1280; the rune Thorn, or Th, lingered till A.D. 1500, and is even used now, though miswritten “y,” as in “ye,” pronounced “the.”     W. W. S.

Rungchenbung.

Non-Aryan: dialect of Kiranti group E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Rungo.

African: dialect of Sierra Leone. See Kilham’s Specimens.

Runsienes, see Rumsen.

Rusan, see Rossawn.

Ruslen.

American: Indians of California.

Russ or Russian (Rooskie).

Dominant language of Slavonic, using the Cyrillic characters, and very largely augmented from other families of speech, forming one of the most copious languages in the world; sub-divisions or local dialects known as Muscovite or Great Russian, White Russian, Susdalic, Olonetzian, Ukrainian or Little Russian. Grammar by Heard; by Reiff, Paris, 1862; Lexicon, Karlsruhe, 1870-1; and by Dahl.

Russniack.

Slavonic: a local dialect of Hungary. See Orosz.

Rustica (Lingua).

Supposed provincial dialects of classical Latin during the Roman period. (Raynouard.)

Rutana.

African: dialect of Nubia. See Jülg’s “Vater,” p. 319.

Ruthenian.

Slavonic: dialect of Russ.

Rutluk.

Non-Aryan language of Central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

ADDENDA.

Ressawian.

A dialect of Servian, spoken on the Resava and the Schwartz-bach.     G. R.

Romaine or Romance.

A name awkwardly used as equivalent to the Old French of the North of France, or Langue d’oïl; thus Roquefort’s Dicty. of the Langue d’oïl is called “Glossaire de la Langue Romaine.”     W. W. S.

Romania.

The name by which the Wallachians call their own language.     G. R.

Rumelian.

A dialect of Turkish, spoken in and about Constantinople.     G. R.

S.

Saab.

African: name for Hottentot. More especially applied to the Bushman.

Saamen, see Semian.

Saar, Saarwerden.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of High-German. See “Sammlung,” &c., by Schwalb, Saarbrück, 1833; Journal für Deutschland, 1788.

Sabine, Sabellian.

Extinct language of ancient Italy, closely allied to Oscan. See Mommsen’s “Unteritalischen Dialekte,” Leipsig, 1851.

Sable, see Ostiak.

Sabme, see Suomelaini.

Sabuja, Sabuyah.

American: spoken in Bahia.

⁂ Allied to the Pygmean or Negrito of the Andamans, Shoshoni, Mayoruna, Darien, Gonga, and Ge.     H. C.   See Kiriri.

Sac, Sake, or Sauk.

American: allied to Fox-Indians. See Kikkapu.

Sachsisch, under Saxon.

Sacramento.

American: Indians of California. See Mag-R.

Sagzi, see Segzi.

Sahaptin.

American: spoken in Oregon; they are called Nez-percées by Canadians. The class may, perhaps, be extended so as to include the Cayus, Lutuami, Paduca, Palaik, Shasti, Shoshone, &c.     R. G. L.

Sahidic, Sahitic.

Coptic dialect of Thebes in Upper Egypt, closely allied to Bashmuric. See Tattam’s “Grammar,” London, 1863.

Saho, see Shiho.

Sahoe.

Malayan: dialect of N. Gilolo. Vocaby. in Wallace’s “M. Arch.”

Saint-Omer.

Romance: patois of French. See “Mém. de la S. des Antiq.” vol. 3.

Sak.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Burmah, allied to Kami, &c. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Sakalaves.

Aborigines of Madagascar.

Sakarran.

Dayak of Borneo.

Sakatu.

African: dialect of Fulah. See Lyon’s “Narrative,” London, 1821.

Saki, Sakewi, see Sac.

Sala.

African: dialect of Bomba. See Douville’s “Voyage au Congo,” &c. Paris, 1832.

Salawatti.

Negrito: Papuan dialect of New Guinea.

Salayer.

Malayan: small Is. S. of Celebes. Wallace’s “Malay Arch.”

Salbin.

Turkee: dialect of Koibal.

Saldanha Bay.

African: dialect of Hottentot.

Salibaboo.

Malayan: dialect of Talaut. Wallace: “Malay Arch.”

Salish, see Selish.

Saliva, Salivi.

American: spoken on the R. Orinoco, in Venezuela, Brazil, and New Granada. The Ature, Maco, Piaroa, and Quaqua, are called Saliva dialects.     R. G. L.

Salong, see Silong.

Salor.

Tatar tribe of Central Asia: classed as Turcomans.

Salteaux, Sauteux.

American: Eastern Chippeways; Ojibois Indians at Manitoba and Lake Winnipeg. Spoken on the Saskatchewan R. line. Butler’s “Gt. Lone Land,” London, 1873.

Salzburg.

Teutonic: classed as High-German.

Sam, see Sanscrit.

Samang or Semang.

Malayan: spoken by races of Negro origin, in the peninsula of Malacca. Sub-dialects are known as Semang-Jan and Semang-Juru. See Kedah.

Samarang.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Java.

Samaritan.

Semitic: extinct dialect of Aramaic, closely allied to Hebrew, and by some regarded as an older form of that tongue than the Biblical Hebrew, being uninfluenced by Chaldee. It is written in an alphabet similar to the Phœnician, but of more ornate character. An ancient version of the Pentateuch in Samaritan is still preserved at Nablous, the ancient Shechem. Grammar by Nicholls, London, 1858.

Samboe, under Z.

Samen, see Suomelaini.

Samnite.

Archaic dialect of ancient Italy, known only by inscriptions. See Oscan.

Samoan.

A dialect of Eastern Polynesia; spoken by the natives of Samoa, or the Navigator’s Islands; a group situated in 13° to 15° S. lat., and 168° to 173° W. longitude. This is the only dialect of Eastern Polynesia which has a sibilant.     W. G. L.

Samogitian.

Lithuanian of Wilna, a Russian government in the Baltic provinces. It is also called Polish-Lithuanic.

Samoiede, Samoyed, or Samojedic.

Ugrian: dialect classed as Fin, spoken by Tatar tribes along the Frozen Ocean in N. Siberia. Divisions are known as: (1) Nisovi, North of the Beresov. (2) Verkhovi, dialects of the Obi. Grammar by Castrén, St. Petersburg, 1854. See Soyotes.

Samuca or Zamuca.

American: Indians of Chiquitos. Dialects are Caipotorade and Morotoco.

San.

American: “San” Spanish for Saint, Sanctus; prefix to several Missions.

San-Antonio, in California. Vocaby. by Sitjar, 1861.

Santa-Barbara. See “Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,” 1841. See Pueblo.

Sanangdi, see Sunghai.

Sandan.

Moghol: Tungoos dialect of Manchuria.

Sandangan.

Javanese: Vowel signs in written characters of the native alphabet.

Sandeh.

African: language of the Nile regions. The people are cannibals with saw teeth, reputed to have a deformity of the os coccygis. They are commonly called Nyanya. The language has affinities to Tasmanian and to some words of Australasia. There is a vocabulary and a grammar by Dr. S. Schweinfurth, Berlin, 1873; and some words in Petherick’s “Egypt, the Soudan, &c.,” 1861. This language is of very ancient type.     H. C.

Sandwich Is., see Kanaka.

Sanese.

Italic: dialect of Siena. Vocaby. by Gigli, Siena, 1797.

Sangara.

Moghol: Tungus dialect of Manchuria.

Sangiang.

Malayan: priestly dialect of Borneo, largely influenced by Sanscrit.

Sangij, Sangir.

Malayan: dialect of Menadu.

Sangouw.

Dayak of Borneo: allied to Biajuk.

Sang-pang.

Non-Aryan: dialect of E. Nipal, belonging to the Kiranti group. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Sanguir.

Malayan: group adjoining Celebes; dialect allied to Menadu. Wallace: “Malay A.”

Sankikani.

American: old dialect of Algonkin, spoken by Ogibways of New Sweden, now New Jersey.

Sansanding, see Sunghai.

Sanscrit, Sanskrit.

Indo-European: typical dialect of Indian, and parent of Bengali, Hindi, Gujeratti, Hindustani, Mahratti, Oriya, Punjabi, and Sindhi; it is closely allied to Zend and other languages of the Iranic branch, and though no longer vernacular, is preserved in the Vedas and other sacred writings of the Brahmins. The word Sanskrit means “polished, refined,” der.: sam, “together,” krita, “made perfect” = Samskrita, “made euphonic.” The alphabetic character is called Devanagari, “city of the gods,” from Benares, sacred city of the Brahmins; and it is read from left to right like European languages.

The term Old Sanscrit is applied to an early numismatic alphabet found on coins of Kabul. See Prakrit.

Santali, see Sontali.

Sanwar, Sunwur.

Bhot: dialect of the Sunwars of E. Nipal, classed as Thibetan. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Saparua.

Malayan: dialect of the Moluccas.

Sapiboconi.

American: tribes of Moxos Missions in Bolivia.

⁂ It belongs to the Guarani and Agaw class; and is allied to Movima and Apiaca.     H. C.   ☞

Saque, see Sac.

Sarabaya, see Surabaya.

Sarakholle, see Seracolet.

Saramacca.

American: Creolese of Surinam, called Djoe-Tongo. It is said to be derived from Portuguese Jews, who were among the settlers in the colony, and meant Jews’ language. See Trübner’s “Ludewig,” p. 56.

Sarar.

African: spoken on the N.W. coast, and closely allied to Bagnon, Bolar, Bulanda, &c.

Saraveca.

American: nearly extinct. Christian tribes of the Santa Anna Mission, Chiquitos. It belongs to the Agaw group.     H. C.

Sarawasti, see Prakrit.

Sarawi.

Name of the people and language of the Passumah valleys in the interior of Palembang in Sumatra. It is a Malay dialect, with a considerable infusion of Javanese, and is written with the Palembang or Renchong alphabet.     P. J. V.

Sardegna, Sardinian.

(1) Archaic: known only from inscriptions, and assumed to be derived from Lybian.

(2) Romance: dialect of Italian. Grammar by Porru, Cagliari, 1811.

Sarik, Saryk.

Tatar tribe of Central Asia; classed as Turcomans.

Sarmatian.

General name for the Slavonic family of languages.

Saroinsoig.

Malayan: dialect of Menadu.

Sart.

Tatar tribe of the Khanate of Khiva.

Sasak.

Malayan: dialect of Salaparang, somewhat allied to Sumbawa. See Lombok.

Sassanian.

Properly a dynasty of Persian monarchs, dating from Ardshir (Artachetr) circa 220-240 A.D. Used sometimes as a name for the language employed by these monarchs on their coins and inscriptions. But the language is better termed Pehlevi or Huzvaresh.     G. R.   See Goopta.

Saste, under Sh.

Sastrosworo.

Javanese: accents used to produce alphabetic equivalents for Arabic letters.

Satahuan, Satawal, Setawal.

Micronesian of the Carolines: allied to Chamori.

Saterland.

Teutonic: dialect of Frisic. See Hoche’s “Reise,” Bremen, 1800.

Satrahe.

American: same as Aricara. See Riccari.

Satsika.

American: “Blackfeet;” tribes of Algonkin in N.W.

Sauki, Sawkee, see Sac.

Sausenberg.

Teutonic: classed as High-German.

Sauteux, see Salteaux.

Savage Is., see Nieue.

Savakot.

Ugrian: dialect of Karelian.

Savaneric.

American: Panama Indians, near Las Palmas.

Savara.

Khond dialect of the Sour in Souradah. Ganjam circar, British India. Vocabulary in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” The numerals resemble the Thug and Koriak in some respects.     H. C.

Savoy.

Romance: mingled dialects of French and Italian.

Savu, Sawu.

Malayan: dialect of Negrito character, spoken in an island W. of Timor. Diss.: Crawfurd’s “Malay Grammar.”

Sawanno, see Shawanoe.

Saxon (Sachsisch).

Teutonic: name for typical dialect of old Low-German, now extinct, formerly spoken in Schleswig and Holstein, and thence brought to England; it was closely allied to Gothic and Allemannic. Upper Saxon is a dialect of High-German. See “Gedichte,” by Döring, Leipsig, 1835. See Anglo-Saxon.

The literary remains, or stages of language, run thus:—

(1) Old Low-German, or Old Saxon, extinct in 9th century, but represented by the “Evangelian Harmony.”

(2) Low-German of middle ages, represented by the story called “Reynard the Fox.”

(3) Modern Low-German: (a) Saxon, of Lower Saxony. (b) East-Saxon (Brandenburg, Pomerania). (c) West-Saxon, i.e., Westphalian.

⁂ Saxon is classed by French philologists as Cimbrian. See Misnian.

Sayanic.

Turkee of the Upper Yenesei.

Scandinavian (Skanskt).

Teutonic: class name for Norwegian and allied dialects, including Old Norse, Icelandic, and the modern languages of Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.

Schabbi, see Shabun.

Schan, see Shan.

Schleswig (Sleswick).

Dialect of Low-German. See “Karte,” &c., by Geerz, Eutin, 1838.

Schonen.

Sub-dialect of Sweden. Lexicon by Klinghammer, Helsingborg, 1841.

Schwaben, see Swabian.

Schweiz, see Swiss.

Scinde, see Sindhi.

Sclavic.

Same as Slavonian; Greek form from Σχλαβηνοι. See Slavonic.

Scotch or Scottish.

(Of the Lowlands). Dialect of English, as spoken in that part of the old district of Northumbria which lay to the N. of the Tweed. See Murray: “Dialect of the Southern Counties of Scotland,” 1873. Dicty. by Jamieson.

Old Scottish: Glossary by Ruddiman, Edinburgh, 1710; Pinkerton’s Poems, London, 1792. A vocabulary of Scottish Gipsy is given in the “Life of Bamfylde Moore Carew.” See Gaelic.

Scott’s-River Indians.

American: English name for the T-ka Indians. See Iddoa.

Scythian.

Word used for Nomadic; anciently applied to Tatars, and other tribes speaking Turanian dialects in Central Asia.

⁂ The few ancient Scythian words resemble Manchu.     H. C.

Sea-Gipsies, see Bajau.

Sechuana.

African: same as Bechuana; classed as S.E. Bantu. Dr. Bleek writes “Setshuana.”

Secqlapi.

African: dialect of Kaffir.

Secumne, see Sekumne.

Segzi.

Iranic: early Persian dialect of Seistan or Segistan.

Sehuac, see Tehuelet.

Sekumne.

American: Indians of U. California, closely allied to Tsamak.

Seldschuk, Seljuk.

Alatyan: a dialect of Turkish.

Selenga.

Turanian: dialect of Moghol, closely allied to Aimauk.

Selish.

American: tribe of Atnah, or Flatheads. The Flatheads are sometimes called Chin-Indians, because the boards used to compress the forehead serve to thrust the chin forward. Also called Shoushwap. Grammar by Mengarini, New York, 1861. See Tshihaili.

Semian.

Sub-Semitic: a dialect of Amharic.

Seminole.

American: Indians of E. Florida. Their language belongs to the Creek or Muskogulgee class.     R. G. L.

Semitic.

A word formed from the name of the patriarch Shem or Sem. Same as Syro-Arabic; class name for the Arabic, Aramaic, Mesopotamian, and Canaanitish groups of languages, taken collectively.

(1) Arabic, with its affiliations, includes Ethiopic and Amharic.

(2) Aramaic is represented by Syriac.

(3) Mesopotamian includes ancient Assyrian, Babylonian, and the modern language of the Chaldees of Kurdistan.

(4) Canaanitish includes Phœnician and Hebrew.

The primitive Semitic alphabet consisted of seventeen letters only. “Sem” is the equivalent for “Chem” by a natural law of speech. ☞

Semitic (Sub), see Hebræo-African.

Sena.

African: dialect of the Mozambique.

Senaar, see Shilluk.

Seneca, Seneka.

American: Iroquois dialect of Buffalo and Niagara. See “Hymn-book,” New York, 1852.

Sephardim.

Hebrew word; name for Spanish Jews.

Seracolet, Serahuli, Serawulli.

African: dialect of true Negro.

⁂ Under the names Azeriye, Aswarek, and Swaninke, Barth gives great importance to this class, though now its area is greatly diminished through the encroachment of the Arabic. It is probable the three languages just named may, along with the Fulah, be brought within the same class.     R. G. L.

Serawatty.

Small group of the Sunda Islands. Dialects are distinguished in Baba, Kisser, and Sermatte.

Serb or Servian.

Slavonic: native speech of Servia, closely allied to Polish and Russian, and written in Cyrillic characters. Grammar by Jordan, Prague, 1841; by Schmaler, Bautzen, 1852. See Illyrian.

Sereres (Seraires).

African: dialect of Cape Verd, closely allied to Sarar and Serawulli.

Sergu, see Surga.

Sermatte.

Malayan: native name of the Serawatte Is.

Seroci.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan.

Serpa.

Bhot: dialect of E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Serpent, Serpens.

American: Snake Indians; same as Shoshones. See Naga.

Serrano.

American: Spanish name for Tehuelhet.

Sersken, Serskish.

Wendic: the Sorb of Lower Lusatia.

Servian, see Serb.

Sesuto.

African: dialect of Bechuana Kaffirs.

Setawal, see Satawal.

Sette-Communi.

Teutonic: local dialect of Italy, classed as High-German. See Tredeci.

Severnovzi.

American: tribe of Olamentke in New California. Vocaby. in “Beiträge zur Kenntniss,” St. Petersburg, 1839.

Sgau.

Monosyllabic: Burmese dialect of Karen. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Shabun.

African: dialect of Kordovan.

Shaga.

African: same as Agag; a form of Angola.

Shahaptin, see Sahaptin.

Shalcha.

Lesgian: Mizdzhedzhi dialect of the Caucasus.

Shamaiten, see Sarmatian.

Shan, Shyan.

Indo-Chinese: Thay race of Burmah; used also for a division of Siamese. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Shandoo.

Indo-Chinese: tribe of N. Arracan.     A. C.

Shangalla, Shankali.

African: name applied by true Abyssinians to Negro races on the hills; as Dizzela and Tacazze.

⁂ It is an Agaw language.     H. C.   See Galla.

Shanghai.

Local dialect of Chinese. Grammar (1868), Vocaby. (1869), by Edkins.

Shara.

American: name for Shyennes.

Sharaigol.

Tatar: same as Sharra, or Eastern Moghol of Mantchuria.

Shasti, also Saste, Shasta.

American: dialect of Oregon and U. California, allied to Palaik, to Kulanapa, and Oregones.

⁂ The native name is “Wee-o-how,” i.e., “Stone-house,” a retreat in the famous lava-beds at Lake Clamets, in Siskyon County, California. They are, however, a race alien to the Modocs, and speak a different language. For the Chasta-Butte Indians, see Yeka.

Shawanoe.

American: also Shawhay, Shawnee, Shawnoe; S. branch of Algonkin; originally of Kentucky, they are now to be found west of the Mississippi. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 113; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. ii., p. 470.

Shawi, see Showiah.

Sheba, see Sheva.

Shebayi.

American: Carib of French Guiana.

Sheffield.

One of the provincial dialects of English belonging to Yorkshire. See Bywater’s “Sheffield Dialect,” 1839. See Halifax.

Shekak.

Unclassed: N. dialect of Kurdish.

Shekawatty.

Indian: Hindi dialect of Rajpootana.

Shellu, see Shilha.

Shen.

Dravidian: archaic dialect of Tamil, called High-Tamil.

Shendu.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Burmah; same as Heuma.

Shenvi.

Indic: Marathi dialect of Bombay. Allied to Konkani.

Sherbro-Bullom.

African: Mandingo of the Banana Islands. See Bullom.

Sheshatapoosh.

American: Algonkin of Labrador, closely allied to Narragansetts. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii., p. 108. See Skoffi.

Sheva, Sheba.

Semitic: local dialect of Amharic.

Shia-push, or Siah-posh.

Sanskritic: spoken by the Kafirs of Hindu-Kush. See Pushtoo.

Shibboleth, Sibboleth.

Hebrew term, used as a test-word; peculiarities of speech; thence applied to distinguishing creeds and dogmas of religion or politics. See Judges xii. 6.

Shienne, see Shyenne.

Shighnis.

Tatar: tribes of Badakshan.

Shiho, Shiko.

Abyssinian: tribe of Danakil; Edo and Gumeddo are thus classed.

Shikan.

African: Nigritian of the Gaboon.

Shikastah.

Cursive form of Talik characters, used in Persian as a running hand.

Shilha.

The language of the Shilouh (Fr. Chelouh) probably represents to us that of the ancient Mauritanians and western Gætulians. It is now spoken in the highlands and outlying districts of Morocco. Though immensely overrun by Arabic, it preserves its ancient grammar as a Libyan tongue. The pronominal system distinguishes it from the kindred languages. In the “Journal of the Asiatic Society” (1847) a long specimen of this language was printed in the Arabic character (“The Narrative of Sidi Ibrahim”), with a tentative interlineary Latin translation and some Notes by Professor Newman.     F. W. N.   See Libyan.

Shilluk.

African: dialect of Kordovan, closely allied to Denka.

Shimagac, see Zapara.

Shina.

Indian: dialect of Sanskrit, used by the S. W. Dards of Dardistan.

Shinicook.

American: Indians of Long Island, allied to Montak.

Sho, Shou.

Indo-Chinese: also called Pwo, Karen dialect of Burmah. See Khyen.

Shoshone.

American: Serpens; Snake Indians; classed as Paducan. Also called Radigeurs, or Root-diggers. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.; Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vols. ii., iv.

⁂ It belongs to the Pygmean or Negrito group, and is related to Andaman, Kiriri, Sabuja, Gonga, &c.     H. C.   See Maradiços.

Shoulah, see Shilha.

Shoushwap, Shushwap.

American: same as Atna. See Selish.

Showiah.

(Fr. Chaouia), one of the Berber or Libyan languages. The name Kabâil, or Kabyle, is given by the Arabs. It is exceedingly mixed with Arabic, yet retains its own forms of grammar. The Arabic article “El” (or the letter L initial) is often imported with an Arabic noun, as with us in the words “Alcoran,” “Alcohol”; and feminine nouns take T at each end: as “Tamdint,” from Arabic Medina(t), city. The language is spoken chiefly in the highlands of Mount Atlas, towards Algiers, especially in the province of Constantine. There is little doubt that it represents to us the ancient Numidian, and one branch of the Gætulian. Brosselard’s Dictionary, “Français-Berbère,” whatever its value to a traveller, disappoints a philologer; for by far the greater part of it is Arabic in disguise. Hanoteau’s “Grammaire Kabyle,” gives a large mass of pure words: he has selected the Zouave dialect by preference. It is rougher than that of Bougie, into which Sadi Hamet translated the book of Genesis and the four Gospels for the Bible Society.     F. W. N.   See Libyan.

Shyan, see Shan.

Shyenne.

(Fr. Cheyenne). American: Algonkin dialect of the Kansas, allied to Arrapaho. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Siah-Posh, see Shia-push.

Siamese.

Indo-Chinese: a monosyllabic language, called, in full, Sa-yame-phasa, also Tai, or T’hai; founded on Chinese, it contains many elements of Malay; its alphabet resembles Pali. Grammar by Pallegoix, Bangkok, 1850; Dicty., Paris, 1854.

Siau.

Malayan: group of islands adjoining Celebes. Wallace’s “M. Archip.”

Siberian.

Ugrian: a geographical term, embracing dialects of Turk or Tatar, with the Finnish, as Ostiak and Samoied. It is sometimes applied especially to the languages of the Yakuts on the Lena.

Sibnow.

Dayak of Borneo: allied to Biajuk.

Sibsagan.

Non-Aryan: Miri dialect of E. Bengal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Sicaunie.

American: tribe of Tacullies. See Sikanni.

Sicilian.

Sub-dialect of Italian. Dicty. by Biundi, Palermo, 1857.

Siculan.

Primitive language of S. Italy, classed by some with Etruscan. See Müller’s “Etrusker,” Breslau, 1828. See Szekler.

Sideia.

Malayan: language of Tai-wan, the island of Formosa, using an alphabet conformable to the Chinese.

Siebenburgisch.

Teutonic: Saxon dialect of Transylvania, classed as Low-German.

Siena, see Sanese.

Sifan.

Chinese word for “Western Barbarians;” the languages are unclassed. ☞

Signs, Language of.

American: described in the “Philosophical Transactions,” Philadelphia, 1804.

⁂ Signs are used by the mutes of the Seraglio and the aristocracy at Constantinople.     H. C.

Sikanni.

American: Athabascan dialect of N. Caledonia; also called Tsikanne. Vocaby. by Howse. See Takulli.

Sikh (Punjabi).

Indic: dialect of Sanskrit, deduced from Sarewasti or Pracrit, and much influenced by Arabic and Persian. The word Sikh means “disciple,” or follower of the fakir Nanak, a Saint of Lahore, A.D. 1469-1539. Its alphabetic character resembles Hindi, and it is the vernacular speech of the Punjab, or “Country of the five” waters or rivers. Grammar (1866), Dictionary (1854), Ludiana.

Sikkim, see Lepcha.

Silesian (Schlesien).

(1) Teutonic: classed as High-German; local dialect of Upper Silesia, &c.

(2) Slavonic: sub-dialect of Polish. See Glatz.

Silla.

American: language of San Felipe Mission, New Mexico.

Silong.

Malayan: dialect of the Mergui Archipelago, Tenasserim.

Similaton.

American: Lenca dialect of Honduras.

Simisenchi.

American: name for the Piros or Chuntaquiros.

Sina, Sinologist.

Used for Chinese, and any profound student of that language and its literature. “S” is the invariable equivalent for “ch” in Semitic languages.

Sinaitic.

Epigraphic: name for certain inscriptions at and near Wady-Mukatteb, or “written valley,” in the peninsula of Sinai.

The language of these inscriptions is Arabic, with a slight Aramaic influence. The character is peculiar, but allied to the Aramaic, the Palmyrene, and the modern Arabic. The view of the inscriptions taken by the Rev. C. Forster (“Voice of Israel,” London, 1860) is not generally endorsed by Semitic scholars, who assign the inscriptions to a time a little earlier and a little later than our era. See Beer: “Inscriptiones veteres ad Montem Sinai servatæ,” Leipzig, 1840-3. Also “Zeitschrift d. Deutsch. Morgenländ. Gesellschaft,” 1849, pp. 129-215.     G. R.

Sind.

One of the multitudinous names for Gipsy, probably = “dark”; but Sindh means “sea, ocean, water.” Hence applied to the Indus (Sindus) river.

Sindhi.

Indian: dialect of Hindi spoken in Scinde. Two alphabets are in use—viz., the Arabic and the Gurmukhi. Dicty. by Stack, Bombay, 1849-55; Grammar, 1849.

Sindonga.

African: allied to Otyiherero.

Singhalese, Sinhalese.

The language of Ceylon. Elu, or high-Sinhalese, is Dravidian, and closely resembles Tamil; its written characters, however, are more like Canarese. Colloquial Sinhalese is largely modified by Sanskrit; Pali is the religious language of Buddhists in Ceylon. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Cingalese.

Singhbhum.

Same as Kol; Non-Aryan language of Central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Singhpo or Singpho.

Singh = “lion.” Indo-Chinese: large class of dialects spoken by hill-tribes of Burmah and Assam. See “Asiatic Journal of Bengal,” 1837; and Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Singkal.

Malayan: Batta dialect of Sumatra.

Sioux.

American: Dacotah Indians, closely allied to Iowa, and sometimes classed as Iroquois. They are also called Issati and Nadowessier; and the Assineboines have been classed with them. Vocabularies by Hayden, Philadelphia; Grammar and Dictionary by Biggs and Turner.

Siraiki.

Indic: dialect of Sindhi.

Sirang, see Ceram.

Siranian, Sirenian, Sirjenic.

Ugrian: same as Zirianian; Finnish dialect of Vologda, in Russia. Grammar by Castrén, Helsingfors, 1844.

Sisuta, see Sesuto.

Sitcha, Sitka, Sitska.

American: names for Kolush.

Situfa, Situga.

American: Indians of New Granada, classed as a dialect of Betoi.

Siwah.

African: allied to the Berber of Morocco; it is the dialect spoken in Wady Sywah, or Great Oasis of Oum Beida, formerly the temple of Jupiter Ammon. Vocaby. by Minutoli, Berlin, 1824-7.

Skipetar.

Illyric: native name of the Albanians. Mr. Vaux suggests that the word Skipétar is of Turanian origin. ☞

Skittegat.

American: dialect of the Haidah.

Skoffi.

American: put for “Escopie,” name for Sheshatapoosh.

Skwally.

American: same as Nasqually. Classed by Hale as Atnah or Selish. Scouler’s name is Squallyamish.

Slang.

Vulgar or Colloquial English of the sporting classes and lower orders, especially those of large towns. See Hotten’s “New Dictionary,” “Slang,” &c.

Slavic, Slavonic, or Slavonian.

Word of uncertain derivation, used as designating one branch of the Indo-European family. Professor Senkovski derives it from slov = man (Russ, cheloväku; Polish, czlowiek); others derive it from “sru,” “slu,” “famous”; or from “slovo”: “word,” the people being “slovenie,” “the speakers.” Also called Venidi, Winidi, Wends.

Slavonic.

(1) The typical dialect of Sarmatian, from which Russian has been formed, first written A.D. 850. (Modern Slavonia is a province of Austria.) Grammar by Miklosich, vols. i.-iii., Vienna, 1852-6.

(2) Class name for a division of Wendic, comprising Old Bohemian, Polatian (extinct), Eccl. Slavonic (extinct), Bulgarian, Czech, Croatian, Illyrian, Lusitanian, Polabian, Polish, Russian, Ruthenian, Servian, Slovack, Slovenian, Sorabic.

They have two forms of alphabetic character:—(1) The Cyrillic, (2) the Glagolitic, which is by some called a modified Cyrillic, by others attributed to St. Hieronymus, of Dalmatia, A.D. 331.

Sleswick, see Schleswig.

Slovack.

Slavonic of Hungary. Dicty. by Loos, Pesth, 1870. See Hungarian.

Slovenian.

Slavonic of Illyria, Styria, and Carinthia. Sprachlehre, by Murko, Grätz, 1832. See Servian.

Small-robes.

American: tribe of Blackfeet.

Snake Indians.

American: tribe of Shoshones. See Naga.

Soahili, under Ki.

Soana.

Romance: dialect of Franco-Italian.

Sobo.

African: closely allied to Bini.

Society’s Islands, see Tahitian.

Socotra, see Sokotran.

Soerabayan, see Surabaya.

Soerikong.

American: dialect of Carib.

Sofala.

African: dialect of the Mozambique.

Sogdi.

Iranic: dialect of ancient Sogdiana, now Bokhara.

Sohili, under Ki.

Soiony, Soiot.

Ugrian: Siberian dialects, sometimes classed as Turkee, sometimes called Samoied; allied to Koibal.

Sok, Sokpa.

Non-Aryan dialect of N. Thibet. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Sokha, Sokhala.

Turkee: classed as Yakut.

Sokko, Asokko.

African: class-name for a division of Mana or Mandingo. ☞

Sokna.

African: dialect of Tuarik.

Sokotran.

Semitic: Arabic dialect of the Island of Socotra, in the Arabian Gulf.

Soledad (La).

American: Indians of California, on River Salinas. Same as Mutsun.

Soli.

Indian: wandering tribes of Korawa.

Solimani.

Name for Affghans.

Solomon Islands.

Polynesian: dialects are Bauro and Guadalcanar.

Solor.

Javanese, with Negrito elements. Solor is an island of the Timor group, and is peopled with Alfuru.

Somauli.

Abyssinian: division of the Galla class. It is spoken from about Zeyla, where it touches the Adaiel frontier, to 70° N. lat. inland, and to Capa Garolafuri E. Berbera is the chief Somauli town.

It is allied to Agaw.     H. C.

Somerset.

Provincial dialect of England. Glossary in Brayley’s “Illustrations,” London, 1834; also by Jennings.

Sonder.

Malayan: dialect of Menadu.

Songai, see Sunghai.

Songo.

African: dialect of Kaffir.

Songpu.

Indo-Chinese: Naga dialect of Burmah, closely allied to Koreng.

Soninke.

African: same as Swaninke. See Seracolet.

Sonora, see Pima.

Sontali (Santali).

Indian: remarkable tribe inhabiting the Sontal Purgunnahs of the Bhagulpur district in Bengal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”     A. C.

Sooloo, see Sula.

Sorb, Sorabic, Sorabian.

The Slavonic of Upper Lusatia; the language of Lower Lusatia is called Serskish. See Wendic.

Sosimilchi.

American: entered in Jülg’s edition of “Vater” as Nahuatlac.

Souaili, Sowauli, under Ki.

Soudan, see Nigritian.

Souletin.

One of the four literary dialects of Basque.

Souliers-Noirs.

American: French name for Ahnahaways, called “Blackfeet;” tribe of Crow Indians.

Souriquois, see Mic-mac.

South Australian.

See Grammar, &c., by Teichelmann and Schürmann, Adelaide, 1841.

Sow.

Dayak of Borneo; allied to Biajuk.

Sowakim, Suakim.

African: same as Bishari.

Sowaulee, Sohili.

African: same as Souahili, Swahili; the language spoken along the sea-coast from the S. boundary of the Somauli, at Mogadoxo, to Mombaz.     R. G. L.

Spanish.

Romance: the language of Spain, founded on Latin, with a combination of Celto-Iberian, largely augmented by Gothic and influenced by Arabic; it is spoken not only in Spain, but in various parts of America, the Philippine Islands, &c. Standard Spanish is called Castilian; other dialects are called Catalonian or Limousin, Galician (Gallego), and Aragonese. Dicty. by Velasquez, London, 1870; Grammar, 1869.

⁂ The remains of the Iberian language are known as Basque. ☞

Spartan.

Hellenic: the ancient dialect of Laconia; a form of Doric Greek, with some peculiar words.

Spokein.

American: tribe of Flat Heads.

Squallyamish.

American: same as Squally. Dialect of Puget’s Sound, spoken about 49° N. lat. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.; “Journal of the Royal Geographical Society,” 1841.

Stages of Language.

Term used for periods in the growth of a language, it being supposed that a language may develop from Monosyllabic to Agglutinative or Incorporating, and finally become Inflectional.

Steiermarkish.

(1) Wendic: sub-dialect of Slovenian.

(2) Germanic. See Sartoris: “Neuester Reise,” Leipsig, 1811. See Styrian.

Stickeen.

American: tribe of Kolush.

St. John’s, see Passamaquodds.

Stockholm.

Scandinavian: dialect of Sweden. See Radloff’s “Beskrifning,” Upsala, 1805.

Stone-Indians.

American tribe of Assineboines, classed as Dakotah.

Strasburg.

Teutonic: classed as High-German. Vocaby. by Arnold, 1816.

Suabian, see Swabian.

Suaheli, see Swahili.

Suaken.

African: dialect of Beja, or Bishari, spoken about 19° 20′ N. lat.

Suanian, Suanic, or Swan.

Caucasian: dialect of Georgian, spoken by the Swans of Mingrelia. Grammar by Rosen.     H. C.

Sub-Derat.

Abyssinian: dialect of the Adareb.

Sub-Dialects, under D.

Subtiabo.

American: native language of Honduras; quoted as a dialect of Lenca, in the Spanish translation of Squier’s “Notes,” &c. Small Vocaby. in Dr. Latham’s “Elements,” p. 436.

Sudania, see Nigritian.

Sudra.

Indian term: low-caste Hindoo. (Wilson.)

Suffolk.

Sub-dialect of English, classed as E. Anglian. Glossary by Moor; “Forby’s Vocabulary.” See Hawstead.

Suisse-Romande.

Same as Rhæto-Romanic. See Swiss.

Sula or Sulu.

Malayan: closely allied to Cajeli. See Sultan.

Sultan.

Malayan: language of Sulu and Borneo.

Sumatra, see Batak.

Sumba.

A smaller island than Sumbawa; it also is in the Timor group, and is peopled with Alfuru.

Sumbawa, see Bima.

Sumchu.

Indo-Chinese: Kunawar dialect of Thibet.

Sumenap.

Javanese of Madura.

Sundanese.

The language of the western part of Java, separated from the genuine Javanese districts by the rivers Chi Losari in the north and Chi Tandooï in the south. The influence of the Hindoo colonists on this part of Java has been very limited: hence both the people and their language are less civilised than those of middle Java. The language, though equally belonging to the Malayan family, differs considerably from the Javanese, and seems to be more nearly akin to the Batta and Malay of Sumatra. There is some difference between the high and low language as in Javanese—the former being called Basa-Menak, the latter Basa-Kuring. The number, however, of distinct Menak words is not considerable, and most of them are derived from Javanese. The Sundanese was, till recently, seldom written. The natives, for writing it, make use either of the Arabic or of the Javanese alphabet, the latter with some slight modifications.     P. J. V.   See Batavian-Malay.

Sunghai, Songai, Songhay.

African: dialect of Timbuctu, spoken along the River Niger, between 13° and 18° N. lat.     R. G. L.

Sungnem, Sungnum.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Kunawari.

Suntah.

Dayak of Borneo, closely allied to Sow.

Sunwar, see Sanwar.

Suomi, Suomelaini, Suomelaiset.

Tchudic: name for Fin. Suome = swamp, i.e., “Fenners,” or “men of the fens.”

Surabaya.

Malayan: local dialect of Java. Called Low-Malay.

Sura-Cani.

Language of the heavenly regions; local name for Sanskrit.

Surga.

African: dialect of Tuarik.

Suri-Butan.

That is, “little Thibet,” of Bultistan. Vocaby. in Vigne’s “Travels,” London, 1842. See Bhot.

Surinam-Negro.

Creolese: mingled dialect of English and Dutch, spoken in Guiana; also called Negro-English. “Proeve, &c.,” by Van der Vegt, Amsterdam, 1844. See Saramacca.

Sursee, Sussee.

American: tribe of Chepewyan, on the Saskatchewan river line.

Susdalish.

Slavonic: sub-dialect of Russian.

Susoo.

African: Mandingo dialect of Senegambia.

Sussex.

Provincial dialect of England. Glossary by Cooper, Brighton, 2nd edition, 1853; Works by M. A. Lower.

Sutra-renchong.

Javanese alphabet of Sumatra. See Palembang.

Swabian (Schwabische).

(1) Sub-dialect of old High-German; typical dialect of the middle ages, representing the dynasty of Hohenstauffen. It was the dialect of the Minnesingers.

(2) Modern. Dicty. by Schmid, Stuttgart, 1831. See Halle.

Swahili.

African: Kaffir language of Zanzibar; also called Ki-Suaheli. Handbook by Steere, London, 1870.

Swaninke, see Seracolet.

Swauti.

Paropamisan: dialect of Dardistan, closely allied to Shina.

Sweden, New.

American: now New Jersey. See Myncquesar.

Swedish.

Teutonic: language of the Scandinavian class, closely allied to Danish, and differing but little from modern Norwegian. The name is that of the ancient Suiones. Dialects are Gothlandic, Helsingland, Schonen, Stockholm. Lexicon by Tullberg, Stockholm, 1868. See Dalecarlian.

Sweo-Gothic, Suio-Gothic.

A name given to Old Swedish. See Ihre’s “Glossarium Suio-Gothicum,” 2 vols., folio, Upsal, 1769. Few books throw greater light on English Etymology.     W. W. S.

Swiss (Schweiz).

(1) Teutonic: classed as High-German. See “Die Schweizerische Mundart,” Frauenfeld, 1838.

(2) Romance: patois of French. See “Histoire,” &c., by De Ladoucette, Paris, 1834.

(3) Dialects: “Stalder gives specimens of 35 in German, 16 in French, 5 in Romansch, 8 in Italian.”—Taylor’s “Words and Places,” London, 1865, p. 49.

⁂ According to Mr. Hepworth Dixon we find [1872]—384,561 families speaking German, 134,183 French, 30,293 Italian, 8,759 Romansch. See Romana.

Sydney.

Australian: somewhat allied to Muruya.

Syllabic.

Said of alphabets with “letters that represent syllables instead of simple sounds.” See Japanese.

Syouah, see Siwah.

Syriac.

Semitic: typical language of the Aramaic, N. branch; closely allied to Hebrew, and written in an alphabetic character of its own; it has a considerable literature, and is spoken near Damascus and in parts of Kurdistan, on the confines of Persia and Turkey. Palmyrene is the Syriac of Tadmor: and Estrangelo is the name of its oldest written character. Grammar (Modern) by Stoddart, N. Haven, 1855; Archaic (N.T.) by Yeates, London, 1819. Dictionary by Castelli; Chrestomathia by Roediger, Halle, 1868. See Peshito.

Syrjenic, see Sirenian.

Syro-Arabic.

Same as Semitic.

Syro-Chaldee.

Semitic: the vernacular speech of the Nestorian Christians of Kurdistan; it is a corrupted form of Syriac, is written in a modification of the Estrangelo characters, and spoken on the borders of Asiatic Turkey and Persia.

Syrojedic.

Same as Samoied; “raw-flesh eaters.”

Szauaken, see Suaken.

Szehleh.

African: a name for Mobba.

Szekler.

Old tribes of Magyar. Same as Siculi.

Szmudic, see Samogitian.

ADDENDA.

Sabæans.

Semitic: indigines of S. Arabia; they have much lighter skins than the Himyarites.

Sah-issah-dinne.

American: “People of the rising Sun”; native name of the Chepewyans.

Shamanism.

Persian word: “idolatry,” as applied to the Samoieds, &c., of Siberia.

Shropshire.

A dialect of English. See Audelay’s “Poems” (Percy Soc.); and Hartshorne’s “Salopia Antiqua.”     W. W. S.

Solima.

African: a language like Susoo.     H. C.

Soosoo, see Susoo.

Sour, see Savara.

Soyotes.

Name for Chinese Samoieds.

Styrian.

Slavonic: sub-dialect of Illyrian, spoken in the Austrian province of Styria.     G. R.

Suio-Gothic.

Another name for Old Swedish. See Ihre: “Glossarium Suio-Gothicum,” 2 vols. fol., Upsal, 1769.     W. W. S.

Swan, see Suanic.

Syrmian.

Slavonic: a dialect of Servian, spoken in Syrmia, a district of Slavonia, and elsewhere.     G. R.

T.

Taberistani.

Iranic: a local dialect of Persian.

Tablung.

Indo-Chinese: Naga dialect of E. frontier, Bengal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Tacazze.

African: dialect of Shangalla. See Takazze.

Tachi.

American: tribe of the Caddo Confederation, from whom the word Texas is derived. Same as Inies.

Tacunha, under Ti.

Tadjik, Tajik.

Indigenous tribes of modern Persia. The name is also applied to the Persian population of Bokhara, Khiva, Kokand, and the Pamir table-land.

⁂ They are an oppressed race, subject to the dominant Turkish or Tatar hordes. See Vambéry’s “Travels in Central Asia.”     G. R.

Tadmor, see Palmyrene.

Tafoe.

African: a name for the Inta.

Tagal.

Javanese: dialect of Sumatra.

Tagala.

Malayan: dialect of the Philippine Islands, using an alphabet allied to the Batta. Dissertation in Crawfurd’s “Malay Grammar,” and Dicty.

Tagorian.

Caucasian: dialect of Osset. It is the same as Dugorian.

Tagul-ang-dang, Taheang.

Malayan: dialects of Menadu.

Tahitian.

A dialect of Eastern Polynesia, spoken by the natives of Tahiti and of the Society Islands. It is also spoken in the Austral Islands, a group of five islands to the south of Tahiti.     W. G. L.

Tahlewah.

American: dialect of R. Klamatl in U. California. Vocaby. in Schoolcraft’s “Indian Tribes,” vol. iii.

Tai or T’hay.

That is phasa-t’hay, “language of the free.” Turanian: native name for the vernacular speech of Siam. It includes the Siamese, Ahom, Laos, Khamti, and Kassia dialects; it is monosyllabic, and destitute of inflections. The people called Ahom were formerly the dominant race.

Taiemala.

African: tribe of the Danakil.

Taiginski.

Ugrian: a class of Samoied, allied to Motorian.

Taini or Taino.

American: native name of the occupants of Hayti, Hispaniola, or St. Domingo, when first discovered; the Caribs called them Ygneri. Compare the word Inaina for “man” in Atna. ☞

Tai-Ping.

Chinese rebels; national party as opposed to the Moghol dynasty.

Tai-wan, see Sideia.

Tajik, see Tadjik.

Tak, Takpa, Takyul.

Thibetan: a dialect of Bhot. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Taka, Takue.

African: names for the Beja or Boje.

Takazze.

African: dialect of Agau; also called Tscherat-Agaw. See Tacazze.

Takeli, Tuklave.

African: dialect of the frontier of Kordovan. Rüppel’s vocabulary connects it with the Shabun, Fertit, and Koldagi more closely than with the Furian and Shiluk.     R. G. L.

Takulli, Tahkali.

American: also called Carrier, Nagail, and Chin. It is the Athabaskan of New Caledonia, spoken on the upper part of Frazer’s River. Authorities—A. Mackenzie: “Voyages,” &c., London, 1801; D. W. Harmon: “A Journal of Voyages and Travels,” Andover, 1820; H. Hale: “Ethnology and Philology,” Philadelphia, 1846. The last of these uses the compound Tahkali-Umpqua as a class name for the ordinary Takulli, and the outlying members of the Athabaskan class in the south of Oregon.     R. G. L.

Takun.

Used in Jülg’s edition of “Vater” for the orang-benua of Malacca; apparently Jakun.

Talain.

Same as Mon. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Peguese.

Talamanca.

District of Costa-Rica; languages unclassed.

Talatui.

American: dialect of U. California, spoken on the river Kassima; also called Moquelumne, and allied to San Rafael. Vocaby. in “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Talaur.

Malayan: sub-dialect of Menadu.

Talaut, see Salibaboo.

Talik.

Name of Persian written characters, adopted from Neshki Arabic; used also in Hindustani, Pushtoo, &c. See Shikastah.

Talish.

Iranic: sub-dialect of modern Persian.

Talkee-Talkee.

American: Negro-Dutch of Guyàna.

Tallewitsu.

American: same as Wacoe. See Hueco.

Talmudic.

Semitic: name for the later Hebrew, as used by the Rabbins. It abounds with Hellenisms.

Taluhet.

American: tribes of Puelches; Indians of the Pampas.

Tamanack (Tamanaque).

American: dialect of the Carib class, spoken on the Orinoco, near the mission of Encamarada. The compound Caribi-Tamanak, and by some Tamanak alone, has been used as a class name.     R. G. L.

Tamazight, Tamashight, Tamachek’.

The language of the Tawâriq (Fr. Touâreg), as the Arabs name the people who dwell over an immense space of Africa, south of the Atlas. (See Libyan for the class.) Dr. Richardson calls the language Touarghee; Duveyrier calls it Targisch. It is remarkably free from Arabic importations, and has an alphabet of its own, highly peculiar, called the Tefínagh; only consonants are written, so that the writing is a shorthand, difficult to read; the more so, because the laws of grammar help little to the vowels. Hanoteau defines the language as “limited to the West by a curve line drawn from Waregla (Wergela) through the oasis of Touât towards Timbuctoo; to the South by the Niger and the kingdoms of Bornou and Haussa; to the East by Fezzan and the country of the Tibboos; to the North by Tripoli, Tunis, and Algiers.” This vast extent, as well as its purity, makes it the chief of the Libyan languages. Its consonant sounds are fewer than those of the Zouave, which has borrowed from Arabic. In the fifth volume of Barth’s African Travels are words and sentences of considerable extent in Tamashight; but the publication of Hanoteau’s ample Grammar somewhat lessens their importance.     F. W. N.

Tambactu, see Wun.

Tambi.

African: same as Adampi.

Tambora, Tembora.

Malayan: dialect of Sumbawa.

Tamil, Tamul.

Dravidian: dialect of the Carnatic, South India, and closely allied to Canarese, Malayalim, and Telugu or Telinga; it is also spoken in parts of Ceylon. It is agglutinative, is spoken in dialects called High and Low Tamil, and uses an alphabet said to be derived from the Devanagri. There is also an archaic dialect, now extinct. Grammar by Pope, Madras, 1859; Dictionary by Winslow, Madras, 1862.

Tamoiae, Tamoyo.

American: Tupi Indians of Brazil, near Rio de Janeiro. Also called Tummimioi (Tummimivi in Jülg’s “Vater.”)

⁂ This belongs to the Guarani and Agaw class.     H. C.

Tamulic.

A name for the entire class of Dravidian or Nishada dialects, including, besides Tamil, the Malayalam, the Tuluva, the Telinga or Telugu, and the Canarese.     G. R.

Tana or Tanna.

(1) Negrito: Papuan dialect of the New Hebrides.

(2) See Bhasa.

Tanawanko.

Malayan: Alfuru dialect of Celebes; Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago,” vol. ii.

Tanaynthari, Tanengsari.

Monosyllabic: dialects of Tennaserim.

Tandia.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan.

Tanema, Taneanu.

Negrito: dialects of Vanikoro, an island of the South Seas.

Tangata.

Polynesian word for “man.” See Kanaka.

Tanguhti.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Bhot. Tangut is the local name for the Tibetan people; applied by Moghols.

Tankhul.

Indo-Chinese: a Naga dialect.

Tanti Calleru.

Indian: Canarese name for the Thugs.

Tao.

American: Pueblo Indians of New Mexico.

Ta-oungurong.

Australian: cf. “orang,” Malay word for man. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Taparita.

American: dialect of Ottomaku.

Tapiguae.

American: Tupi Indians of Brazil, about Pernambuco.

Tapii.

American: dialect of Chiquitos.

Tappa, Tapua.

African: names for the Nufi.

Tappen.

American: German name for the Tupis; Brazilian Indians of the Rio Grande.

Tarahumara.

American: spoken in New Biscay, and closely allied to Pima. Dictionary by Steffel, Brünn, 1791.

Tarakai.

Aino: a dialect of the Kurile Islands, E. Asia.

Taraska, Terasco.

American: a dialect of Michoacan in Mexico. It is stated, on doubtful authority, to be the same as Pirinda.

Tarawan.

Micronesian: dialect of N. Pacific, allied to Guaham.

Taremuki.

Indian: Hindustani dialect, mingled with Canarese, spoken by wandering tribes; also called Ghissaris, Lohars, and Bail-Kumbars.

Tariana.

American: dialect of the Rio Negro, allied to Barree and Baniwa. Vocabulary in Wallace’s “Amazons.”

Tarnata.

Malayan: extinct dialect of the Moluccas. See Ternati.

Tartar (correctly Tatar).

Turanian: language of the Alatys, a race much scattered over N. Asia; it is used in two senses: first as a collective name for all the languages spoken by the nomadic races of Northern Asia; and secondly for that class of them which is now represented by Turkish as its most polished form.

⁂ Turkish is sometimes applied to the Osmanli or Western Turkish, and Tartar to Eastern Turkish.     H. C.   See Alatyan.

Taruma.

American: unclassed; it is spoken in British Guyana.

Tas.

Ugrian: a name for Samoied (Klaproth).

Tasmanian.

Negrito: original dialect of Van Diemen’s Land; now spoken only in Flinders’ Island; it is allied to Papuan, Australian, and other Melanesian languages. Vocaby. by Lhotsky, “Journal of the Royal Geographical Society,” 1839.

Tat.

Iranic: Persian sub-dialect of Daghestan, &c.

Tatar, see Tartar.

Tater.

Romany: variety of Norwegian Gipsy.

Tati-molo, Tati-Quilhati.

American: dialects of Totonaka.

Tavastrian.

Tchudic: same as Hamalaiset; one of the two divisions of the Fin of Finland, &c.: Karelian being the other. The term, in geography, applies to the parts about Tavastahus, in the south-west of Finland, between 60° and 62° N. lat., where the division to which it applies touches the Baltic. From 62° to 64°, the language is mainly Swedish. The language of this district is called by the Fin philologues, Tavastrian, as opposed to Karelian.     R. G. L.   See Quain.

Tawgi, see Turuchanski.

Ta-Yue-tchi.

Thibetan name for the Indo-Scythic race.

Tcherkess, see Circassian.

Tchinghianes.

Romany: name for Gipsy; used in Turkey. See “Etudes,” par Paspati, Constantinople, 1870.

Tchokoyem, }
Tchudic,       } under Ts.
Tchuktchi,   }

⁂ These words in “Ts” may also be written “Ch” in English.

Teapy.

Polynesian: dialect of Easter Island, called by the natives Rapa-nui i.e., “Great Rapa.”

Tebo.

African: same as Ibo.

Teda, Tibbu.

African: a dialect of the Kanuri.

⁂ Placed by Barth and others in the same class, and with the Kanuri, but originally considered to be Berber or Amazigh. R.G.L. ☞

Teerhai, see Tirhai.

Teesdale.

Provincial dialect of England, belonging to the county of Durham. Glossary, London, 1849.     W. W. S.

Tehuelet.

American: Indians of E. Patagonia, classed as Araucanian. Tribes are—(1) Tehuel Cunny, including Yacana Cunny, Sehusk Cunny, Culilan Cunny. (2) The Callilehet, or Serranos. Muster’s “Patagonians,” London, 1871.

Tehulate, Teluti.

Malayan: dialect of Ceram. Wallace’s “Malay Arch.”

Teke, Tekkes.

Turcomans: Tátar tribes of the Attrek, between Merv and the Caspian. Tekke is the Bukharist word for a Mohammedan convent.

Tekeenika.

American: i.e., Te-Kennekas; Indians of Tierra del Fuego.

Tekeza.

African: one of the three species assigned by Bleek to the south-eastern branch of the central Kafirs. It is only known through short vocabularies, the most important of which is for the dialect of the Lourenzo Marques of Delagoa Bay.     R. G. L.

Teleut, Telengut.

Alatyan: a form of Turkee spoken in Siberia. Ethnologically they are classed as Moghols, and called White Kalmuks of the Upper Obi, also Uriats. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 107.

Teling.

Indian: wandering tribes of Korawa.

Telinga, Telugu.

Dravidian: the vernacular speech of Hyderabad in the Dekhan, and of part of the east coast in Madras. It is closely allied to Tamil, with a cursive alphabet like the Canarese. Grammar (1857), Dictionary (1853), by Brown, Madras.

Teluti, see Tehulate.

Temahuq, see Tuarik.

Tembora, see Tambora.

Tembu.

African: same as Attembu, a dialect of Nigritian.

Tembuktoo, under Ti.

Tempio.

Romance: Italian dialect of Sardinia.

Teneriffe.

African: dialect of the Canary Islands.

Tengsa.

Indo-Chinese: Naga dialect of E. Bengal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Tenimber, see Timorlaut.

Teor.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan. Vocaby. in Wallace’s “Malay Archipelago.”

Tepanechi.

American: dialect of Nahuatlac.

Tepeguana.

American: dialect of Sinaloa in Mexico.

Tepozkolula, Tlahiako.

American: dialect of Mixteca. Mexican Indians of Oajaca.

Terasco, see Taraska.

Teressa.

Malayan: dialect of the Nicobar Islands.

Ternati.

Malayan: dialect of the Moluccas, spoken in the Islands of Ternate and Tidor; it is allied to Bugis, and includes Negrito affinities.

Teshu-Lumbu.

Bhot: local dialect of Tibetan.

Tesuque.

American: Pueblo Indians, closely allied to Pima.

Teto.

Negrito: Belonese dialect of E. Timor. Vocaby. by Wallace. See Brissi.

Teton.

American: tribe of Sioux or Dacotah Indians, living between the Missouri and the Mississippi.

Tette.

African: dialect of the Mozambique coast.

Teutonic.

German word “thiod” = “people”; corrupted to Deutsch or Dutch, and Latinised as Teutonic. Generic term for German: (1) Low-German, or Saxon, is the Deutsch of N. Germany. (2) High-German is Alemannic—i.e., the Deutsch of S. Germany and the upper Rhine. The earliest specimen is, perhaps, the “Rules of St. Benedict,” belonging to the eighth century. (3) Bavarian is the Deutsch of the upper Danube. (4) Frankish is the Deutsch of the middle Rhine; the earliest specimen is “Isidore,” of the eighth century.

Modern dialects are: (1) Swiss, (2) Rhenish, (3) Danubian of Austria, Bavaria, the Tyrol, &c. See Scandinavian.

Teutonic Saxon.

Class-name for the combined lines of High and Low-German, excluding the Scandinavian, or northern branch.

Texan.

American: tribes of Caddoes, &c. Dr. Latham classifies the languages thus: (1) Adahi, (2) Attakapa, (3) Caddo, (4) Choktah, (6) Cumanch, (6) Witshita. The tribes are very numerous, comprising: Acossesaws, Adahi, Aliche or Eyish, Andarcos or Unataquas, Attacapa, Avoyelles, Aynic, Bidias, Caddo, Caicaches, Cances, Carankahuas, Chikkasahs, Choktah, Coke, Comanch or Cumanch, Coshattas, Iawanis or Ionis, Ketchi or Kichai, Lipans or Sipans, Mascovie, Mayes, Nabaduches, Nacodocheets, Navaosos, Sioux, Tawacani, Toncahuas or Toukaways, Towakenos, Towiachs or Towecas, Tuhuktukis, Xaramenes, Waco or Wico, Washitas, Witshita. See Tachi.

T’hai, see Tai.

Thaksya.

Indo-Chinese: Bhot dialect of Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Thami.

Non-Aryan: older Dravidian dialect of Nipal.

Tharoo.

Indian: dialect of Hindi, spoken in Nipal Surai.     A. C.

Tharu.

Non-Aryan: dialect of Nipal. See Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Thaumpe.

Indo-Chinese: Shan dialect of Ava.

Thebaic.

Egyptian: old Coptic dialect of the upper Nile, in S. Egypt.

Theban.

Hellenic: extinct dialect of ancient Greece. Orionis et Sturzius: “Thebani Etymologicon,” Leipsic, 1820.

Theburskud, Thoburskid.

Indo-Chinese: name for the Sungnum of Koonawar.

Thengais.

Indo-Chinese: tribe of Singpho.

Thervings.

A tribe of so-called Goths.

Thibetan, Tibetan.

Bhot or Bhotiya: the vernacular language of Tibet; originally monosyllabic, and somewhat resembling Chinese; it has now almost lost that characteristic. Tibet is also called Bhotan—i.e., Tih-bot, “Land of the Bot.” There are local dialects of Butan, Lhassa, and Ladak; it is classed as Indo-Chinese, and the written characters are founded on the Devanagari alphabet, and written from left to right. Grammar by Jaeschke, Kyelang, 1865; and Dictionary, 1866; also by Csoma de Korös, Calcutta, 1834. See Suri-Butan.

Thochu.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Bhot. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Thoung-lhu.

Dialect of Burmese, somewhat allied to Karen.

Thraco-Illyrian (Pelasgic).

Class-name for the languages illustrated by Albanian.

Thug, Thuggee.

Indian: a cant or slang form of Hindostani, used by homicidal tribes of India; they are called Phansigars by the Hindus, Ari Tulucar in Tamil, and Tanti Calleru in Canarese. Vocaby. by Sleeman, Calcutta, 1836.

⁂ This dialect contains some curious remains, allied to Koriak and Kamchatkan.     H. C.   See Ramasi.

Thugga.

Inscriptions; bilingual: Libyan and Phœnician. Found in N. Africa, and preserved in the British Museum; also at Lyons, in France. They are allied to the Himyaritic, and have affinities with the Hamath stones of Syria.     H. C.

Thulungya.

Non-Aryan: dialect of the Kiranti group, in E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Thuringian.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of old High-German. See “Volks-dialektes, &c.” by Wendel, Coburg, 1822.

Tibboo, see Teda.

Tiberacottes.

American: Indians of British Guyana. See Tiverighotto.

Tibetan, under Th.

Ticino or Ticinese.

Romance: dialect of Italian spoken in southern Switzerland.

Ticopia.

Polynesian: closely allied to Mayorga.

Ticuna, Tucano, Tacuna, Tikuna.

American: Chimanos Indians of New Granada. It is a name applied from the use of poisoned arrows.

Tidore.

Malayan: dialect of the Moluccas, spoken in the island of Tidor, and nearly the same as Ternati.

Tie-chew.

Local dialect of Chinese. First lessons by Dean, Bangkok, 1841.

Tiemba.

African: dialect of Ashantee.

Tierra Del Fuego, under Fuegian.

Tigre, Tigrinna.

Sub-Semitic: modern dialect of Ethiopic, called “lisana Gheez.” It is spoken in N. Abyssinia, and closely resembles Amharic. Grammar by Prætorius, Halle, 1871; Vocaby. by Beurmann, 1868.

Tihuex.

American: Keres Indians of New Mexico.

Tikomeri.

American: Moxos dialect spoken in the S. Xaverio Mission, Bolivia. It is allied to Maipur.

Tilangang, Tilanjang.

Malayan: same as Engano, an island west of Sumatra.     P. J. V.

Timbiras.

American: tribes of Brazil, known as—(1) de Mata, (2) de Canella fina, (3) de Bocca furada. The language is closely allied to Geiko and Tokantin.

Timbora, Timboro.

Malayan: dialect of Javanese, somewhat allied to Sasak.

Timbuktoo.

African: typical language of Nigritia, pure Negro of the Soudan. See Wun.

Timmani.

African: A language spoken near Sierra Leone; dialects are Krangos and Logos.

⁂ It is allied to Bullom, Bago, and Landoma.     H. C.

Timor, Timur (Timorese).

Malayan: language of Timor, the largest island of the lesser Sunda group; it is Javanese, inclining to Negrito. Diss. in Crawfurd’s Malay Grammar.

⁂ There are three chief dialects of Timorese: (1) The Belonese, in Eastern Timor; (2) the Timorese “arctiori sensu;” (3) the dialect of Kupang.     P. J. V.

Timorlaut.

Malayan: largest island of the Tenimber group; peopled with straight-haired Polynesians.

Timuaca, Timuicana, Timuiquana.

American: dialect of Florida, spoken in the neighbourhood of St. Augustin.

Tingua.

American: extinct dialect of Florida.

Tinne.

American: native name for Athabascan; the Tinnes proper use a native alphabet of linear character, resembling the Cree.

Tirhai.

Indian: dialect of Swauti, closely allied to Deer. Vocaby. by Leech, “Journal of the A. S. of Bengal,” 1838.

Tirhitiya, see Mithili.

Tirol, under Ty.

Tiverighotto.

American: Carib-Tamanaque Indians of British Guyana.

Tiwi.

African: dialect of the Gaboon.

T-ka.

American: native name of the Hamburgh Indians, inhabiting the mouth of the Otte-tie-e-wa, or Scott’s River. They speak a dialect of Shasta. See Iddoa.

Tlahuici, Tlahiako.

American: Mixteca dialect of Oajaca in Mexico.

Tlamatl, see Lutuami.

Tlaoquatsh.

American: dialect of Wakash, spoken in the S.W. of Vancouver’s Island.

Tlapaneka.

American: Pueblo Indians of Tlapa, in Mexico. (Humboldt.)

Tlaskalteca.

American: Nahuatl of the Balsam coast, San Salvador. (Scherzer.)

Tlatsap.

American: same as Clatsop; a division of Chinook.

Tlatskanai.

American: Athabascan Indians of R. Columbia; classed as Tacullie-Umpqua. (Hale.)

Tnaina.

American: native name for the Kenai. See Atna.

Toba (Tobasche).

Malayan: Batta dialect of Toba Lake in Sumatra. See Grammar by Van der Tuuk, Amsterdam, 1864.     P. J. V.

Tobi.

Micronesian: dialect of Negrito, allied to Pelew.

Tobo.

Malayan: dialect of Ceram. Vocaby. by Wallace.

Tobolsk.

Ugrian: Turkee dialect of Siberia, closely allied to Tshulim. Dicty. by Giganow, St. Petersburg, 1804.

Tocantin.

American: branch of the Omagua stem; it is spoken in the Provinces of Goyaz and Para, Brazil.

Toda, Toduva.

Non-Aryan language of S. India, mostly spoken in the Nilgherries and Coorg. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.” See Tuda.

Toka, see Loyalty Islands.

Tokistine, Tonokoto.

American: Lule Indians of Paraguay; allied to Vilela.

Toltek.

American: Mexican Indians, intrusive at the date of their subjection by the Spaniards, and then speaking the Nahuatlac language.

Toma, Tomo.

American, i.e., Tomo-Maroa; Baniwa Indians, quoted by Wallace, “Travels on the Amazon,” London, 1853.

Tombara, see New Ireland.

Tomohon, Tomore.

Malayan: dialects of Macassar or Celebes. (Wallace.)

Tomski, Timski.

Ugrian: Samoied dialect of Asiatic Russia. (Klaproth.)

Tondano.

Malayan: dialect of Menadu.

Tongan.

Polynesian: a dialect spoken by natives of the Friendly Islands, a large group in Eastern Polynesia, comprising Tongataboo, Hapai, Vavau, and many smaller islands. The group is situated in 15° 50′ to 21° 7′ S. lat., and 173° to 175° W. long. It is closely allied to Samoan.     W. G. L.

Tonkinese (Tonquin).

Indo-Chinese: dialect of S.E. Asia, closely allied to Anamite, Cambojan, and Cochin-Chinese.

Tonocote.

American: dialect of Lule or Villela, in Paraguay.

Tonsea.

Malayan: dialect of Menadu.

Tookpa, Tukpa.

Indo-Chinese; dialect of Eastern Tibet.

Toon-paooh.

American: Turtle-tribe of Mohighans.

Toorks.

Tribes of Turkestan. See Uzbek.

Torgot, see Kerat.

Tosk.

(1) Illyric: a dialect of Albanian. Vocaby. and Grammar in Von Hahn.

(2) Italic. See Tuscan.

Totonaca.

American: Mexican dialect of Puebla and Vera Cruz.

Toucoulor.

African: same as Fula.

Toulouse.

Romance: modern dialect of Langue d’Oc, spoken in S.W. France.

Toun-baririg.

Malayan: quoted by Mr. Wallace as a local dialect of Menaudu; including also Tounbassian, Tounpasso, Tournshon, and Touwasang. See “Malay Archipelago.” See Minahassa.

Toung, see Tung.

Toung-Lhu.

Monosyllabic language of Burmah and Tennaserim. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Towarek, see Tuarik.

Trans-Caucasian Tatar.

Ugrian: class-name for several local dialects of Turkish, spoken in Russia. It is the same as Turko-Tatar.

Trans-Gangetic.

Class-name for Chinese and Indo-Chinese, and allied languages.

Trans-Himalayan.

Class-name: used for Sub-Turanian, or early Dravidian. See Indo-Chinese.

Transylvanian, see Siebenburgisch.

Traugan, see Aroo.

Treconian.

Keltic: sub-dialect of Bas-Breton, called Breton-Bretonnant.

Tredeci-Communi.

Teutonic: a local dialect of Italy, classed as High-german. The people have been considered to be descendants of the ancient Cimbri; see “Ueber die ... Venedischen Alpen,” &c., by Schmeller, Munich, 1838.

Triton-Bay.

Negrito: Papuan dialect of New Guinea.

Troglodytes.

Dwellers in caves, &c., as the early settlers at Nottingham, in Kent’s Hole, &c.; used as a class-name for some languages of Africa, as Beja, Bishari, &c.

Trojan, see Phrygian.

Troubadours.

Romance; name for the mediæval poets of Provence, in S. France, who used the Langue d’Oc. Grammar and Dicty., by Raynouard, Paris, 1844. See Trovatore.

Trouvères.

Romance; name for the mediæval poets of Normandy, who used the Langue d’Oil. See de Gembloux, “Trouvaires de Berry,” &c., Moulins, 1841.

Tsagatai.

Alatyan: written dialect of Turkee, formerly spoken by Uighur Tatars, the Tshagatai, who founded the Moghol dynasty in India. It is also written Chagatai, Jagatai.

Tsamak.

American: Sacramiento Indians of California; closely allied to Pujuni. Vocaby. in “Amer. Ethnol.” vol. ii.

Tschagrai.

Caucasian: sub-dialect of Abkass.

Tschamba.

African: a name for the Kouri class. A word which appears as Tiemba, Kiamba, &c., applied to at least six dialects, languages, or vocabularies of W. Africa; it has been supposed to be a salutation mistaken for the name of a language. See Latham’s “Elements,” p. 582.

Tschari-Kabutsch.

Caucasian: sub-dialect of Lesghian.

Tschekh, see Bohemian.

Tscherat, see Takazze.

Tscherdyn.

Ugrian: dialect of Wogul.

Tscheremissian (Cheremiss).

Ugrian: a dialect of Finnish, spoken along the course of the R. Volga. Grammar by Castrén, Kuopio, 1845.

Tschinkitan.

American: Kolush of Sitka-bay.

Tschirokese, see Cherokee.

Tschudic, or Tshud.

Alatyan: the same as Chudic. It is the Slavonian name for the Fins. Used either as a class-name for the Fin class of languages, or as one special division of the Finnic stock, including Lap, Suomian, and Esthonian. (So Castrén and Max Müller.) Also called Vesp.

Tschugatschi.

American: Eskimo of Prince William’s Sound.

Tschussowaja.

Ugrian: a dialect of Wogul. (Klaproth.)

Tschuwaschian, Tschuwassian.

Same as Chuvasch; an unclassed language spoken in Kazan and the neighbouring governments; considered by some as Ugrian, by others as Turk.     R. G. L.

Tshamba, see Tschamba.

Tshampa.

Malayan: dialect of Kambojia, classed by some as monosyllabic.

Tshapodzhir, Tshapogiren.

Alatyan: same as Chapogir, a dialect of Tungus.

Tshari.

Caucasian: Lesghian dialect of Daghestan.

Tshek, Tschekh.

Slavonic: same as Czech or Check. See Bohemian.

Tsheremis, see Tscheremissian.

Tsherkess, see Circassian.

Tshetsh, Tshetschents (Russian).

Caucasian: same as Lamur and Galgai, or Halhai, and adjoining the Lesgians. It is also written Chech or Chechents, and is used as a class-name for the most central division, closely allied to Georgian and Circassian, including also the Arshte or Aristoiai, Ingush, Kistic, Tushi, and Mizhdzedzhi; the last is Klaproth’s term.

Tshihaili.

American: division of the Atnah, Selish or Flat-head Indians; but Hale combines them all in one large group as Tsihaili-Selish. See “U. S. Ex. Expedition,” Philadelphia, 1846. ☞

Tshinuk.

American: a form of Chinook. See Watlala.

Tshnagmjut.

American: same as Kuskokiwimes.

Tshokoyem.

American: dialect of U. California; classed as Dieguno, and known as the San Raphael Mission.

Tshuktshi, Tchuktchi (Tchutchus).

(1) Same as the Reindeer Koriaks of Kamtschatka.

(2) Dialects of Eskimo, spoken in Asia; the people are called Tshuktshi Nos or Noss, more properly Namollo.

Tshulim.

Alatyan: Turkish dialect, almost identical with Baraba or Barabinski.

Tshuvash, under Tschu.

Tsihaili, under Tshi.

Tsikanne, under S.

Tsoneka.

American: Patagonian tribe of Tierra del Fuego. See Tekeenika.

Tsongeisth.

American: Cowichan dialect of Vancouver Island.

Ttynai, see Tnaina.

Tuapoca.

American: Carib of the lower Orinoco, closely allied to Galibi. See Trübner’s “Ludewig,” p. 28.

Tuarik, Towarek.

Sub-Semitic: Berber dialect of the W. Sahara. Also called Temahuq. Grammar by Freeman, London, 1862.

Tubar.

American: dialect of Sinaloa, somewhat allied to Tarahumara and Tepeguana.

Tucano.

American: Indians of the Uapes, allied to Cobeu, and classed by Von Martius as Juri. Vocaby. by Wallace.

Tucuman, see Kalchaqui.

Tuda.

Dravidian: Canarese dialect of the Nilgerries. See Caldwell’s Comparative Grammar. See Toda.

Tudesque.

French word; it is put for Tudesco, the Italian form of Deutsch, applied to High-German.

Tuker.

Polynesian: dialect of the Carolines.

T’uk’iu.

Chinese form of the word Turk. (Klaproth.)

Tuklave, see Takeli.

Tukpa, see Tookpa.

Tulare.

American: Californian Indians of Lake Tulare. It is somewhat allied to Coconoons.

Tularena.

American: dialect of Costa-Rica.

Tulu or Tuluva.

Dravidian: a dialect of the Tamulic class, closely allied to Tamil, Telugu, Canarese, and Malayalim. See Caldwell’s Comp. Grammar.

Tulucar.

That is, “Ari-tulucar;” Tamil name for the Thugs.

Tumgarsee.

American: dialect of Kolush. See Tunghasse.

Tummimioi, see Tamoiae.

Tumu.

African: dialect of the Gaboon, closely allied to Ndob.

Tung-Mru.

Indo-Chinese: “hill-men” of Arrakan.

Tungaas, Tunghasse.

American: spoken in S. of Prince of Wales’ Archipelago, and sometimes classed as Sitka.

Tungoos, Tungusian, Tungan.

Alatyan: rude dialects of Manchu spoken in Siberia; divisions are called Chapogir, Orotong-Tungus, and Lamut. Grundzüge by Castrén, St. Petersburg, 1856. See Dsungar.

⁂ Tunguska is the name of three rivers in Asiatic Russia.

Tunka, Tunkin.

Alatyan: dialect of Moghol, closely allied to Selenga. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 84. See Tonquin.

Tupi.

American: native language of Brazil, classed as Guarani. There are: (1) Tupinaba, Tupinamba, called Nations of the Rio Real, in the province of Sergipe. (2) Tupininquin, a nation of Espiritu Santo. (3) Tuppinamba, called the largest tribe in Maranhao and Gran Para. Dictionary by Dias, Leipsic. 1858: and Da Silva’s “Lingoa Geral.”

⁂ It is allied to the Agaw.     H. C.

Tupuan.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan.

Turaja.

Alfuru of Celebes.

Turanian.

Class-name, first suggested by D’Halloy for the agglutinative languages of Asia and Europe; including chiefly, Fin and Lap, Ugrian, Moghol, Turk, Tatar, Samoied. It has since been proposed to supersede it by Alatyan, or Ural-Altaic. ☞

Turco-Greek.

Turkish written in characters of the Greek alphabet.

Turcomans, Turkomans.

Alatyan: general names for nomadic Turks of Central and Western Asia, of whom the Usbegs are the leading race.

⁂ The districts known as Turkestan, Mongolia, and Zungaria comprise Central Asia.

Turin.

Romance: provincial dialect of Italian.

Turkee.

Name for Turkish-Tatar; also called Chantu. Grammar by Kasem-Bek, Kasan, 1839.

Turkish.

Alatyan: typical dialect of Tatar, as now written and spoken at Constantinople; original dialect of the Osmanli Turkomans. The modern Turks use the Arabic characters. Grammar and Dicty. by Redhouse, London.

Turkomans, see Turcomans.

Turrubul.

District of Australia; a dialect of S. Queensland. Vocaby. by Ridley Sydney, 1866.

Turtles.

American: tribes of Algonkin; both Delaware (Unami) and Mohighan (Toon-paooh).

Turuchanski, Tawgi, Tawginski.

Ugrian: dialects of Samoied. (Klaproth.)

Tuscan.

Romance: typical dialect of pure Italian. See Buommattei: “Della Lingua Toscana,” Venetia 1735.

Tuscarora.

American: Iroquois dialect of N. Carolina, closely allied to Nottoway.

Tusch, Tushi.

Caucasian: dialect of the Tshetshentes, on the Georgian frontier. “Versuch,” &c., by Schiefner, St. Petersburg, 1856.

Tusci, Tosk.

Same as Etruscan. See Ras.

Tuteloes.

American: same as Meherrins; classed in Jülg’s edition of “Vater” as Irokese of Virginia.

Tu-Toyer.

French term for making use of familiar speech.

Tutuila.

Polynesian: dialect of the Navigator’s Islands.

Tver.

Ugrian: dialect of Fin, spoken in Russia.

Tymski, see Tomski.

Tynteeas.

Indian: savage tribes E. of Bengal.

Tyrolese.

Teutonic: classed as High-German. See Kitzbuhel.

Tzakonian.

Hellenic: dialect of modern Greek, spoken in the Gulf of Nauplia (Laconia), and at Mount Taygetus. Tract by Deville, “Le Dialecte Tzaconien.”

Tzeckish, see Bohemian.

Tzendale, see Celdales.

ADDENDA.

Tacullie.

American: same as Takulli. The name of Tah-cully means “deep-water Indians.”

Tantras.

Works of Hindu ritual, adopted or modified by Buddhists.

Tauan.

Negrito: Taua is a small island near New Guinea, the inhabitants of which speak Papuan.     W. G.

Tayung.

Assam; said to be a dialect of Mishmi and like Mijhu, but dissimilar and presenting some remarkable peculiarities.     H. C.

Tedesco, see Tudesque.

Teets or Haitlin.

American: Indians of Frazer River; also called Sa-chinco, or “Strangers.”

Tene.

African: a Mandingo vocabulary in “Polyglotta Africana.”     H. C.

Tientsin.

Chinese: local dialect of the port of Pekin.

Toumbulu,     }
Toumpakewa, }
Toundano,     } see Minahassa.
Tounsawang, }
Tounsea.        }

Trovatore.

Italian form of “Troubadour;” the Trovatori used the Lingua de Si.

Tshagatai.

Same as Tsagatai. A recent writer states that the language described by Professor Vambery as Cagataic is the dialect of Kashgar.

Tunganis.

Chinese rebels.

Turko-Armenian.

Turkish: written in characters of the Armenian alphabet.

Turko-Tatar.

Term applied to the Eastern Turkish languages.

U.

Uainambeu.

American: same as Mauhe; a dialect of the Rio Negro, spoken by the Humming-Bird Indians, and somewhat allied to the Barree. See Juri.

Ualan, see Ulea.

Uara, Uaraca.

American: dialects of Tamanaque, spoken by the Uara-Mukuru and the Uaraca-Paccili.

Ucayale.

American: dialects localised upon the course of river so named. See Cocama.

Uchee, Uchi.

American: tribe of Creek Indians; it is now spoken in Florida, originally of Louisiana. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Ude.

Caucasian: same as Colchian. Herodotus (Book ii.) thought the Colchians were an offshoot of the Egyptians planted by Sesostris. The Bzyb is its best known dialect. It is allied to Egyptian and Coptic. See Papers of “Anthrop. Instit.”; Schiefner’s Grammar.     H. C.

Udom.

African: dialect of the Gaboon, closely allied to Mbofia.

Udorian.

Alatyan: Ugrian dialect of Udorsk; “Uhdmurd,” “free people.”

Udso.

African: dialect of Bonny.

Uea.

Polynesian: dialect of the Loyalty group, also spoken in Wallis’s Island.

Ugalenzi.

American: Kolush dialect of Mount Elias.

Ugaljachmutzi.

American: Athabascan; classed as Kinai.

Ugor, Ugrian, Uralian.

Chudic: a sub-division of the Turanian family of languages, comprising Fin, Hungarian or Magyar, Ostiak, Vogul or Wogul, and the non-Slavonic Bulgarian. It is also called Ugro-Tartarian.

Ugor (2).

Melanesian: island in the Papuan group; mixed dialect.     W. G.

Uhobo.

African: quoted in Jülg’s edition of “Vater” from Kilham’s specimens.

Uigur.

Alatyan: same as Igur or Ighur; dialect of Turkish, a literary language spoken on the frontiers of Tibet and Mongolia. See “Uigurische Sprachmonumente,” &c., by Vambery, Innsbruck, 1870. See Hor.

Uju, see Aroo.

Ukah, Ukagir.

Turanian: Koriak dialect of Kamtschatka.

Ukahipu, see Kikkapu.

Ukrainian.

Slavonic: dialect of Little Russia.

Ukuafi.

African: dialect of Suahili. The people are called “A-kabi,” singular; “Wa-kabi,” plural; and Dr. Latham suggests that Ukuafi and Kekuafi are verbal mutations of Eloikob, the native name. See “Elements,” &c., p. 545.

⁂ It occurs within the Kaffir area, but is not so manifestly Kaffir as its neighbours.     R. G. L.

Ulea, Uala.

Polynesian: dialect of the Carolines.

Ulianghai, Uriangchai.

Ugrian: same as Soiot.

Ulm.

Teutonic: classed as High-German.

Ulu.

Malayan: dialect of Sumatra.

Ulut (Olot).

Moghol: Kalmuck: dialect of Dzungaria.

Umbrian.

Extinct dialect of ancient Italy, known only from inscriptions, and allied to Latin, Oscan, &c. See Schleicher’s “Chrestomathie,” and Mommsen’s “Unteritalischen Dialekte.”

Umkwa, Umpqua.

American: dialect of U. California, classed as Athabascan. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Umlaut.

German term: “vowel change,” modification of meaning, due to the change of a vowel.

⁂ Rückumlaut means the return to a sound that has undergone the change called “umlaut.”

Umma-ra.

African: tribe of Adareb, classed as Troglodytes.

Unalachtgo.

American: Turkey tribe of Lenni-Lennape.

Unalaskhan.

American: the largest of the Fox Islands of the Aleutian chain, running from Kamtschatka, in Asia, to the Peninsula of Alaska, in America; and, indeed, the largest and the most representative island of the whole group. It is in this language that the Asiatic affinities of the Eskimo must be most especially sought for.     R. G. L.

Unami, see Wanami.

Unataquas.

American: Indians of Texas; same as Andarcos.

Unchagog, Untchagog.

American: Shinicook Indians of Long Island.

Uncial.

Palæographic: from “uncia,” “an inch;” name for large letters; size of “capitals.”

Undaza.

African: dialect of the Gaboon; somewhat allied to Ndob.

Ungarn.

Teutonic: High-German dialect of Hungary.

⁂ Ungarn is the German form of Ungri or Vingour, equivalent to Hun; but there is no clear proof whether Hungary has been named from the Huns of Attila’s era [441-453 A.D.], who were of Tatar race, or from the Magyars, who are Ugrians of Jugoria, a Finnish race [889-955 A.D.]

Uniya.

Tibetan: a local dialect of Bhot, spoken in the district of the Dalai Lama.

Unso.

Caucasian: same as Dido; a sub-dialect of Lesghian.

Uolaroi.

Australian: dialect at Bulgora, through part of Queensland to Murrurundi, on by Hunter River (Rev. W. Ridley).     J. B.

Upsaroka.

American: native name for the Crow Indians; they are divided into (1) Kikatsa, (2) Ahnahaways (Black-shoes), (3) Allakaweah (Paunch Indians).

Urabae.

American: aborigines of Darien, classed as Cunacuna.

Ural-Altaic.

Class-name: same as Alatyan. Term for the great Turkish branch of the Turanian family of languages, including Tatar, Moghol, Manchu, &c.

Uralian, see Ugor.

Uraon.

Dravidian: dialect of central India. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Urdu.

Word for army or camp. (1) Urdu-mualla-ki-zaban, “Court-language.” (2) Urdu-zaban, “camp lingo,” applied to Hindostani. See Horde.

Uriangchai, see Ulianghai.

Uriya, see Orissa.

Usbeg, Uzbek (Oezbeg).

Alatyan: dominant race of Turkestan; closely allied to Kirghiz, and also called Turkish-Tatar.

Ustsyssola.

Chudic: sub-dialect of Ugrian.

Uta, Utah.

American: dialect of U. California, classed as Paducan, and closely allied to Comanche.

⁂ It belongs to the Pygmean, and is allied to Mincopie, Kariri, Sabuyah, Gonga, &c.     H. C.

Utagami.

American: same as Ottogami; tribe of Saki or Fox-Indians.

Utanata.

Negrito: Papuan dialect of New Guinea, closely allied to Lobo.

Utharabee.

Indo-Chinese: dialect of Kunawar.

Uvea.

Polynesian: dialect of the Loyalty group.

V.

Vaddah, see Veddahs.

Vaidic, see Vedic.

Vaiqueno, Vaikeno.

Malayan: dialect of E. Timor. Vocaby. by Wallace.

Valaat.

Iranian: name for modern Persian; common dialects, vulgar speech.

Valais.

Romance: French canton of Switzerland.

Valdieri.

Romance: dialect of Franco-Italian.

Valencian, Valentian.

Romance: belonging to the same division as the Limousin, i.e., the Provençal; a dialect of Spanish. Dicty. by Lamarca, Valencia, 1842.

Valtelinese.

Romance: dialect of Italian, closely allied to Rhæto-Romanic.

Vancouver’s Island.

American: (1) The Cowichan may be spoken by about 4,000 people. (2) The Quakwolth, by about 2,000. (3) The Koskeemo by only two or three hundred; while (4) the Aht is spoken in its different dialects in Vancouver’s Island and southwards along the shores of the mainland of Washington Territory to nearly the Columbia river by about 4,500 people; indeed the Chinook, spoken by the Chinooks who once thickly lined the lower shores of that river, is a dialect of the Aht (see Irving’s “Astoria”). (5) The “Chinook Jargon,” a rough trading jargon, founded on the Chinook, but mixed up with corrupted Canadian French, English, a few Spanish, two Hawaian, and numerous words from other Indian languages, and universally understood by traders, travellers, and colonists of any “standing” in the region. (Vide Vocaby. by George Gibbs, published by the Smithsonian Institution.)     R. B.

Vandal.

A form of the word Wend. “Histoire” by Marcus, Paris, 1836.

Van Diemen’s Land.

Tasmanian: dialects were, according to authorities, four, six, eight; or many more, according to Mr. G. Robinson, the Protector of Aborigines. Mr. Clarke, catechist on Flinders Island, recognised ten dialects in 1834 among the two hundred native exiles. A Lingua Franca was of necessity made among them. Dr. Milligan prepared, from Messrs. Dove, Jorgenson, Geary, King, Labillardière, Peron, Robinson, Scott, Sterling, and Lhotzky, a vocabulary of 2,500 words, only one or two of which were true reduplicatives. According to Mr. Logan, the Tasmanian was an ancient form of the tongues once spoken in south-eastern Asia. The language was defective in abstract names.     J. B.

Vanikoro.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan, somewhat allied to Tanema.

Vannetais, Vanneteuse.

Celtic: sub-dialect of Bas-Breton, spoken at Vannes. Dicty. by Armerie, Leyden, 1774: Grammar by Guillome, Vannes, 1836.

Varangian.

Put for Warangian, a form of the word Varini for the Warrings. See paper by Mr. Hyde Clarke in “Ethnol. Journal,” but compare the Slavonic word “warjazi,” allies. The Varangian guard at Constantinople was recruited from N. Europe. See Feringee.

Vaskish, see Basque.

Vasse R.

District of S.W. Australia. Vocaby. by Captain Grey, 1841.

Vatialaiset.

Tschudic: a name for the Vod.

Vaudois (Pays de Vaud).

Romance: vernacular language of the Waldenses, formed from the old Provençal, or Langue d’oc, still spoken in Switzerland. “Observations,” &c., by Develay, Lausanne, 1824.

Vayu.

Non-Aryan: a dialect of Nipal, somewhat allied to Chepang. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Vedas.

The sacred writings of the Brahmins, from the word “vid,” i.e., wit, knowledge.

Veddahs.

Cinghalese: low race of Ceylon.

Vedic.

The language of the Vedas; the oldest form of Sanskrit.

Vei, Vey.

African: dialect of the Mana class, vernacular at Great Cape Mount, W. Africa; using a native alphabetic character of recent origin, which is stated to be founded on Arabic, called the Vey Phonetic (Forbes). Grammar by Kölle, London, 1853.

Velay.

Romance: dialect of Provençal. Vocaby. in “Mems. de la Société des Antiq.,” vol. ix.

Vendee.

Romance: patois of France, largely Celtic. Grammar in “Memm. de l’Acad. Celtique,” 1809.

Venedi, Vendes.

German name for Slavonians. See Wendic.

Venetian.

Romance: dialect of Italian. Dicty. by Boerio, Venice, 1829.

Venezuelan, see Wapisiana.

Verden, see Bremisch.

Verkhovi.

Ugrian: Samoied dialect of the River Obi.

Vernacular.

Literally “native”; the natural speech of a race or country.

Veronese.

Romance: dialect of Italian. Vocaby. by Angeli, Verona, 1821.

Ves, see Vod.

Vesp, see Tschudic.

Vicenza.

Teutonic: High-German of Italy.

Victoria.

Australian: dialects of Port Phillip, once numerous, now nearly all lost. Some of them, says Mr. Parker, called after their negatives, as some in N.S. Wales from their affirmatives.     J. B.

Viennaise, Viennese (Wien).

Teutonic: High-German of the Austrian Empire, as spoken at Vienna; the ancient Vindobona.

Vikanera, see Bikanira.

Vikingar, Vikings.

So-called Sea-Kings, or “Creekers”; pirates of the Baltic.

Vilela.

American: Lule dialect of the Gran Chaco and republic of Cordova.

Vincent (St.) Island.

(1) See W. Indies. (2) (Gulf of) Native Australian. Köler “Notice” by, Berlin, 1842.

Vingour, see Ungarn.

Virat, see Buttanir.

Virginian.

American: called New England Indian, and classed as Mohegan.

Viti, see Feejeean.

Vlack.

Crude form of the word Wallachian. ☞

Vod.

Tschudic: same as the Vadjalaine (sing.), or Vadjalaiset (in the plural), who speak a dialect of the Fin, called Ves.

Vogul, Wogul.

Ugrian: a branch of the Tschudic stem, representing the dialects of Fin spoken along the course of the River Volga. Klaproth distinguishes four dialects: (1) the Tschussowaia; (2) Werchoturie; (3) Tscherdyn; (4) Beresov. See Mordvinian.

Voightlandic.

Teutonic: dialect of High-German.

Volga-Finnish.

Tchudic: same as Mordvinian.

Volscian.

Extinct dialect of ancient Italy, closely allied to Oscan and Umbrian. See Fabbretti’s Glossary, Turin, 1858.

Vosges, see Rennes.

Votiak, see Wotagian.

Vulgar-tongue.

A name once used for true idiomatic English; the term “vulgar” is used for the language of the lower orders. See Dicty. by Grose, 1785, since reprinted (1868). See Lingua Vulgaris.

Vuta-Huillighe.

American: Vuta or Huilliche. This latter word means “Men of the South,” and is an Araucanian name. Hence it applies to the tribes between Chili and Tierra del Fuego. The Chonos of the Island of Chiloe is decidedly Chileno. Elsewhere the division between their language and the Patagonian is not known in detail. Falkner’s “Description of Patagonia,” Hereford, 1774. Darwin in “Voyage of the Beagle.”     R. G. L.

W.

Waag.

Abyssinian; a name for Hhamara, i.e., the Agau dialect of Lasta.

Waailatpu, Willatpoo.

American: same as Cayus; spoken in Oregon to the S. of Lower Columbia R.

Waccoa.

American: same as Wokkon; extinct dialect of N. Carolina. See Woccon.

Wacoe.

American: Pawnee Indians; the word is an English corruption of the Spanish Hueco applied to the Tallewitsu.

Wadey, Wadreagh.

Sub-Semitic; Berber races speaking Tuarik.

Wahabees.

Name for Mohammedan sectaries or reformed Moslemim, a very fanatical body.

Wahitaho.

Polynesian; dialect of the Friendly Islands, allied to Mayorga.

Wahkyecum, Wakaikam.

American: sub-division of Chinook.

Wahtani.

American: same as Mandan.

Wahtohtani, Wahtoktak.

American: same as Oto.

Waigiu.

Negrito: Papuan dialect to the N.W. of New Guinea.

Waihu.

Polynesian: dialect of Easter Island. See Teapy.

Waikna.

American: dialect of the Mosquito coast.

Waikur, Waicuri.

American: also called Guaicur and Monqui; language of Lower California with dialects known as Aripe and Cora.

Waisamu.

Malayan; dialect of Ceram.

Waiyamera, Woyawai.

American: dialects of British Guyana, classed by Schomburgk as Carib-Tamanaque.

Wakamba.

African: Kaffir dialect of the Suahili class.

Wakash.

American: same as Yucuatl; Atna or Selish dialect of Vancouver Is.; also called Nootka or Nutka. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.” vol. ii. See Tlaoquatsh.

Wakhi.

Tribes of Shiah-Mohammedans in Wakhan, Central Asia.

Walcheren.

Dutch: provincial dialect of Holland.

Waldensian, see Vaudois.

Waling.

Non-Aryan: language of the Kiranti group, E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Walla-Walla.

American: dialect of Sahaptin, closely allied to Kliketat. Vocaby.: “Amer. Ethnol.” vol. ii.

Wallachian (Vlack).

Romance: a mingled dialect of Latin and Slavonic, also called Rouman or Rumanyo. It is divided into (1) Northern dialect, called Dacian or Daco-Roman, spoken in Moldavia, Bessarabia, &c.; (2) South of the Danube, called Macedo- or Kutzo-Wallachian. The people called Rumanje are by some stated to be Thracians, by others Illyrians by descent, but the language is that of the Roman colonists settled in Dacia under the Emperor Trajan. They still use the old Cyrillic alphabet for liturgical purposes, but a more simplified character is in general use. Grammar by Iszer, Kronstadt, 1855; Dicty. by Cihao: “Dictionnaire d’Etymologie Daco-Romane,” Francfort, 1870.

⁂ This language has the peculiarity, like the Basque, of postposition of the article: thus, “ochiu’l (oculus ille)” = “the eye”; “omu’l” = “man the,” for “the man.” Farrar. ☞

Wallamette, under Wi.

Wallis Islands.

Polynesian: same as Uea. See Loyalty Is.

Wallon or Walloon (Rouchi-Francais).

Romance: French patois of Flanders and Belgium. Dicty. by Grandgagnage, Liége, 1845-50. See Liegeoise.

Wamma, Wammer.

Malayan: islands of the lesser Sunda group, peopled with Alfuru. See Aroo.

Wanami.

American: same as Unami. Turtle-tribe of Delawares.

Wanat.

American: quoted in Jülg’s “Vater” as Irokese.

Wandamin.

Negrito: Papuan dialect of New Guinea.

Wangerog.

Teutonic: sub-dialect of Friesic. See Hœfer’s “Zeitschrift,” Berlin, 1845.

Wangpo.

Indian: dialect of Kunawari.

Wanica, Wanika, Wonica.

African: Kaffir dialect of the Suahili class.

Wanumbae, see Aroo.

Wapanachki.

American: form of the word Abenaki.

Wapisiana (Wapisian, Wapityan).

American: dialect of Carib, spoken in Demerara and Venezuela.

Wapisian-Parauana.

American: Schomburgk’s class name for a division of the Carib languages of British Guyana.

Warachin, Waratshin.

Caucasian: chief dialect of the Ude, on which Schiefner’s Grammar is founded.     H. C.

Warow, Warrow.

American: unclassed language of British Guyana.

⁂ Spoken between the Orinoco, along the coast, and in the lowlands of the Delta. On the strength of these conditions the Warows have been described as people living on trees. They are good boatmen.     R. G. L.

Warsau.

African: dialect of the Gold Coast.

Wasco, see Chinook.

Washa, Wawah, Wawash.

American: names for the Osage.

Washington Is., see Marquesan.

Watelei, see Aroo.

Watialaiset, Watlandic.

Tschudic: Fin dialect, much Teutonized.

Watie, Watje.

African: dialect of the Mana class.

Watlaka, Watlala (Cascade Indians).

American: dialect of Atna or Selish, known as Upper Chinook, Vocaby. in “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Wattasun.

American: Mandan name for the Black-shoe tribe of Crows. See Upsaroka.

Wawu.

African: Nigritian dialect adjoining Dahomey.

Wayapo.

Malayan: dialect of Booro. Vocaby. by Wallace.

Wea.

American: Algonkin of the Illinois division, and closely allied to Piankeshaw. See Primer, “Cherokee Mission Press,” 1837.

Wee-o-how, see Shasta.

Weitspek, Weiyot, Wishosk.

American: Indians of N.W. California, on the Clamat, and somewhat allied to Tsamak.

Wellington.

Australian: dialect of Kamilaroi.

Welsh (Cymraeg).

Celtic: pre-Roman dialect of Britain, closely allied to Armorican or Bas-Breton, to Cornish, the extinct dialect of Cornwall, and still spoken by the Cymru, natives of the principality of Wales in Great Britain. It is a language of the same class as Erse or Irish, Gaelic and Manx, but more largely influenced by Latin. Grammars by Rowland, 3rd ed., Bala, 1864; and Spurrell, 1870; Dictys. by Evans, Pughe, Pryse, Richards, and Spurrell.

Wendic, Wendish.

(1) Same as Slavo-Wendic or Letto-Slavonic; class-name for combined stem of languages comprising Old-Prussian and its varieties, with others of the Slavonic family.

(2) Same as Sorbo-Wendic; also called Sorabic, or Sorbian, the language of Lusatia, N. Germany. They use the German character. Grammar by Jordan, Prag, 1841; by Schmaler, Bautzen, 1852; Dicty. by Zwahr, Spremberg, 1846-7. See Winidi.

West Indies.

Long extinct; a few words only are known, taken from the language of St. Domingo. See Taino.

Westmoreland.

Provincial dialect of England. Glossaries by Wheeler and Gough.

Westphalian.

Teutonic: classed as Low-German.

Wetter.

Malayan: a small island of the Timor group, peopled with Alfuru.

Whidah, Widah (Atye).

African: also called Fidah; Nigritian dialect of Guinea; it is allied to Dahomey and to Carib.     H. C.   See Juda.

White-Russian.

Slavonic: dialects of the governments of Smolensko and Moghilov. It has no literature, except the Lithuanic Code.

Widah, see Whidah.

Wien, see Viennaise.

Wihinasht, Wihinast.

American: Western Shoshones; Snake Indians of Texas. Vocaby.: “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Willamet, Wallamette.

American: Indians of Oregon, closely allied to Cayuse. Vocaby. “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Wiltshire, Wilts.

Provincial dialect of Wiltshire in England. Glossary by Akerman.

Wiltzian.

Slavonic. Same as Luitizian.

Windic.

Slavonic: Slovenian dialect of Windismark (Styria, Carinthia, and Carniola) in Austria.

Winebago.

American: also called Nippegon; Sioux dialect of Wisconsin. Vocaby.: “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Wiradurei.

Australian: dialect of Kamilaroi, spoken near the N. border of N.S. Wales. Mr. Horatio Hale found “o” repeated sixty-seven times to six of “u.”     J. B.

Wishosk, see Weitspek.

Witchita, Witshita.

American: dialect of Texas, spoken on the Red R., and classed as Pawnee.

Witouro.

Australian: Kamilaroi dialect, allied to Wiradurei, spoken N. of Adelaide. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Wlachish, see Wallachian.

Woccon, Wokkon (Waccoa).

American: primitive dialect of N. Carolina.

⁂ Along with Catawba, they are the best representatives of the native population. This is indicated because the Pamticoughs and the Tuscaroras, with whom they are associated in respect to their geography, are intrusive. From both of these the Woccon and Katawba are widely separated, and (as far as we are informed by our scanty data) they are, as separate languages, divided from one another. Each is known from a single specimen, viz.: that of Lawson, &c., London, 1709. Both the Woccon and the Catawba have long been extinct.     R. G. L.

Woddowrong.

Australian: allied to Koligon; spoken to E. of Lake Colac, Victoria. See Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.

Wogul, Wogulian, under V.

Wokan, Wokkam.

Malayan: island of the lesser Sunda group. See Aroo.

Wokkon, see Woccon.

Wolaitsa, Woraitsa, Worratta.

African: dialects of the Gonga class, spoken in Abyssinia, about 10° N.L., and allied to Kaffa. See Yangaro.

Wolaroi.

Australian: district distinguished by a dialectical variation of speech.

Wolf Indians.

American: tribes of Delawares (called Minsi), and Mohigans (called Mech-chaooh).

Wollondilly.

Australian: river name.

Wolof (Ouolofe).

African: dialect of Senegambia. Grammar by Boilat, Paris, 1858; Dicty. by Dard, Dakar, 1855. See Jalloof.

Woolwa, Wulwa.

American: tribe on R. Mico, Honduras, speaking the Chontales language; called Caribs by the Spaniards. They “have themselves a vague tradition that they came originally from the shores of Lake Managua.” Squier, &c.     R. G. L.

Woratta, see Wolaitsa.

Wotagian, Wotiak.

Tschudic: dialect spoken by the Ugrians of Viatka (Votiaks) in Russia, classed as Permian Fins. See Gabelentz in Höfer’s “Zeitschr,” Berlin, 1845.

Woyawai, see Waiyamera.

Wuch, see Moultani.

Wugi, see Bugis.

Wulwa, see Woolwa.

Wun.

African: Nigritian dialect of Timbuctoo.

Wurgelah.

Sub-Semitic: Berber race speaking Tuarik.

Wyago.

Malayan: Dyak fishermen of Borneo. See Bajau.

Wyandot.

American: same as Huron; Mohawk Indians classed as Huron-Iroquois. It is spoken at Caughnawaga, near Montreal in Canada.

ADDENDA.

Wabro, Waiky-Waiky.

Australian: dialects of the McLeay river.     J. B.

Watty-Watty.

Australian: dialect of New England, N.S. Wales. (C. Hodgkinson.)

Weeahs.

American: tribes of Indian territory. See Shasti.

West Saxon.

Main dialect of Anglo-Saxon, spoken in Wessex, and the South generally, while a distinct dialect, North-Anglian (Northumbrian), was spoken in the North. See papers by Mr. J. M. Kemble in the “Proceedings of the Philological Society,” 1845-7.     G. R.

Western-Port.

Australian: dialect of Port Philip. Vocaby. by Dr. Bunce.     J. B.

Winidi.

A form of Wend. German name for the Slavonians.

Wirairoi.

Australian: dialect of the boundaries of Queensland and N.S. Wales, derived, says Mr. Ridley, from the affirmative “wirai.”     J. B.

Wiralhere.

Australian: a dialect of Kamilaroi.

X.

Xavier, San.

American: mission of old California, closely allied to the San Borgia Mission, and classed as Layamon.

Xebero.

American: word for word, it is Jebero; the languages, however, are different; so is the Zapara, which also seems to be the same word. The Cutinana, Paranapura, Chayabita, and Munich are classed as Xebero. See “Mithridates,” vol. iii., p. 583.     R. G. L.

Xumano, see Chomano.

Y.

Yabu, see Yarriba.

Yacana Cunny.

American: tribe of Araucans. See Tehuelet.

Yagba, see Yoruba.

Yagua.

American: Indians of Brazil; their dialect is allied to Oregones.

Yahgan, see Yakanaku.

Yahoo.

African: a form of the word Djabu. See Eyo.

Yahua.

American: same as Quichua.

Yairy-Yairy.

Australian: dialect near Hastings River, N.S. Wales.     J. B.

Yak.

A name for the Eskimo people.

Yakama, Yakema.

American: same as Joakema; tribe of Sahaptins. Grammar by Pandosy, 1862.

Yakanaku.

American: Pesherai Indians, natives of Tierra del Fuego. The separate tribes are named (1) Kamentes, (2) Karaikas, (3) Kennekas.

Yakha.

Non-Aryan language of India, belonging to the Kiranti group, E. Nipal. Vocaby. in Hunter’s “Comp. Dicty.”

Yakhain.

Indo-Chinese: native name for the Rukkeng of Arracan.

Yak-Kumban.

Australian: dialect of Darling district, somewhat allied to Boraiper, spoken from the N.W. bend of the Murray northwards to Laidley’s Ponds, and S.W. to Mount Bryant. Eyre’s “Journals,” London, 1845.     J. B.

Yakumba.

Australian: spoken N. of Warialda and in S. Queensland. Vocaby. by Ridley.     J. B.

Yakut, Yakout (Jakut).

Alatyan: dialect of the Sokhalar Turks of the Lena, closely allied to Yeneseian. Grammar, &c., by Boehtlingk, St. Petersburg, 1851. ☞

Yakutsk.

Alatyan: a dialect of Tungus, closely allied to Lamut. Small Vocaby. in Latham’s “Elements,” p. 76.

Yala.

African: Nufi dialect of the Gaboon.

Yamea, Yameo.

American: dialect of Ecuador.

Yamkallie.

American: Willamet Indians of Oregon, closely allied to Kallapuiah.

Yanesei, see Yeniseian.

Yangaro.

African: dialect of Abyssinia, classed by Dr. Beke as Gonga. It has been suggested that it is the same word as Zinzero. See Latham’s “Elements,” p. 544.

Yankee.

Anglo-American: a corruption by native Indians of “les Anglais,” as used by French settlers of the English. See Bartlett’s “Dicty. of Americanisms.”

Yankitlan.

American: Misteco Indians of Oajaca in Mexico.

Yankton, Yanktoanon, Yanktonan.

American: Sioux dialect allied to Winnebago. Vocaby. in “Amer. Ethnol.,” vol. ii.

Yaoi.

American: Carib Indians of Trinidad and Venezuela.

Yap (Eap).

Polynesian: dialect of the Carolines, somewhat allied to Ulea.

Yaqui, see Hiaqui.

Yarkundi.

Alatyan: Turkish dialect of Yarkund, Central Asia.

Yarra-Bandini.

Australian: dialect of McLeay River (C. Hodgkinson).     J. B.

Yarra-Yarra.

Australian: dialect of river so named; spoken for fifty miles from its mouth. The comparative formed by adding “un”; the superlative by “unun.”     J. B.

Yarriba, see Yoruba.

Yarura.

American: Japurin Indians of New Granada.

Yatshving (Jaczwing, Jatwag).

Wendic: an extinct language of the Lithuanic class.

Yebu.

African: dialect of the Yoruba class, closely allied to Eyo. Sometimes used as a class-name.

Yeconoacampas.

American: Vilela Indians of Cordova.

Yeka, Yreka.

American: the Shasta-Butte Indians, called Ho-te-day. See Shasti.

Yelabuga.

Ugrian: a local dialect of Votiak, largely infused with Turkish.

Yemen.

Semitic: local dialect of S. W. Arabia; also spoken at Cairo.

Yemut.

Tatar tribe of Central Asia.

Yengen.

Negrito: dialect of Papuan, somewhat allied to Indeni or Nitendi.

Yeniseian.

Alatyan: a dialect of Tungus, closely allied to Yakut. Klaproth’s name for what has been known as the Ostiak of the R. Yenisei.

Yeppok.

American: tribes of Patagonian Indians.

Yerukali.

Non-Aryan language of India, classed as Khond, and closely allied to the dialect of Gaddapur.

Yeso, Yesso.

Kurilian: Aino dialect of the Japanese group.

Yete.

American: Omagua Indians of New Granada.

Yezidi (Jezidi).

Kurdish: dialect of the so-called “devil-worshippers,” from the Aryan word “deva,” “to shine.”

⁂ Their real name is Shaitani.     W. S. W. V.

Yloko, see Ilocana.

Yo.

Arracanese: same as Ro.

Yomud, Yomut.

Turkoman tribes of Central Asia.

York (Cape).

Australian: local dialect, closely allied to Massied.

Yorkshire.

Local dialects of England. The chief varieties are classified as Craven, Halifax (Hallamshire), Morley, Sheffield, E. Riding, W. Riding.

Yoruba (Yarriba, Yebu).

African. It touches the Atlantic near the mouth of the R. Formosa, and on the frontier of Dahomey. It extends far inland, bounded chiefly by the Haussa on the north and the Nufi on the south. The following vocabularies are Yoruba, Dsekiri, Dsubu, Dsumu, Egbe, Eki, Idsesa, Ife, Ondo, Oto, Oworo, Yagba; Grammar by Bowen, Washington. 1858.     R. G. L.

Ypapana.

American: Totonaca Indians of Puebla and Vera Cruz.

Yreka, see Yeka.

Yucatecan, see Maya.

Yucuatl.

American: native name of the Nootka or Wakash Indians of Vancouver Island. See Tlaoquatsh.

Yugia-Karta.

Malayan: dialect of Javanese (Balbi).

Yukahiri (Jukadschiri).

Alatyan: language of certain tribes, now nearly extinct, on the rivers Omolon and Kolyma, in E. Siberia. The native name is Andondomni. It is allied to Yakut.

Yukai.

American: dialect of U. California, spoken on Russian River, and somewhat allied to Kulanapo and Khwaklalamayu.

Yula.

African: Kouri dialect, closely allied to Kasm.

Yule.

American: Cholo dialect of New Granada, spoken on the Lower Atrato.     R. G. L.

Yuma.

American: Indians of U. California; same as Cuchan; class-name for the Mohave-Cuchan, comprising Mahaos, Hahwalcoes, Yampaio, and Cocopah. See Puemaja.

Yunga.

American: dialect of Peru, spoken on the E. slope of the Andes. Hervas calls their language Mochika di Yuncas; Adelung, Yunga-Mochika; Rivero and Tschudi call it a dialect of the Quichua. Ludewig pronounces the language to be “totally different from the Quichua,” and he quotes an “Arte de la Lengua Yunga, &c.,” Lima, 1644, “unknown to the authors of ‘The Mithridates;’” he is probably right. He does not quote it as his authority.     R. G. L.

Yuracares.

American: spoken on the E. slope of the Andes, about 13° S.L. The Tucana, Maropa, and Apolista are stated to speak either dialects of the Yuracara or allied languages.     R. G. L.

Yurak (Juratz).

Ugrian: classed as a sub-dialect of N. Samoied. (Klaproth.)

Yuriba (Juriba).

African: a form of Yoruba.

Yurimagua.

American: Indians of the Upper Amazons, on the frontier of Brazil, Ecuador, and Peru.

Z.

Zacapulan, Zacatecan.

American: extinct dialects of Nahualtac. See Zapotecan.

Zaconian, under Tz.

Zamboe (Samboe).

Term in ethnology; issue of African and native American Red Indian.

Zamian.

Semitic: alphabetic system in Syriac, whereby the vowels are attached to consonants, as in Ethiopic and Sanskrit.

Zamucan, Zamucu.

American: a language of the Chiquitos Mission in Bolivia; dialects are Caipotorade and Morotoco.

Zangian.

African: large genus of Kaffir, classed by Dr. Bleek as Bantu.

Zanzibar.

African: geographical term for languages of the Souahili class.

Zapara, Zapari, Zaparo.

American: language of Upper Peru, but quite distinct from the Andoa and Shimagac of the same locality. See Xebero.

Zapibokoni, under S.

Zapotecan (Capotecan).

American: dialect of Oajaca, otherwise Oaxaca or Guaxaca in Mexico. See Zacapulan.

Zavolax.

A Russian compound of “za” = over, on the other side, and “volak” = a mountain range or watershed; as such it is a word like “transmontane” and “transalpine.” It applies most specially to the Karelian division of the Fin languages, as opposed to the Tavastrian.     R. G. L.

Zavuli, Zawely.

Iranic: Zabulistan dialect of Persian.

Zaza.

Kurdish dialect of N.W. Persia, allied to Bukharee.

Zealand, New, see Maori.

Zealandese, see Zeuwische.

Zena, Zeneize, see Genevese.

Zend-avesta (Living word).

Sacred book of Parsees, containing the doctrines of Zoroaster. Editions by Burnouf and Westergaard.     W. S. W. V.

Zendic, Zend.

Iranic: an early dialect, classed as Indo-European, and closely allied to Sanscrit, embodying the sacred writings of the Parsees or “fire-worshippers.” The word Zend means “book.” The alphabetical system was written from right to left, and closely resembles the ancient Palahvi. Grammar by Spiegel, Leipsig, 1867; by Hovelacque, Paris, 1869. See Pehlvi.

Zeokore, Zeone.

American: dialect of Brazil.

Zerga, Zergo.

Italian word for “cant” or “slang;” the modern form is Gergo. Sabio: “Libro Zergo,” Venice, 1575. See Furbesco.

Zeuwsche, Zeuwische.

Dutch: provincial dialect of Zealand.

Zigani, Zigeuner.

Names for Gipsy. Treatise by Pott, Halle, 1845.

Zillah.

Indian: trade jargon, spoken chiefly at Madras. It is formed of Telugu, Hindi, and Persian. Dicty. by Brown, 1852.

Zincala, Zincali, Zingaree.

Romany: names for Gipsy.

Zinzero (Gingero).

Ancient district of Abyssinia. See Yangaro.

Zips.

Teutonic: local dialect of High-German in Hungary. See Ungarn.

Zirian, Zirianian.

Ugrian: dialect of Vologda; also called Sirjenic. See Siranian.

Zobel (Sable), see Ostiak.

Zoque.

American: Chiapaneca Indians of Mexico.

Zoros.

Tatar: same as Dorbot, classed in the W. division of Moghol.

Zouave (Shawi).

Sub-Semitic: same as Kabail or Showiah.

Zudakara.

Lesghian: classed as a dialect of Akush.

Zulu.

African: Kaffir dialect of Natal. Dicty. by Perrin and Brickhill, Pietermaritzburg, 1865; Grammar (Isizulu) by Grout, Natal, 1869.

Zungaria, see Dsungar.

Zuni.

American: Pueblo Indians of New Mexico. Vocaby. in “Pacific R. Report,” vol. ii.

Zutugil.

American: Kachiquel Indians of Guatemala.

FINIS.

[Notice.—Owing to the unexpected enlargement of this Book in course of printing, the Appendix is necessarily postponed; and the more especially as additional matter has been received sufficient to make a second volume. And it will be proceeded with so soon as an adequate list of Subscribers shall be obtained.]

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

A. H. B.— | Mr. Bleeck, late of the British Museum.
C. T. B.— | Dr. Beke, author of “Origines Biblicæ,” &c., &c.
E. B.— | Vice-Admiral Sir E. Belcher, K.C.B., &c., &c.
J. B.— | James Bonwick, Esq., F.R.G.S., &c., &c.
R. B.— | Dr. Brown, President of the R.P.S., Edinburgh.
A. C.— | Archibald Campbell, Esq., M.D., &c., &c.
H. C.— | Hyde Clarke, Esq., LL.D., F.S.S., &c., &c.
W. E.— | Sir Walter Elliot.
D. F.— | David Forbes, Esq., F.R.S.
W. G.— | The Rev. W. W. Gill, B.A.
H. H. H.— | H. H. Howorth, Esq., M.A.
R. G. L.— | Dr. Latham, M.A., F.R.S., &c., &c.
W. G. L.— | The Rev. W. G. Lawes.
F. W. N.— | Emeritus Professor F. W. Newman.
G. R.— | The Rev. Canon Rawlinson, M.A., Camden Professor, Oxford.
R. P. S.— | The Very Rev. R. Payne Smith, D.D., &c., &c., Dean of Canterbury.
W. W. S.— | The Rev. W. W. Skeat, A.M., Cambridge.
G. T.— | The Rev. Dr. Turner.
J. T.— | The Hon. James Tobin.
J. V.— | Mons. Julien Vinson.
P. J. V.— | Dr. Veth, Leiden, Holland.
W. S. W. V.— | W. S. W. Vaux, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.
W. W.— | The Rev. Wentworth Webster, M.A.

ERRATA.

Page 21, line 7. “l” dropped out; read “small.”

Page 37, line 9 from bottom. Read—

Burrah-Burrah.

Also written Boora-Boora: a dialect of the Lower Murray R., Victoria; named after the negative, says Mr. Peter Beveridge. J. B.

Page 107, line 22. The reference “See Igala,” belongs to the article under Igarra.

Page 253, line 18 from bottom. For “Swaefs or Suevi,” read “Suiones.”

LONDON:

PRINTED BY GRANT AND CO., 72-78, TURNMILL STREET, E.C.

TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE

Obvious typographical errors and punctuation errors have been corrected after careful comparison with other occurrences within the text and consultation of external sources.

Some hyphens in words have been silently removed, some added, when a predominant preference was found in the original book.

Except for those changes noted below, all misspellings in the text, and inconsistent or archaic usage, have been retained.

Pg 5: ‘ne Lake Titicaca’ replaced by ‘near Lake Titicaca’.
Pg 22: ‘See Craufurd’s’ replaced by ‘See Crawfurd’s’.
Pg 31: ‘pp. 242-5-54’ replaced by ‘pp. 242-54’.
Pg 49: ‘See Sleicher’s’ replaced by ‘See Schleicher’s’.
Pg 55: ‘Gemeenzame Lamenspraken’ replaced by ‘Gemeenzame Zamenspraken’.
Pg 56: ‘in the Carribean’ replaced by ‘in the Caribbean’.
Pg 98: ‘Havaiian, Hawaian’ replaced by ‘Havaiian, Hawaiian, Hawaian’.
Pg 109: ‘Gothischen and Deutsche’ replaced by ‘Gothischen und Deutschen’.
Pg 121: ‘Kafir’ replaced by ‘Kafir, Kaffir’.
Pg 161: ‘Neo-Helenic’ replaced by ‘Neo-Hellenic’.
Pg 168: ‘Massachusets’ replaced by ‘Massachusetts’ (twice).
Pg 168: ‘Massachuset’ replaced by ‘Massachusett’.
Pg 184: ‘Murrumbidge’ replaced by ‘Murrumbidgee’.
Pg 198: ‘Grand Traverne Bay’ replaced by ‘Grand Traverse Bay’.
Pg 217: ‘Poly-Synthetic’ replaced by ‘Polysynthetic’.
Pg 235: ‘Gagliari’ replaced by ‘Cagliari’.
Pg 243: ‘Fr. Cheynne’ replaced by ‘Fr. Cheyenne’.
Pg 280: ‘Unalashkan’ replaced by ‘Unalaskhan’.
Pg 291: ‘WOLAITSA, WORARTSA’ replaced by ‘WOLAITSA, WARAITSA’.
Pg 302: ‘W. W. S. V.’ replaced by ‘W. S. W. V.’.

In addition the following links with the form ‘See Entry-name’ or ‘under Entry-name’ had the Entry-name slightly misspelled. These have been changed to the valid Entry-names.

Pg 10: ‘Texas’ replaced by ‘Texan’.
Pg 30: ‘Juripixuna’ replaced by ‘Juripixunha’.
Pg 31: ‘Tahiti’ replaced by ‘Tahitian’.
Pg 34: ‘Sclavonic’ replaced by ‘Slavonic’.
Pg 39: ‘Mongoyoz’ replaced by ‘Mongoyo’.
Pg 41: ‘Guanch’ replaced by ‘Guanche’.
Pg 48: ‘Ticunas’ replaced by ‘Ticuna’.
Pg 57: ‘Leif’ replaced by ‘Lief’.
Pg 58: ‘Munipoora’ replaced by ‘Munipoori’.
Pg 59: ‘Chano’ replaced by ‘Chanos’.
Pg 62: ‘Lenni-Lenape’ replaced by ‘Lenni-Lennape’.
Pg 65: ‘Saramecca’ replaced by ‘Saramacca’.
Pg 75: ‘Mpongwee’ replaced by ‘Mpongwe’.
Pg 76: ‘Skoffie’ replaced by ‘Skoffi’.
Pg 77: ‘Minnetari’ replaced by ‘Minetari’.
Pg 78: ‘Kreedy’ replaced by ‘Kredy’.
Pg 80: ‘Unalaskha’ replaced by ‘Unalaskhan’.
Pg 82: ‘Pueblos’ replaced by ‘Pueblo’.
Pg 82: ‘Tonga’ replaced by ‘Tongan’.
Pg 91: ‘Milcokayac’ replaced by ‘Milcocayac’.
Pg 98: ‘Alfuru’ replaced by ‘Alfuros’.
Pg 103: ‘Malagassy’ replaced by ‘Malagasy’.
Pg 105: ‘Illocano’ replaced by ‘Ilocana’.
Pg 119: ‘Passamaquods’ replaced by ‘Passamaquodds’.
Pg 123: ‘Kunawar’ replaced by ‘Kuniwari’.
Pg 126: ‘Munipoora’ replaced by ‘Munipoori’.
Pg 129: ‘Parbutta’ replaced by ‘Parbuttia’.
Pg 129: ‘Nishki’ replaced by ‘Neshki’.
Pg 152: ‘Currish’ replaced by ‘Curish’.
Pg 159: ‘Malagasse’ replaced by ‘Malagasy’.
Pg 160: ‘Himyarite’ replaced by ‘Himjarite’.
Pg 164: ‘Mantschu’ replaced by ‘Mantshu’.
Pg 165: ‘Muneepoor’ replaced by ‘Munipoori’.
Pg 169: ‘Uaenambeu’ replaced by ‘Uainambeu’.
Pg 176: ‘Sibsaya’ replaced by ‘Sibsagan’.
Pg 178: ‘Okkourish’ replaced by ‘Ok-kow-ish’.
Pg 179: ‘Kalmuck’ replaced by ‘Kalmuk’.
Pg 183: ‘Mahratta’ replaced by ‘Mahratti’.
Pg 193: ‘Tlascaltek’ replaced by ‘Tlaskalteca’.
Pg 193: ‘Taalik’ replaced by ‘Talik’.
Pg 193: ‘Nissada’ replaced by ‘Nissarda’.
Pg 200: ‘Hindustanee’ replaced by ‘Hindostani’.
Pg 201: ‘Russniak’ replaced by ‘Russniack’.
Pg 203: ‘Onthogami’ replaced by ‘Onthagamies’.
Pg 204: ‘Pakasas’ replaced by ‘Pakasa’.
Pg 208: ‘Alfuru’ replaced by ‘Alfuros’.
Pg 210: ‘Paducan’ replaced by ‘Paduca’.
Pg 215: ‘Hieroglyphics’ replaced by ‘Hieroglyphic’.
Pg 215: ‘Paducan’ replaced by ‘Paduca’.
Pg 216: ‘Tarasca’ replaced by ‘Taraska’.
Pg 216: ‘Patan’ replaced by ‘Patani’.
Pg 217: ‘Papoluka’ replaced by ‘Papoloka’.
Pg 230: ‘Kikkapo’ replaced by ‘Kikkapu’.
Pg 233: ‘Pueblos’ replaced by ‘Pueblo’.
Pg 236: ‘Riccaree’ replaced by ‘Riccari’.
Pg 236: ‘Shawnee’ replaced by ‘Shawanoe’.
Pg 238: ‘Tehuelhet’ replaced by ‘Tehuelet’.
Pg 240: ‘Tredici’ replaced by ‘Tredeci’.
Pg 242: ‘Khyeng’ replaced by ‘Khyen’.
Pg 243: ‘Shiah-P’ replaced by ‘Shia-push’.
Pg 247: ‘Sokotra’ replaced by ‘Sokotran’.
Pg 250: ‘Passamaquods’ replaced by ‘Passamaquodds’.
Pg 274: ‘Takele’ replaced by ‘Takeli’.
Pg 282: ‘Veddah’ replaced by ‘Veddahs’.
Pg 283: ‘Feringhee’ replaced by ‘Feringee’.
Pg 284: ‘Wend’ replaced by ‘Wendic’.
Pg 285: ‘Fejeean’ replaced by ‘Feejeean’.
Pg 295: ‘Yeneseian’ replaced by ‘Yeniseian’.

*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE TREASURY OF LANGUAGES ***

Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will be renamed.

Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away—you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.

START: FULL LICENSE

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE

PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project Gutenberg License available with this file or online at www.gutenberg.org/license.

Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg electronic works

1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg electronic works in your possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project Gutenberg electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg electronic works even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project Gutenberg electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project Gutenberg electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the United States and you are located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project Gutenberg mission of promoting free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg name associated with the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project Gutenberg work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any country other than the United States.

1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg License must appear prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg work (any work on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg™ License included with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this eBook.

1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg electronic work is posted with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked to the Project Gutenberg License for all works posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg.

1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project Gutenberg License.

1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg work in a format other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version posted on the official Project Gutenberg website (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg works unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing access to or distributing Project Gutenberg electronic works provided that:

- • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from the use of Project Gutenberg works calculated using the method you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg trademark, but he has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.”

- • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ works.

- • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of receipt of the work.

- • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works.

1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.

1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg work, and (c) any Defect you cause.

Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg

Project Gutenberg is synonymous with the free distribution of electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg’s goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg collection will remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure and permanent future for Project Gutenberg and future generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.

Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws.

The Foundation’s business office is located at 41 Watchung Plaza #516, Montclair NJ 07042, USA, +1 (862) 621-9288. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact

Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate.

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate.

Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg electronic works

Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project Gutenberg eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.

Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.

Most people start at our website which has the main PG search facility: www.gutenberg.org.

This website includes information about Project Gutenberg, including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.

Table of Contents

- The Treasury of Languages.

- INTRODUCTION

- DICTIONARY OF LANGUAGES.

- A.

- ADDENDA.

- B.

- ADDENDA.

- C.

- ADDENDA.

- D.

- ADDENDA.

- E.

- ADDENDA.

- F.

- ADDENDA.

- G.

- ADDENDA.

- H.

- ADDENDA.

- I.

- ADDENDA.

- J.

- ADDENDA.

- K.

- ADDENDA.

- L.

- ADDENDA.

- M.

- ADDENDA.

- N.

- ADDENDA.

- O.

- ADDENDA.

- P.

- ADDENDA.

- Q.

- R.

- ADDENDA.

- S.

- ADDENDA.

- T.

- ADDENDA.

- U.

- V.

- W.

- ADDENDA.

- X.

- Y.

- Z.

- LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

- ERRATA.

- THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG™ LICENSE